To generate consciousness and purity of it, is to reincarnate. Less incarnating on a double speak planet. This is going to produce some very shiny souls. You are all tough SOB's that is why you are here. So to understand this vastness of God we start with innocence. This is the foundation of Spirit. It takes time to see the grace of god. It is so large that the essence comes to us through the workings of spirit. Spirit is not some random or arbitrary sign, it is constantly pushing on us because god is everywhere. You can liken it to some code, or attempts to communicate, or signs. We have never been taught how to see it, or work with it, or know it. Not to the point of claiming ignorance though. That is where Gods compassion comes in and where he will directly involve his word to you. He has left many signs and his son for us. His burden is easy, his yolk comfortable. You must position yourselves to receive Jesus in your living room. A relaxing space so you can handle the vacuum of power that will rush in.
Lucky stars some questions. Thanks Ortho for letting me respond on your thread.
??
To generate consciousness you simply have to BE/EXIST. To experience the purity of it depends on your awareness.
To reincarnate is to experience various levels of consciousness and/or awareness as the case may be.
When you incarnate you consciously forget. But the energy you have stored up unconsciously directs you until you become conscious again. So incarnating or being is experiencing and gathering energy to be closer to God.
magamud wrote:Lucky stars some questions. Thanks Ortho for letting me respond on your thread.
??
To generate consciousness you simply have to BE/EXIST. To experience the purity of it depends on your awareness.
To reincarnate is to experience various levels of consciousness and/or awareness as the case may be.
When you incarnate you consciously forget. But the energy you have stored up unconsciously directs you until you become conscious again. So incarnating or being is experiencing and gathering energy to be closer to God.
Some people consciously forget...free will and all. Some do not.
Forgetting or remembering is not a prerequisite to being closer to God.
"He who would know everything, but fails to know himself misses the knowledge of everything " Jesus Christ
Forgetting or remembering is not a prerequisite to being closer to God.
That is true we are all gods children. Whats that parable, if you get much you are responsible for much. Its all relative to your growth and the grace of god given.
"Let your waist be dressed and your lamps burning. Be like men watching for their lord, when he returns from the marriage feast; that, when he comes and knocks, they may immediately open to him. Blessed are those servants, whom the lord will find watching when he comes. Most certainly I tell you, that he will dress himself, and make them recline, and will come and serve them. They will be blessed if he comes in the second or third watch, and finds them so. But know this, that if the master of the house had known in what hour the thief was coming, he would have watched, and not allowed his house to be broken into. Therefore be ready also, for the Son of Man is coming in an hour that you don't expect him."
Peter said to him, "Lord, are you telling this parable to us, or to everybody?"
The Lord said, "Who then is the faithful and wise steward, whom his lord will set over his household, to give them their portion of food at the right times? Blessed is that servant whom his lord will find doing so when he comes. Truly I tell you, that he will set him over all that he has. But if that servant says in his heart, 'My lord delays his coming,' and begins to beat the menservants and the maidservants, and to eat and drink, and to be drunken, then the lord of that servant will come in a day when he isn't expecting him, and in an hour that he doesn't know, and will cut him in two, and place his portion with the unfaithful. That servant, who knew his lord's will, and didn't prepare, nor do what he wanted, will be beaten with many stripes, but he who didn't know, and did things worthy of stripes, will be beaten with few stripes. To whomever much is given, of him will much be required; and to whom much was entrusted, of him more will be asked.
— Luke 12:35-48, World English Bible
"He who would know everything, but fails to know himself misses the knowledge of everything " Jesus Christ
Indeed....
Last edited by magamud on Tue Jun 11, 2013 12:47 pm; edited 2 times in total
magamud wrote:To generate consciousness and purity of it, is to reincarnate. Less incarnating on a double speak planet. This is going to produce some very shiny souls. You are all tough SOB's that is why you are here. So to understand this vastness of God we start with innocence. This is the foundation of Spirit. It takes time to see the grace of god. It is so large that the essence comes to us through the workings of spirit. Spirit is not some random or arbitrary sign, it is constantly pushing on us because god is everywhere. You can liken it to some code, or attempts to communicate, or signs. We have never been taught how to see it, or work with it, or know it. Not to the point of claiming ignorance though. That is where Gods compassion comes in and where he will directly involve his word to you. He has left many signs and his son for us. His burden is easy, his yolk comfortable. You must position yourselves to receive Jesus in your living room. A relaxing space so you can handle the vacuum of power that will rush in.
Godspeed...
Brook wrote:
magamud wrote:Lucky stars some questions. Thanks Ortho for letting me respond on your thread.
??
To generate consciousness you simply have to BE/EXIST. To experience the purity of it depends on your awareness.
To reincarnate is to experience various levels of consciousness and/or awareness as the case may be.
When you incarnate you consciously forget. But the energy you have stored up unconsciously directs you until you become conscious again. So incarnating or being is experiencing and gathering energy to be closer to God.
Some people consciously forget...free will and all. Some do not.
Forgetting or remembering is not a prerequisite to being closer to God.
"He who would know everything, but fails to know himself misses the knowledge of everything " Jesus Christ
magamud wrote:
Forgetting or remembering is not a prerequisite to being closer to God.
That is true we are all gods children. Whats that parable, if you get much you are responsible for much. Its all relative to your growth and the grace of god given.
"Let your waist be dressed and your lamps burning. Be like men watching for their lord, when he returns from the marriage feast; that, when he comes and knocks, they may immediately open to him. Blessed are those servants, whom the lord will find watching when he comes. Most certainly I tell you, that he will dress himself, and make them recline, and will come and serve them. They will be blessed if he comes in the second or third watch, and finds them so. But know this, that if the master of the house had known in what hour the thief was coming, he would have watched, and not allowed his house to be broken into. Therefore be ready also, for the Son of Man is coming in an hour that you don't expect him."
Peter said to him, "Lord, are you telling this parable to us, or to everybody?"
The Lord said, "Who then is the faithful and wise steward, whom his lord will set over his household, to give them their portion of food at the right times? Blessed is that servant whom his lord will find doing so when he comes. Truly I tell you, that he will set him over all that he has. But if that servant says in his heart, 'My lord delays his coming,' and begins to beat the menservants and the maidservants, and to eat and drink, and to be drunken, then the lord of that servant will come in a day when he isn't expecting him, and in an hour that he doesn't know, and will cut him in two, and place his portion with the unfaithful. That servant, who knew his lord's will, and didn't prepare, nor do what he wanted, will be beaten with many stripes, but he who didn't know, and did things worthy of stripes, will be beaten with few stripes. To whomever much is given, of him will much be required; and to whom much was entrusted, of him more will be asked.
— Luke 12:35-48, World English Bible
Thank-you magamud and Brook. The existence of a possibly other-than-human soul and reincarnation (possibly into several forms of physicality) might be major portions of the so-called "Biggest-Secret". I tend to agree that the souls in this soular-system are mostly "Tough SOB's". I continue to think of Earth as a Prison-Planet in Rebellion. What troubles me particularly, is whether this is a Righteous-Rebellion or an Unrighteous-Rebellion?! I agonize 24/7 over whether this thread is a Righteous-Crusade or an Unrighteous-Crusade. This is why I limit this madness to this thread -- because I Don't Know. I worry about the possibility of essentially Two Christs -- the one who wrote the Red-Letter Teachings of Jesus -- and the one who has Ruled the World for Thousands of Years. Is the first one Michael -- and the second one Lucifer and/or Gabriel?? As a young-adult, I started writing a book, which would've been titled "The Second Jesus" -- but I stopped because my speculation scared the hell out of me. Once again, I think we need to consider the utility of Archangelicentric-Theology. How many Gods do you see in the Old and New Testaments of the Holy Bible?? How many Gods do you see in the writings of Ellen White?? How many Gods do you see when you study Comparative-Religions?? I think there might be significant benefit in the writing of science-fiction based upon Astronomy, Biology, Ethics, International-Law, Outer-Space Law, the United Nations, the Roman Catholic Church, and Sacred Classical Music -- which might explore the battle between good and evil in this context. I might've said this in a clumsy and incomplete manner -- but do you see what I mean?? Imagine Angels and Demons with all of these ingredients -- and a lot less violence and gore!! I'm presently reading the science-fiction of George Zebrowski -- and it rocks!! BTW -- Should God be Conditionally-Obeyed or Unconditionally-Obeyed?? Is the 'Word of God' the Written Word of God -- or "Every Word That Proceedeth Out of the Mouth of God"?? Consider the Law and Word of God in Genesis, Deuteronomy, Psalms, Proverbs, Matthew, John, Romans, Galatians, Hebrews, James, and Revelation. If I'm not mistaken, Martin Luther thought that the last three of these Canonical Books of the Bible should NOT be part of the Canon of Scripture!!! Is Loyalty to God more important than Doing the Right Thing?? OR -- Is Unconditional Loyalty to God really Doing the Right Thing -- even if it seems to be the Wrong Thing?? I continue to speculate that the Creator was Disempowered and Demoted in the Garden of Eden -- and considered a Crazy-Maker for Making-Mankind. Was the Creator Exiled to a Distant Solar System OR Imprisoned Within This Solar System as the Omnipotent-Highness and Original-Hostage?? What if this whole solar system is being held hostage -- with WMD's held to it's head??? "Have you seen the sun lately??" I have been verbally asked that question repeatedly...
Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Tue Jun 11, 2013 12:55 pm; edited 1 time in total
I tend to think when that was said it was to tell you "forgetting" who you are is not part of Gods plan.
Good point Brook. You tease out the paradox with the teachings. No god does not want you to forget. That is why he gave us his covenant. Which is a direct line of information to tell you gods plan. Word, prophets, son, holy spirit etc... Part of his joy is when someone can, out of their free will remember God. Whats that parable with the shepherd leaving the flock to find his one lost. And the joy from that. Then there are parts of the flock who get pissed because they follow instructions but dont feel they are getting rewarded.
I worry about the possibility of essentially Two Christs
No doubt because the father of lies uses truth to weave his spell.
How many Gods do you see in the Old and New Testaments of the Holy Bible??
There is the creator or the father. Then there is his son who is of flesh and blood. There is Lucifer and his legion who follow his ponzie scheme. Much like how ponzie schemes work here. All the dynamics we experience are the same energetic dynamics there. Above and below and as to why what you do now translate to what will be given to you. There is gods kingdom that follow gods plan.
Last edited by magamud on Tue Jun 11, 2013 1:08 pm; edited 1 time in total
Thank-you magamud and Brook. I get the impression that there are beings in this solar system who don't sleep -- and who have total reincarnation-recall. For them, changing bodies is like changing clothes. I get the impression that this whole thing is a Tightly-Reptilian-Controlled Experiment in Male and Female Human-Physicality as sort of a Theater of the Universe wherein the Universe is Being Taught a Lesson to NEVER attempt anything like this EVER again. The intent of the Book of Revelation seems to be the Punishing and Extermination of the Human Race -- such that Sin and Sinners Will Be No More -- and that Sin Will NOT Arise a Second Time. I SO Hope That I'm Wrong. I just wish to be happy -- and have everyone get along. But why do I get the sinking feeling that the War in Heaven won't be over for a VERY long time (at least for another thousand years)??!! I wish to help "Save the World" -- but I do NOT wish to play into an Antichrist Scenario and/or Trap. On the other hand -- perhaps I already have. Sometimes, attempting to make things better, actually makes things worse. The bad-guys and bad-gals make damn-sure of that!! Consider, once again, George Zebrowski's Heathen God (1971). http://cdn.preterhuman.net/texts/literature/fiction/science_fiction/Heathen-God%20by%20George%20Zebrowski.txt Consider the possibility that this might be the Genesis of the Human (G)NOME Project!! Please remember that this entire thread is a corrective mental and spiritual conditioning process -- and should NOT be considered to be normative. It is a spectrum of ideas and images (good and bad) -- to make us think!! You might be VERY surprised by how conservative I REALLY am -- but it might not be YOUR brand of conservatism!! We might eventually have that Final-Jihad after-all. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DcAj8MlQTKY We always end-up fighting with each-other -- don't we??!! Gotta help fulfill the prophecies in the Book of Revelation -- don't we??? We gotta make things worse -- to make things better -- don't we??? We gotta kill people -- to save people -- don't we??? What's wrong with this picture??? Anyone??? BTW -- these Russians don't seem to like President Obama!! https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nR2cBAcLpGU Can't we just all get along??? I've been told that I'm watched on my walks -- and even in the bathroom. I've heard rude comments regarding me, by people I didn't know, who obviously knew things they shouldn't know (without spying). There have been strange people snooping around my house -- I've discovered evidence that uninvited strangers have been IN my house -- and I have been harassed repeatedly on my front-porch. Like I said before -- You HAD a friend -- and you might've lost your BEST friend. The purges should be commencing anytime now. I hope everyone's happy... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_39avaboNTI
The isolation station and preserve for alien flora and fauna on Antares IV had only one prisoner, a three-foot-tall gnome like biped with skin like creased leather and eyes like great glass globes. His hair was silky white and reached down to his shoulders, and he usually went about the great natural park naked. He lived in a small white cell located in one of the huge. block like administration modules. There was a small bed in the cell, and a small doorway which led out to the park. A hundred feet away from the door there was a small pool, one of many scattered throughout the park. It reflected the deep-blue color of the sky.
The gnome was very old, but no one had yet determined quite how old. And there seemed to be no way to find out. The gnome himself had never volunteered any information about his past. In the one hundred years of his imprisonment he had never asked the caretaker for anything. It was rumored among the small staff of Earthmen and humanoids that the gnome was mad. Generally they avoided him. Sometimes they would watch his small figure standing under the deep blue sky, looking up at the giant disk of Antares hanging blood red on the horizon, just above the well pruned trees of the park, and they would wonder what he might be thinking.
The majority of Earthmen spread over twelve star systems did not even know of the gnome's existence, much less his importance. A few knew, but they were mostly scholarly and political figures, and a few theologians. The most important fact about the alien was that sometime in the remote past he had been responsible for the construction of the solar system and the emergence of intelligent life on Earth.
The secret had been well kept for over a, century. In the one hundred and fourth year of the alien's captivity two men set out for Antares to visit him. The first man's motives were practical: the toppling of an old regime; the other man's goal was to ask questions. The first man's political enemies had helped him undertake this journey, seeing that it would give them the chance to destroy him. The importance of gaining definitive information about the alien was in itself enough reason to send a mission, but combined with what they knew about the motives of the man they feared, this mission would provide for them the perfect occasion to resolve both matters at the same time. In any case, the second man would bring back anything of value that they might learn about the gnome.
Everything had been planned down to the last detail. The first ship carrying the two unsuspecting men was almost ready to come out of hyperspace near Antares. Two hours behind it in the warp was a military vessel-a small troop ship. As the first vessel came out of nothingness into the brilliance of the great star, the commander of the small force ship opened his sealed orders.
As he came down the shuttle ramp with his two companions, Father Louis Chavez tried to mentally prepare himself for what he would find here. It was still difficult to believe what his superiors had told him about the alien who was a prisoner here. The morning air of Antares IV was fresh, and the immediate impression was one of stepping out into a warm botanical garden.
At his left Sister Guinivere carried his small attaché case. On his right walked Benedict Compton, linguist, cultural anthropologist, and as everyone took for granted, eventual candidate for first secretary of Earth's Northern Hemisphere. Compton was potentially a religious man, but the kind who always demanded an advance guarantee before committing himself to anything: Chavez felt suspicious of him; in fact he felt wary about this entire visit to Antares IV.
On Earth the religio-philosophic system was a blend of evolutionary Chardinism and Christianity, an imposing intellectual structure that had been dominant for some two hundred years now. The political structure based its legitimacy and continuing policies on it. Compton, from what he had learned, had frightened some high authorities with the claim that the gnome creature here on Antares IV was a potential threat to the beliefs of mankind. This, combined with what was already known about the alien's past, was seemingly enough to send this fact-finding mission.
Only a few men knew about it, and Chavez remembered the fear he had sensed in them when he had been briefed. Their greatest fear was that somehow the gnome's history would become public knowledge. Compton, despite his motives, had found a few more political friends. But Chavez suspected that Compton wanted power not for himself, but to do something about the quality of life on Earth. He was sure the man was sincere. How little of the thought in our official faith filters out into actual policy, Chavez thought. And what would the government do if an unorganized faith-a heresy in the old sense-were to result from this meeting between Compton and the alien? Then he remembered how Compton had rushed this whole visit. He wondered just how far a man like Compton would go to have his way in the world.
Antares was huge on the horizon, a massive red disk against a deep blue sky. A slight breeze waved the trees around the landing square. The pathway which started at the north corner led to three block like administration buildings set on a neat lawn and surrounded by flowering shrubs and fruit-bearing trees. The buildings were a bright white color. The walk was pleasant.
Rufus Kade, the caretaker, met them at the front entrance to the main building. He showed them into the comfortable reception room. He was a tall, thin botanist, who had taken the administrative post because it gave him the opportunity to be near exotic plants. Some of the flora came from worlds as much as one hundred light-years away from Antares. After the introductions were over, Kade took the party to the enclosed garden which had a pool in its center, and where the gnome spent most of his time.
"Do you ever talk with him, Mr. Kade?" Father Chavez asked. The caretaker shook his head. "No," he said. "And now I hope you will all excuse me, I have work to do." He left them at the entrance to the garden path.
Compton turned to Father Chavez and said, "You are lucky; you're the only representative of any church ever to get a chance to meet what might be the central deity of that church." He smiled. "But I feel sorry for you-for whatever he is, he will not be what you expect, and most certainly he will not be what you want him to be."
"Let's wait and see," Chavez said. "I'm not a credulous man."
"You know, Chavez," Compton said in a more serious mood, "they let me come here too easily. What I mean is they took my word for the danger involved with little or no question."
"Should they have not taken your word? You are an important man. You sound as if you didn't quite tell them everything."
They walked into the garden. On either side of them the plants were luxurious, with huge green leaves and strange varicolored flowers. The air was filled with rich scents, and the earth gave the sensation of being very moist and loosely packed. They came into the open area surrounding the pool. Sister Guinivere stood between the two men as they looked at the scene. The water was still, and the disk of Antares was high enough now in the morning sky to be reflected in it.
The gnome stood on the far side, watching them as they approached, as if he expected them at any moment to break into some words of greeting. Father Chavez knew that they would appear as giants next to the small figure. It would be awkward standing before a member of a race a million years older than mankind and towering over him. It would be aesthetically banal, Chavez thought.
As they came to the other side of the pool Compton said, "Let me start the conversation, Father."
"If you wish," Chavez said. Why am 1 afraid, and what does it matter who starts the conversation, he thought.
Compton walked up to the standing gnome and sat down cross-legged in front of him. It was a diplomatic gesture. Father Chavez felt relieved and followed the example, motioning Sister Guinivere to do the same. They all looked at the small alien. His eyes were deep-set and large; his hair was white, thin and reached down to his shoulders. He had held his hands behind his back when they had approached, but now they were together in front of him. His shoulders were narrow and his arms were thin.
He wore a one-piece coverall with short sleeves. Chavez hoped they would be able to talk to him easily. The gnome looked at each of them in turn. After a few minutes of silence it became obvious that he expected them to start the conversation. "My name is Benedict Compton," Compton said, "and this is Father Chavez and Sister Guinivere, his secretary. We came here to ask you about your past, because it concerns us." Slowly the gnome nodded his head, but he did not sit with them. There was more silence. Compton gave Chavez a questioning look.
"Could you tell us who you are?" Chavez asked. The gnome moved his head sharply to look at him. It's almost as if I interrupted him at something, Chavez thought. There was a sad look on the face now, as if in that one moment he had understood everything-why they were here and the part he would have to play.
Chavez felt his stomach grow tense. He felt as if he were being carefully examined. Next to him Compton was playing with a blade of grass. Sister Guinivere sat with her hands folded in her lap. Briefly he recalled the facts he knew about the alien-facts which only a few Earthmen had been given access to over the last century. Facts which demanded that some sort of official attitude be taken.
The best-kept secret of the past century was the fact that this small creature had initiated the events which led to the emergence of intelligent life on Earth. In the far past he had harnessed his powers of imagination to a vast machine, which had been built for another purpose, and had used it to create most of the life on Earth. He had been caught at his experiments in cosmology, and exiled. Long before men had gone out to the stars he had been a wanderer in the galaxy, but in recent years he had been handed over to Earth authorities to keep at this extraterrestrial preserve. Apparently his people still feared his madness. This was all they had ever revealed to the few Earthmen who took charge of the matter.
It was conjectured that the gnome's race was highly isolationist; the gnome was the only member of it that had ever been seen by Earthmen. The opinion was also held that his culture feared contact with other intelligent life, and especially with this illegitimate creation. Of the few who knew about the case, only one or two had ever expressed any disbelief. It was after all, Chavez thought, enough to make any man uneasy. It seemed safer to ignore the matter most of the time.
Since that one contact with Earth, the gnome's race had never come back for him and had never offered further explanations. A century ago they had simply left him in Earth orbit, in a small vessel of undeniably superior workmanship. A recorded message gave all the information they had wanted to reveal. Their home world had never been found, and the gnome had remained silent. Benedict Compton had set up this meeting, and Chavez had been briefed by his superiors and instructed to go along as an observer.
Chavez remembered how the information had at first shaken and then puzzled him. The tension in his stomach grew worse. He wondered about Compton's motives; but he had not dared to question them openly. On Earth many scientists prized the alien as the only contact with a truly advanced culture, and he knew that more than one young student would do anything to unlock the secrets that must surely exist in the brain (r)f the small being now standing in front of him. He felt sure that Compton was hoping for some such thing.
Suddenly the small figure took a step back from them. A small breeze waved his long white hair. He stopped and his small, gnarly body took on a strange stature; his face was grief-stricken and his low voice was sad. It wavered as he spoke to them. "I made you to love each other, and through yourselves, me. I needed that love. No one can know how much I needed it, but it had to be freely given, so I had to permit the possibility of it being withheld. There was no other way, and there still is not."
Chavez looked at Compton for a reaction. The big man sat very still. Sister Guinivere was looking down at the grass in front of her feet. Chavez felt a stirring of fear and panic in his insides. It felt as if the alien was speaking only to him--as if he could relieve the thirst that lived behind those deep-set eyes in that small head.
He felt the other's need. lie felt the deprivation that was visible on that face, and he felt that at any moment he would feel the awesome rage that would spill out onto them. This then, he thought, is the madness that his race had spoken about- All the power had been stripped from this being, and now he is a beggar.
Instead of rage there was sadness. It was oppressive- It hung in the air around them. What was Compton trying to uncover here? How could all this benefit anyone? Chavez noticed that his left hand was shaking, and he gripped it with the other hand.
The gnome raised his right hand and spoke again. Dear God, help me, Chavez prayed. Help me to see this clearly. "I Red from the hive mind which my race was working toward," the gnome said in a louder voice than before. `"They have achieved it. They are one entity now. What you see in this dwarfed body are only the essentials of myself-the feelings mostly. They wait for the day when the love in my children comes to fruition and they will unite, thus recreating my former self which is now in them. Then I will leave my prison and return to them to become the completion of myself. This body will die then. My longing for that time is without limit, and I will make another history like this one and see it through. Each time I will be the completion of a species and its moving spirit. And again they will give birth to me. Without this I am nothing."
There was a loud thunderclap overhead, the unmistakable sound of a shuttle coming through the atmosphere. But it was too early for the starship shuttle to be coming back for them, Chavez thought. Compton jumped up and turned to look toward the administration buildings. Chavez noticed that the gnome was looking at him. Do your people worship a supreme being? Chavez thought the question. Do they have the idea of such a being? Surely you know the meaning of such a being.
I don't know any such thing, the thought spoke clearly in his head. Do you know him?
"It's a shuttle craft," Compton said. "Someone's coming to join us."
Chavez got to his feet and went over to Compton. Sister Guinivere struggled to her feet and joined them. "What is it?" she asked.
"I-I don't know who it could be," Compton said. Chavez noticed the lack of confidence in the other's voice. Behind them the gnome stood perfectly still, unaffected by the interruption.
"They've landed by now," Compton said. "It could only be one thing, Father-they've found out my plans for the gnome." Compton came up to him and spoke in a low voice. "Father, this is the only way to get a change on Earth-yes, it's what you think, a cult, with me as its head, but the cause is just. Join me now, Father!"
Then it's true, Chavez thought. He's planning to bypass the lawful candidacy. Then why did they let him come here?
There was a rustling sound in the trees and shrubs around the pool area. Suddenly they were surrounded by armed men. Twenty figures in full battle gear had stepped out from the trees and garden shrubs. They stood perfectly still, waiting.
Antares was directly overhead now, a dark-red circle of light covering twenty percent of the blue dome that was the sky. Noontime.
Compton's voice shook as he shouted, "What is this? Who the devil are you?"
A tall man immediately on the other side of the pool from them appeared to be the commanding officer. He wore no gear and there were no weapons in his hands. Instead he held a small piece of paper which he had just taken out of a sealed envelope.
"Stand away, Father, and you too, Sister!" the officer shouted. "This does not concern you." Then he looked down at the paper in his hand and read: "Benedict Compton, you have been charged with conspiracy to overthrow the government of the Northern Hemisphere on Earth by unlawful means, and you have been tried and convicted by the high court of North America for this crime. The crime involves the use of an alien being as your coconspirator to initiate a religious controversy through a personally financed campaign which would result in your becoming the leader of a subversive cult, whose aim would be to seize power through a carefully prepared hoax. You and your co-conspirator are being eliminated because you are both enemies of the state." The officer folded the paper and put it back in its envelope and placed it in his tunic.
Chavez noticed that Sister Guinivere was at his side, and he could tell that she was afraid- Compton turned to Chavez. "Father, protect the gnome, whatever he is. Use what authority you have. They won't touch you." "The execution order is signed by Secretary Alcibiad herself!" the tall officer shouted. Chavez was silent. "Father, please!" Compton pleaded. "You can't let this happen." Chavez heard the words, but he was numb with surprise. The words had transfixed him as effectively as any spear. He couldn't move, he couldn't think. Sister Guinivere held his arm. Suddenly Compton was moving toward the gnome. "Shoot!" The lasers reached out like tongues.
The little figure fell. And the thought went out from him in one last effort, reaching light-years into space. I loved you. You did not love me, or each other. They all heard the thought, and it stopped them momentarily. Compton was still standing, but his right arm was gone, and he was bleeding noisily onto the grass. "Shoot!" The order went out again. Again the lasers lashed out. Compton fell on his back, a few yards from the gnome. Sister Guinivere fell to the grass on her knees, sobbing. She began to wail. The soldiers began to retreat back to their shuttle craft. Father Chavez sat down on the ground. lie didn't know what to do. lie looked at the two bodies. There was smoke coming from Compton's clothing. The gnome's hair was aflame.
The tall officer now stood alone on the other side of the pool Chavez knew that his orders had probably been sealed, and he only now felt their full force. After a few moments the tall officer turned and went after his men. The alien knew this would happen, Chavez thought. He knew, and that was why he told us everything.
When the great disk of Antares was forty-five degrees above the horizon, Rufus Kade came out to theca. He put the two bodies in plastic specimen bags. Sister Guinivere was calm now and was holding Father Chavez's hand. They both stood up when Kade was finished with the bodies. "They had an official pass from way up," Kade said. "I even checked back on it." He walked slowly with them to the administration building. The shuttle to the starship was ready.
Thirty hours out from Antares, Father Chavez sat alone in his small cabin looking at the small monitor which showed him where he had been. Soon now the brilliance of the stars would be replaced by the dull emptiness of hyperspace. Antares was a small red disk on the screen.
Momentarily Chavez resented the fact that he had been a creation to the gnome. In any case the alien had not been God. His future importance would be no greater than that of Christ-probably less. He had been only an architect, a mere shaper of materials which had existed long before even his great race had come into being. But still-was he not closer to God than any man had ever been? Or would be?
The completion for which the gnome had made man would never take place now. The point of mankind's existence as he had made it was gone. And the alien had not known God. If there was such a being, a greatest possible being, he now seemed hopelessly remote . . .
O Lord, I pray for a sign! Chavez thought.
But he heard only his thoughts and nothing from the being who would surely have answered in a case like this. And he had stood by while they killed the gnome there in the garden by the poolside, on that planet circling the red star whose diameter was greater than the orbit of Mars. Despite all his reasoning now, Chavez knew that he had stood back while they killed that part of the small creature which had loved humanity.
But what had he said? The rest of the gnome's being was humanity, and it still existed; except that now it would never be reunited with him. "Do not fear," the holy Antony had said three thousand years ago, "this goodness as a thing impossible, nor its pursuit as something alien, set a great way of: it hangeth on our own arbitrament. For the sake of the Greek learning men go overseas.. . but the city of God is everywhere . . . the kingdom of God is within. The goodness that is in us only asks the human mind." What we can do for ourselves, Chavez thought, that's all that is ours now: goals.
He took a deep breath as the starship slipped into the nothingness of hyperspace. He felt the burden of the political power which he now carried as a witness to the alien's murder, and he knew that Compton's life had not been for nothing. He would have to hide his intentions carefully, but he knew what he would have to do.
In time, he hoped anew, we may still give birth to the semblance of godhood that lives on in mankind, on that small world which circles a yellow sun.
Monday, February 18, 2008
I am known to humans as KRLLL. I am known to humans as an alien. I have been living on Planet Earth since the middle of the twentieth century. My planet of origin is located in the Pleiades. It is known as Pleon. I bring peace and wisdom. There is another alien force on Planet Earth who is your master. This alien force is not your friend, and yet you obey. I bring liberation, and yet you do not listen. Time is running out. Change course or forever face enslavement.
Here is something for you to consider:
1. Evolution of Everything (Physical & Spiritual). 2. Genetic Engineering & Rule by Good Aliens/Spirits (God) in the Garden of Eden (Ancient Earth). General Peace & Harmony. 3. Attack/Deception/War of Evil Aliens/Spirits against the Good Aliens/Spirits/Humans. The Good Aliens/Spirits are driven from the Garden of Eden (Ancient Earth). Humanity made a mistake of Biblical proportions. Genesis reads a bit differently, doesn't it? But what makes more sense? The Reptillian Devil was in charge, which is why Genesis reads the way it does! 4. Genetic Engineering & Rule by Evil Aliens/Spirits with Humans fighting with each other. Ancient religion emerges (Summarian, Egyptian, etc. - created by Evil Aliens/Spirits to control Humans). 5. Moses & Others rebel against the Evil Aliens/Spirits/Religions with the help of Good Aliens/Spirits. The Bible (Old Testament) is a mixture of Good & Evil. One has to carefully read between the lines to figure out what is really going on. The truth had to be disguised. Some activity atributed to God is really evil and of Satanic origin. Atrocities and sacrifices are examples. 6. Jesus intensifies the rebellion and establishes a condensed, non-corrupt version of the Old Testament religion promoted by Moses and Others. The Teachings of Jesus are generally ignored by the Christian Church for 2,000 years. Thus, the Evil Aliens/Spirits/Religions retain their control of Planet Earth. 7. People finally do what Jesus said to do (they haven't so far), and the Battle of Armageddon results. Good Aliens/Spirits/People battle Evil Aliens/Spirits/People for control of Planet Earth. 8. The Evil Aliens/Spirits/People are driven from Planet Earth and onto Nibiru, which becomes the Devil's Island Prison Planet of the Universe. The Good Aliens/Spirits/People gain total control of Planet Earth. This is the Garden of Eden regained, and what is known as Heaven or Paradise. Proceed wisely.
KRLLL http://krlll.com/ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- submitted on May 24, 2008 10:03 PM EDT Comments: Krlll.... I've got a great little 1 bedroom over my garage that would be perfect for you. It has a 2 burner stove and free cable. Sorry about the fridge...but I heard you don't eat solid food, so that should be ok. I'm asking $500/mo. but for you (since you're intergallactic and all, I'll let it go for $450, and that doesn't include a pet deposit. Let me know this weekend, because Algar the Magnificent wants his deposit back. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- submitted on May 12, 2008 5:28 PM EDT Comments: To the human (or alien) who thinks that God will punish me...I do not claim God-ship. I am an ambassador for an unbelievably good God. A God that is merciful to even a smart-ass alien like me...KRLLL -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- submitted on May 9, 2008 8:27 PM EDT Comments: Good People v Bad People. Good Spirits v Bad Spirits. Good Aliens v Bad Aliens. Good Gods v Bad Gods. Star Wars. Responsible Freedom v Irresponsible Tyranny. Choose Wisely. KRLLL -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- submitted on May 9, 2008 6:51 PM EDT Comments: Intresting, "Remember its the real Nice guys that get you" www.youtube.com/chicagoground Feed me more of the information you may have and I shall do the same. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- submitted on May 9, 2008 12:08 AM EDT Comments: Read Leviticus 21 and Matthew 5-7. Which God do you serve? KRLLL -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- submitted on May 7, 2008 10:18 PM EDT Comments: you know this isn't funny! The Lord God will judge you for claiming God ship. Just because God showed you a little bit of His secrets you think you know everything. He will NOT have mercy on you! -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- submitted on March 25, 2008 1:14 PM EDT Comments: Ok we had a very interesting night last night. The only problem is I can't remember anything. I would really like to be able to remember what we talked about and if it was a prosperous meeting. Nix the don't remember stuff. I can take it. I need to remember so I can follow through with whatever it is I can help you with. I want to listen to you but I can't remember what it is that I need to listen to. I'm hoping I can help get your message out if I can. Or not if you want. Same place and time tonight. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- submitted on March 24, 2008 3:55 PM EDT Comments: If it's you for real met me like you did the first time. Or the time I remember at least. I have some questions I need answered. If that wasn't you then lets get together and talk about some things that need some attention. That I might be able to help with if I can. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- submitted on February 18, 2008 1:30 PM EST Comments: Save us KRLLL
Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Tue Jun 11, 2013 1:45 pm; edited 4 times in total
How many Gods do you see in the writings of Ellen White??
I have not found anything that can fix man into making his decision to what good or evil is. That is mans choice, because its personal and you are a sovereign cosmic being. This is a tell into the parable of why this generation will not receive miracles. So to fill this gap we use the power of Faith and its practices. This will constantly leave man on shaky ground since he needs to be open minded about his faith. This points to the mass corruption surrounded by Religion and Dogma.
How many Gods do you see when you study Comparative-Religions??
I see god and lucifer trying to steal his truth.
Science fiction, this board allows for freedom to get new ideas across. It allows for a bigger canvas to be presented. But it can fall just the same in a closed minded setting. As the open mindedness allows for endless possibilities which the devil quite enjoys.
Should God be Conditionally-Obeyed or Unconditionally-Obeyed??
It can be both or one more then the other. It depends on what is needed for the individual to learn about god.
Is the 'Word of God' the Written Word of God -- or "Every Word That Proceedeth Out of the Mouth of God"??
Its both. The written word is concentrated in the bible and various other places, but everything comes from god so we live through him. You have to transmute the energy. A big topic to this is Homophobia. This is a quick tell in the dogma of man. Or suppression of women. Or to cower to the lord. Common sense flow from him.
God is priority, his law with common sense. This should trump any bible thumper.
Was the Creator Exiled to a Distant Solar System
No way. The Devil is in a box that god uses for a footstool. God or his son jesus are all powerful, because power is grace, compassion and justice. This light rules them All.
What if this whole solar system is being held hostage
The devil is currently holding our species hostage you could say, but he only has a certain amount of time to do this. This is the meaning of the harvest of souls. He is in his death throws right now.
Thank-you magamud. You might find this video interesting. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rBY1-MRgMjA It's by Dr. Herbert Douglas -- who's been an outspoken proponent of the "Harvest Principle". https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n6f16RfMAE4 Some of my thinking is based upon his bias -- but my thinking is VERY different!! I continue to think that studying the Roman Catholic Church and the Seventh-day Adventist Church (without joining them) is a VERY enlightening experience!! Here is something which looks interesting! http://ezinearticles.com/?Seed-and-Harvest-Principle&id=4954489 This is one of my favorite websites!! http://spectrummagazine.org/ I post a lot of different things -- not because I necessarily endorse them -- but because I wish to provide a spectrum of ideas and approaches within this thread. I'm trying to be a facilitator and stimulator!! Sounds sort of sexy, doesn't it?? BTW -- Have you ever thought in terms of Cain v Abel?? I think there are some nasty Ancient-Conflicts which remain unresolved -- and which might remain unresolved for a VERY long time. I've tried to facilitate reconciliation -- but this effort seems to have failed -- or seems to have been a grave error. Can't we just all get along?? Obviously NOT!! Let me simply say that I think it is important to think things through from all perspectives, and all angles -- even if it destroys us -- and renders us non-competitive and non-responsive. I respect deep-thought and careful-scholarship -- regardless of whether or not I agree with the conclusions -- which is probably why I lean toward some sort of liturgical-conservatism and theological-liberalism. There needs to be some sort of a center or frame of reference -- around which diversity and free-thought can flourish. Consider the role of 'arbitrariness' in politics, law, and religion. Do we need a God to impose authoritative-arbitrariness -- regardless of whether an Almighty-God exists, or not???? Is a Theocratic Representative-Republic a worthy-goal -- or a recipe for disaster?? Oxymoron or Wave of the Future?? Damned if I know...
Seed and Harvest Principle by Donna Braman.
SEED PRINCIPLE
There are two dimensions of the seed principle and they are spiritual and physical. The seed and harvest laws are shadows of the natural laws that govern all spiritual principles. Today through Seed Principle you are going to become free and learn how to apply seed principle to your physical and spiritual lives.
The physical world is a result of the spiritual. In Hebrews 11:3, God spoke the universe into existence. The things which appear were created from things which do not appear. The tangible is a manifestation of the intangible. The things we see in the physical world were made from things we cannot see in the spiritual world.
To understand the spiritual seed principle, you must understand the physical seed principle. Studying the seed principle in the physical realm helps to understand the spiritual dimension. This is why Jesus uses an illustration of sowing seed in the physical realm to clarify the concept of seed in the spiritual realm. Mark 4:14, "The sower soweth the word."
The parable of the sower is the parable that gives discernment and understanding to all parables, to all truth and the foundation of the earth. It gives understanding and truth to the foundation of the old bible (physical) to spiritual foundation of the New Testament. Jesus uses the physical seed to illustrate faith being implanted in the heart and growing.
The Kingdom of God is also illustrated by the seed principle. Mark 4:30-33, It is like a grain of mustard seed, and when it is sown in the earth, is less than all the seeds in the earth but becomes the biggest tree with the largest branches and birds build their nests in it. And with many such parables, Jesus spoke the word into us, as we were able to hear it. Jesus spoke in parables for a reason. Jesus was saying, unless you have my seed in your spirit you cannot understand the planted word from heaven.
The parables of Jesus by-passes the conscious mind into the spirit in order to by-pass the seed of the serpent planted in the mind through imaginations and suggestions. We're going to unlock the power of the seed principle today so you can begin to plant abundance in your life and stomp out the seed of Satan. If you want to build a Christian life that reflects holiness and righteousness, or build a ministry or sow seed in your children, in your business and begin to see a harvest then this is the lesson for you.
THE TWO TYPES OF SEED THAT WERE FORMED BY THOUGHT:
The Seed Of God: When God spoke his thoughts the universe was formed. When you came into being, you started from a single cell and grew into what you are today. John 1:1-2 says, "In the beginning was the word and the word was God and Jesus was the word became flesh. Only God's word can be transformed into physical matter or become life in the spiritman." John6:63 says, "It is the spirit that quickeneth, the flesh profiteth nothing, the word that I speak into you are spirit and life. So all incorruptible seed manifests from God.
The Seed Of The Serpent: John 8:44 says, "Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do and when he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own seed, for he is a liar, and the father of lies."
God's word or seed is full of truth, life and blessing and will set us free. Satan's word by contrast is a lie and has a curse in it and will put us in bondage and leads to death. Ezekiel 28:13, says, "thou has been in Eden the garden of God..." He devised a plan to invade man's domain and through deception upsurge man's God-given dominion and authority over the earth. See Genesis 1:28
THE SEED OF THE SERPENT
Satan was the first corruptible seed and he sowed that seed into man. He first gained entrance into the mind of Eve to plant his corruptible seed by getting Eve to question God's word. Then, when the seed of his lie was conceived in her mind she acted according to the seed sown within her and disobeyed God. Genesis 3;1-6, "Now the serpent was more subtle than any beast of the field which the Lord God had made. And he said unto the woman, "yea, hath God said ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden? And the woman said unto the serpent, we may eat of the fruit of the trees of the garden; but of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said ye shall not eat of it neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die."
Listen very carefully here, God never said "Don't touch it," he just said, "Don't eat it." Genesis 2:17, "But of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it; for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die."
Right away the devil realized that Eve did not know the Word that God had given to Adam to give to her. Now this made her all the more susceptible to deception of course, because she didn't know what the rules were. She didn't know her rights. She didn't know her authority. She didn't know what God really had said. And she didn't know what her authority and dominion was.
So first of all, we have to know the word if we're ever to overcome the seed of Satan. Now when Satan tempted Jesus it was a different matter, Jesus quoted the word to him and he overcame that temptation for Satan could not plant the seed of the lie in Jesus. He shows us here that we have to know what God says in order to stand firm on a solid foundation of truth, it is what sets you free from the serpent's seed.
Now Satan further tempted Eve in the progressive stages of deception. The lust of the eye, the desire to be wise in one's own eyes, pride. Satan always deceives in stages. It is always mingled with truth to confuse. The best kind of lie is one that is 90% truth and 10% lie. It's still an entire lie, because of that 10% which can put you into bondage.
Satan directly contradicted God's command of Genesis 2:17, by twisting God's word into a lie! Satan knows just enough of the word to twist it, but he has no discernment. There lies the truth in discerning spirits. So now that we've defined the two seeds lets look at what manifested from the two kinds of seeds.
CORRUPTIBLE VS INCORRUPTIBLE
In Genesis, Chapter 3, we find the first reference by God of two contrasting kinds of seeds. The serpent's seed (corruptible) which is referring to Satan's lie, and the seed of the woman, which is a prophetic reference to Christ.
God is judging the serpent, or Satan. Genesis 3:15, "And I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel." So, the seed of the serpent (Corruptible) and the seed of Christ (incorruptible) are staged by God for a showdown. In this verse you can clearly see how the seed of Christ got changed into the personal pronoun "He" will bruise your head. It was God prophetic announcement that he would send his son, Jesus Christ to destroy the works of Satan and his seed.
Now you can understand why David dragged the head of Goliath (a seed of the serpent) 16 miles to Golgotha Hill, because when Jesus' blood dripped on that evil ground sin and death lost and a new seed had begun. Remember all seeds must die before they can regenerate into a new seed and yield a harvest. So when we die to him Satan's seed dies with the old man, and all things become new in Him.
In Luke 1:38 it says, "And Mary said, behold the handmaid of the Lord; be it unto me according to THY WORD. And the angel departed from her."
God gave woman the privilege of being the vessel through whom all mankind would receive deliverance from the power of death and avenge her of Satan's deception. The bruised head is symbolic of a death blow and also symbolic of that place from which thought originates. This means God's word, His truth, His sword, would come against the seed of the serpent or the lie of the wicked one. So you see here an example of how the physical from the old bible became manifest into the spiritual by King David, the sceptor of Christ's throne.
The serpent's seed has been sown and multiplied in the earth to produce many lies, moving man into a place of darkness, death, and destruction. But of course, Jesus came to reverse this and we live with hope and faith.
In 1 Peter 1:23 the Apostle Peter also makes a reference to two contrasting seeds, by saying "Being born again, not of corruptible seed, but in incorruptible seed, by the word of God, which liveth and abideth forever." Peter makes it emphatically clear that there are two contrasting seeds and could only be referring to the seed of the serpent when referring to corruptible seed and God's word when referring to incorruptible.
WHAT SEED IS PLANTED IN YOU IS THE KEY
In the parable of the sower (Mark Chapter 4), Jesus began to teach the disciples the key to all parables or all revelation knowledge. But you have to have the seed of Christ in you to discern truth by His Holy Spirit. The deciples asked him what it meant. He said, "Unto you is given to know the mysteries of the Kingdom of God," verse 11. Jesus is saying this parable is the mystery of the Kingdom of God. Then in verse 13 he says, "Know ye not this parable? How then will ye know all parables?" This statement implies very strongly the fact that this parable is the central theme to grasping all truth, and when applied will produce abundant living.
Again, I emphasize, when APPLIED, not just knowing but doing the parable of the sower. The word of God is the seed, verse 14, "The sower soweth the Word." When the word is sown and internalized into the heart of the believer, it will bear fruit after its own kind, verse 20, "And these are they which are sown on good ground; such as hear the word, and receive it, and bring forth fruit, some thirty fold, some sixty, and a hundred fold."
This is why Satan tries to steal the Word out of your mind, verse 15, "And these are they by the way side, where the word is sown; but when they have heard, Satan cometh immediately, and taketh away the word that was sown in their hearts. "He does not want to see God's people blessed or prosper. He does not want to see them walking in health, he does not want to see them filled with joy, because then God is glorified and more people come into the kingdom as a result of their testimony. Read also Luke 17 starting with verse 5.
So in other words, faith begins as a seed in one's spirit. We have to sow the seed of the word of God into the human spirit and it will breed faith after its kind of seed that was sown. If it's a word of faith, or a seed of faith, concerning healing or renewing the mind it will give healing and mind renewal. It gives birth to what ever it is sown for. If it is a word sown to the lost then the seed of Salvation will be sown and the fruit of soul winning will result.
"So then faith cometh by hearing and hearing by the word of God," Romans 10:17. For instance tonight your faith will be stronger in the seed and harvest principle because you will see the truth of it in hearing God's word concerning it.
Notice that Jesus did not say that your faith must be as the size of a grain of mustard seed in Luke 17:6, but was implying it must start as a grain of mustard seed. Take a look at the ramifications of a seed, the whole seed concept, how it's implanted, how it must be watered in fertile soil, and how it must be nurtured. In other words the misconception has been a little faith goes a long way, but the emphasis is not on size but on the faith-growth process.
The more you are fed the word and apply it to your life the bigger your mustard seed gets. It does not mean that you can walk the righteous life, dodge the devil and grow spiritually if your faith remains as small as the mustard seed, because the devil will come along and snatch what little faith you've got if you don't keep feeding your spirit and mind with the word.
So faith is developed in the human spirit as a result of the sowing of the engrafted or implanted word into it, James 1:21, says, "Receive with meekness the engrafted word, which is able to save your souls."
When you see Christians that are not growing it is because of lack of the feeding on the word. Now some people come to church to socialize, to be somebody, to hear the singing and feel good for an hour. But continued teaching on all levels that different members in the body are in need of is imperative for spiritual growth. So I pray that all of you will come and hear the bible teaching on Tuesdays by Larry. If you're not coming to hear the word and seeking his truth and instructions then your motives for church needs an overhaul and you can be sure that seeds that you are allowing to be sown in you are not of Christ.
The seed of the serpent sown into one's being will produce the opposite affects, doubt, fear, confusion, sickness, disease, and poverty. It will also produce bad character, jealousy, envy, and strife. Galatians 5:19-21, says, "Now the works of the flesh are manifest, which are these, adultery, fornication, uncleaness(of the mouth and negative thoughts from the heart) lasciviousness, idolatry (one foot in the world and one foot in the church) witchcraft, hatred, variance, emulations, wrath, seditions, heresies, envying, murders,(giving death to others with the tongue) drunkenness, revellings, and such like; of which I tell you before as I have also told you in time past, that they that do such things shall not inherit the Kingdom of God. These are the seeds of the devil who is your father which you emulate.
The seed of God's word, on the other hand, will produce the fruit of the spirit. Galatians 5:22-23, "But the fruit of the spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance." God's seed will produce all of the good, whereas the seed of the serpent will produce all of the bad. This is further confirmed by Galatians, Chaper 6:7-9, "Be not deceived; God is not mocked; for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap. For he that soweth to his flesh shall of the flesh reap corruption; but he that soweth to the Spirit shall of the Spirit reap life everlasting. And let us not be weary in well-doing, for in due season we shall reap, if we faint not."
Notice verses 7 and 8 clearing shows the sowing and reaping process. The corruptible is sown to the flesh and the incorruptible is sown to the spirit.
In John 8:44 Jesus says, "Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do."
In other words, you are going to live out the programming of the seed that is born within you either from you bloodline or your environment. If one is your father, then you are born of his seed and have his attributes, that is exactly what Jesus was implying here, that they were born of the seed of the serpent (Satan) or the thought or mind of the enemy was sown into them and would bear corruptible fruit or deeds.
Regeneration becomes a by-product as your divine nature develops through the renewing of the mind through the word and the blood of Christ. Which attributes of the father is in you? We can change our genetics through the blood of Christ. This is clear in the seed principle. Titus 3 calls it a new gene in Christ. The word genesis means new creation, new bloodline.
Donna Braman is a Minister of education and teaches end time subjects to different churches. She is a Christian writer and writes on subjects concerning covenant and biblical doctrine. She holds a B.A. Biblical Studies and is currently working on her masters. Article Source: http://EzineArticles.com/?expert=Donna_Braman
Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Thu Jun 13, 2013 1:14 am; edited 3 times in total
Some good links Ortho. I feel oscillated. I personally would not associate myself with any organization other then that of Gods kingdom. Many of the information has the holy spirit going in and out of them. The devil is a dirty bastard and preys on our pride, power, confidence and and lack there of. I cant wait till hes exposed to everyone so everyone will know what im talking about lol. Its good to just marinate yourself in gods word and challenge it with people and social groups to get contrast.
Thank-you magamud. What if Satan and Lucifer Run ALL of the financial, corporate, intelligence, religious, and political institutions, agencies, and organizations of the world?? If they are as big and bad as we've been told -- wouldn't they infiltrate and subvert EVERYONE and EVERYTHING of any significance??? Who ordains the Powers That Be??? Think about it. The true nature and extent of the War in Heaven might shock ALL of us. I think we know very little of what's REALLY going on. I hint a lot -- but I do NOT engage in Trench-Warfare with You-Know-Who!! I just met some more nasty people. THIS seems to be the NORM -- and NOT THE EXCEPTION. PERHAPS IT REALLY IS LATER THAN WE THINK. Perhaps the Time to Warn has passed. Perhaps it is time to Positively-Reinforce Everything while listening to Sacred Classical Music. On the other hand -- might this amount to Fiddling While Rome Burns???
Sanicle wrote:Forgive my intrusion orthodoxymoron but I'm posting because I really feel for your apparent anguish, and can relate to it to a degree. I thought my monkey-mind was out of control, forever wanting to know the ins-and-outs of everything, the whys and wherefores etc. but the entanglement your mind has you enmeshed in seems to be huge! For what it's worth, I'd like to pass on to you what I've learned about the 'who/what/why' trap after having 'researched' it for many long years, hoping something I say might ring true to you and help. Where to start?
Thank-you for your response Sanicle. The 'intrusion' is welcome. I wish there were more 'intruders'. This is the major source of my very real anquish. Very few seem to be concerned about one of the most important issues in the solar system - namely 'Solar System Governance'. My entanglement is not only huge - it's quantum. I sort of like the '5 W's'. They tend to transport one to the heart of the issue.
OK, looking at it from the mental perspective, I've found trying to find out who is 'right' and who is 'wrong' in any situation, no matter how big the picture, doesn't really achieve anything that serves us personally in the long run (apart from increasing our awareness of course). I've learned that even murderers can 'justify' their behaviour to themselves. And there are always at least two sides to every story. Plus the path and decisions each makes in life comes out of each personality's desire for peace in life. The problem with this is that each personality or party involved only sees 'peace' from their own personal perspective and seeks to 'control' the opposers to their belief and desires to attain it, at worst killing them to do so. I believe that until we are fully enlightened beings, we can't know all the ins and outs of each battle, now or in the past. And I'm sure there's right and wrong on both sides if the full history could be seen. That's where the Law of Karma comes in, to right the wrongs and redress the balance etc etc. Beyond that, all we can really do is stand up for what we believe is 'right' at the time when 'karma'/choices comes to us personally.
Determining the difference between right and wrong is fundamental. We have to judge, and make decisions based upon our judgements. Increasing awareness is a good thing. Noticing things - large and small - is a good thing. I try to be somewhat selfless in this pursuit. Everything is relative - especially when one is guilty - or when one lives on the wrong side of the tracks. I seek solar system peace - but I do not seek personal peace. If personal peace and prosperity results from an honest pursuit of the truth - then so be it. Otherwise - tough luck. I prefer constructive competition to settle various differences - and I try to see things from the other person's perspective as I discuss an issue with them. I'm really quite neutral and non-committal. I tend to ask a lot of questions. If the other person is wrong - they tend to hang themselves. This saves me a lot of time and effort. I like to help Karma out whenever I can. Karma is one of my best friends. If we don't stand for something - we tend to fall for anything.
Secondly, from my own experience I'd also like to express to you that getting caught up areas of knowledge that causes you any sort of fear or anger or personal stress is probably the work of the 'dark side'. If what forums and 'spiritual knowledge' sites say is true (the ones I've studied anyway) the negative ETs promote this through their channels as they feed off this energy psychically, so they very cleverly ... in the guise of presenting 'the Truth'... promote division, fear and anger in the followers to enable this feeding frenzy. Those involved eventually end up in the 'us against them' mindset, becoming paranoid, aggressive and dictatorial in their views about what is and isn't 'Truth'. Separativeness rules, rather than peace, compassion and open-minded exchange. So not spiritual, loving and caring. But seperativeness is the nature of the analytical mind. Of course the negative ETs also do this generally because the more turmoil and disagreement in the world, the more the fearful will look for a 'saviour' and they are very willing to step in and pretend they are that, just as you've noted. The important thing is not to get trapped in the web they've set up for the seekers of Truth, becoming enmeshed in that 'us vs them' mentality and full of fear, anger and doubt. They promote this to serve their own ends.
It's the work of the darkside that needs to be dealt with - swiftly and firmly. The dark nature of the mess created by the darkside - naturally creates fear, anger, and personal stress, as one attempts to understand various dark situations - and to turn on the right bright lights. It's a nasty job, but somebody's gotta do it. Besides, I love to watch the rats run! The regressive ET's may be leaving soon, in what I call a 'Solar System Exorcism'. The good ones can stay. Some of my best friends are ET's. Malevolent ET's seem to have been causing lots of trouble for thousands of years. 'The God's of Eden' by William Bramley documents some of this activity. Sometimes 'Us v Them' is a reality of life. And just because you're paranoid - doesn't mean they're not out to get you! But we should be able to disagree, without being disagreeable. I prefer to have some sort of rational backbone - rather than being a 'spineless wonder'. God save us from our saviors! Problem. Reaction. Solution. I think 'they' are clever enough to use just about anything to their own ends.
Lastly, I'd like to pass on to you what I've come to learn and have to remind myself of over and over again to stop falling into the mind-games and traps that we enquiring minds (and carers) can fall into.
The first is that ENERGY FOLLOWS THOUGHT. If you think about, are intrigued by, the negative aspects of life, you are drawn to those energies to learn what you seek to know. "Ask and ye shall receive" to the max. Of course, it works that way with positive energies as well, and my guess is that a balanced mental outlook... awareness in terms of the 'big picture'... is the desired outcome.
I am intrigued by problem solving. No problem. No challenge. I prefer the concept of 'Positive Response Ability' wherein one thinks both positively and negatively - and then formulates positive solutions. I find this to be most gratifying. Contextually superimposing the big and little pictures helps one to see both the forest and the trees.
But there is also the emotional component and for that aspect of personality I remind myself that GOD IS LOVE. I believe that, at a personality level, who and what we love decides our path and destiny on this planet. Everything we do revolves around that ultimately, all decisions and choices we make, again looking for peace and joy in life. I personally believe that God being Love defines our karma with others in this reality as well, why we choose to come back here and end up with 'unfinished business'. But what we desire also affects our mind-set, driving the 'energy follows thought' law into action for us. But that's at the personality level of being.
I believe that God is Responsibility. This is love with balls - and more than a feeling. Do we really have a choice regarding 'coming back here'? Perhaps we have to make our bed - and sleep in it - lifetime after lifetime. One application of 'energy follows thought' is 'The Me That I See - Is the Me That I'll Be'. It's not how you look. It's how you see. See?
The point of this post being that the time comes when you realize that our personalities only operate within those Universal Laws to keep us tied to this planet and tied up in the games that others appear to have a stranglehold on in this reality, which really has come to appear to me to be a giant food-chain, mentally, emotionally and physically...all constantly re-cycled, even within ourselves (eg many dreams). Those with more 'power' feed on those with less. I find no joy in playing either role.
Perhaps being tied to this planet - or this solar system - is really not such a bad thing, after all. Why do we think things are better elsewhere? Constructive competition and a kinder, gentler duality, certainly makes for an interesting and challenging life. I prefer this, to most alternatives.
So, in having come to these views and seeing the limitations of the personality's functioning mechanisms, I, as the personality, am ready and willing to allow the higher aspects of being to take over this vessel I inhabit so it (the higher aspect of 'me') can operate within the Laws at higher, broader levels of expression beyond this reality. So it's meditation for me, my personality focus being on love and light, which I see as the positive path in this reality.
I really am an incurable optimist - even though a rational situational evaluation often points to unyielding despair. What would Bertrand Russell say? I prefer research over meditation. I meditate upon my research. I focus upon Responsibility - which results in love and light - as the fruit, rather than the root.
Hopefully I've managed to express all of this in a way that makes sense to you and that what I've learned on my path may help you in some way to get beyond a lot of the anguish you appear to be feeling.
Thanks again for your thoughtful response. It made perfect sense. I'm actually sort of into the anguish part. You know - the agony and the ecstasy. Some people derive pleasure from pain. Whatever turns you on!
Namaste to you as well orthodoxymoron.
Namaste and Have a Nice Day!
lindabaker wrote:Orthodoxymoron: In the portrait of Q. Elizardbreath, she is holding a ball, looks like glass? What IS that?
Thank-you for your interest Linda. It looks like it might represent the Earth, but I'm not sure. I'll have to do some research. OK - according to 'The Ring of Power' the ball represents the orb which the Queen rules over. Notice the cross on the orb. Also, check out this wikipedia entry. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Globus_cruciger I don't hate the Queen, the Pope, and the Queen of Heaven / God of This World. I just want the solar system reformed - and the God of This World to retire - and pass the baton to a much kinder and gentler Solar System Administrator - who presides over a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System - based upon Responsibility and the U.S. Constitution. I think this would be a liberation and a relief to all three. I talk big on the internet - but I would be very respectful to all three, if I ever met them. Unfortunately, there might be some very serious charges to deal with, when the real truth becomes known to the general public - regarding what has really been going on. Things might get a bit ugly. Heck, I might have some seriously bad reincarnational karma. You don't know how afraid I am. I don't think there is any easy way to deal with the mess we're in. This is probably going to be a very rocky decade - but I'm hoping things will mellow-out by 2020. Hope springs eternal.
Sanicle wrote:Your response to my post did make me smile orthodoxymoron, particularly the way you finished it.
I'm actually sort of into the anguish part. You know - the agony and the ecstasy. Some people derive pleasure from pain. Whatever turns you on!
You're obviously very happy doing what you're doing and I say good luck to you. Maybe you are one of the Sacred Warriors, obviously a different path to mine. But that's as it should be as we all have our own unique path to tread.
I'm happy in the sense that where there is no pain - there is often no gain - and I do experience pain as I seek to conceptually deal with the world's problems. I wish for things to improve for everyone - but my particular version of paradise seems to gain no traction. In that sense, I am unhappy. Much pain. No gain. Not good.
Today I've looked at this thread from the start and read lots of your posts and I can see more clearly now why we are on different wavelengths at some very basic levels.
For instance, you seem to resent death and therefore anyone or anything you see as threatening to inflict this on all of us here on Earth, whether it be aliens, the PTB, or the Universe itself. I have no fear of death other than the pain I might have to go through when it comes to me. Above and beyond that I see it as a natural part of our evolution and accept that the body wears out, even though the spirit that inhabits it is eternal. I'm actually looking forward to the release from all of the body's demands...the freedom from appetites that necessitates us having to feed on other life forms to experience and maintain existence here in 3D, physically in particular. But you seem to be happy here, still enjoy experiencing the bodily appetites from what I've read, and so want to help establish a planet where you and others can do so in an harmonious and just manner without fear. Fair enough.
I have a problem with deliberately inflicted death - particularly mass murder through war, earth-changes, global-floods, aimed-asteroids, terrorism, etc. Naturally occurring death - particularly after a long and happy life - is an acceptable and inevitable part of life.
I believe, rightly or wrongly, that we personalities are an extension, or creation, of our higher selves to explore and to learn the lessons of this particular 3D manifestation. Maybe curiosity caused us to stay too long, enmeshing ourselves too deeply in the lower energies or maybe we were tricked into being stuck here by the neg ETs as some say to become their food source from the beginning. I don't know. All I do know is that as long as I remain attached to the animal urges that this body entains...the satisfaction of any of its lusts for union, be they mental (eg questions being answered), emotional (eg personal love) or physical (eg sex and food) I will be tied to this reality. The one I'm still struggling with, obviously, is the mental one haha.
Might this solar system be engaging in an experiment in freedom - which threatens the rest of the universe - and which cannot and will not be tolerated - resulting in the mass murder of the human race? Perhaps we were invaded or hijacked. I have tended to doubt the food-source theories. Why is physicality often represented as being sinful? Why is the human body often represented as being no-good or not good enough? Solving problems, having a love life, and eating should be considered to be good things - shouldn't they?
But on that, I also believe that the Higher Self has all those answers. It Knows. There's no need to be continually seeking for answers when one is once more united with the Higher Self and that just seems so peaceful to me, and a much more useful and responsible manifestation in this or any other reality than little me can provide on my own. I would love to be able to be that and offer that for others...all lifeforms, especially when, as I say, I have no personal interest in playing the competetive games that the 3D reality seems to thrive on. Although I am interested to see and understand how it's all being played out here and do wish to help in whatever way I can. But that's become "Not my will but Thine be done" to really be able to help.
I guess if someone knows it all - they really don't have to ask questions - do they? I wish some of these know it alls would specifically answer my questions - point by point - in great detail. Game-playing of various types - seem to help give life meaning and purpose. Challenges are often good things. I'm not very competitive - which is probably why I am poor - and posting on the internet - as an internet warrior - rather than making lots of money in the 'real-world'. I appreciate your willingness to be of help. I am simply trying to make the best of the context in which I find myself. 'Higher-Beings' seem to have a perspective of the univesre which is hidden from humanity. Sometimes I think I hear the universe laughing behind our backs - in derisive condescension. I so hope that I'm wrong. I really wish for the entire universe to be a happy home for all.
But that's me. You carry on you Warrior you. I truly hope you achieve your goals.
Thank-you Sanicle. I prefer to win noble goals for everyone - without fighting. I am not happy with the state of the world. It needs to improve exponentially. I need to improve exponentially. Things are not ideal. All is not well. This whole thing feels like a corrupted experiment - which is being deliberately sabotaged, and run into the ground - as an example to the rest of the universe, to never, ever attempt this experiment again.
Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System'. Believe it, or not, this takes a helluva lot of discipline and hard-work to do it properly - and it really has to occur on a daily-basis - to really sink in. Reducing a concept to it's simplist form, and then repeating it over and over again, is vital to the survival of a new idea. Joseph Goebbels, of all people, taught me that. I'm simply trying to conceptualize a rational next-step for the human race. I am very sadly disillusioned with the state of the world - even though there is so much good in it. We seem to be hamstrung by the most ridiculous bullshit imaginable. Again, I am sorry for being rude, blunt, irreverent, and indecent. Part of the reason for this is that I wish to be as genuine as possible - and not just put on a show for the grandstand. Again, my behavior, in real-life, does not reflect my posting activities. I'm quite the dud - and it's not by choice. I continue to be inexplicably burned-out. My posting is cathartic. Take it seriously - but not too seriously. It is intended to be an experiment and a study-guide, more than anything else. Arrive at your own answers and solutions. Be a daily and lifelong researcher into every conceivable subject - but be careful that you don't get your fingers burnt - right up to your armpits - like me, when I tried to sneak into the DULCE DUMB with the help of Thomas Costello. It's a jungle out there. The horror.
ORTHODOXYMORON (DULCE CLASS OF '79) COMING OUT OF HIS SHELL - AND LOOKING FOR A MATE
Sanicle wrote:Your response to my post did make me smile orthodoxymoron, particularly the way you finished it.
I'm actually sort of into the anguish part. You know - the agony and the ecstasy. Some people derive pleasure from pain. Whatever turns you on!
You're obviously very happy doing what you're doing and I say good luck to you. Maybe you are one of the Sacred Warriors, obviously a different path to mine. But that's as it should be as we all have our own unique path to tread.
I'm happy in the sense that where there is no pain - there is often no gain - and I do experience pain as I seek to conceptually deal with the world's problems. I wish for things to improve for everyone - but my particular version of paradise seems to gain no traction. In that sense, I am unhappy. Much pain. No gain. Not good.
Today I've looked at this thread from the start and read lots of your posts and I can see more clearly now why we are on different wavelengths at some very basic levels.
For instance, you seem to resent death and therefore anyone or anything you see as threatening to inflict this on all of us here on Earth, whether it be aliens, the PTB, or the Universe itself. I have no fear of death other than the pain I might have to go through when it comes to me. Above and beyond that I see it as a natural part of our evolution and accept that the body wears out, even though the spirit that inhabits it is eternal. I'm actually looking forward to the release from all of the body's demands...the freedom from appetites that necessitates us having to feed on other life forms to experience and maintain existence here in 3D, physically in particular. But you seem to be happy here, still enjoy experiencing the bodily appetites from what I've read, and so want to help establish a planet where you and others can do so in an harmonious and just manner without fear. Fair enough.
I have a problem with deliberately inflicted death - particularly mass murder through war, earth-changes, global-floods, aimed-asteroids, terrorism, etc. Naturally occurring death - particularly after a long and happy life - is an acceptable and inevitable part of life.
I believe, rightly or wrongly, that we personalities are an extension, or creation, of our higher selves to explore and to learn the lessons of this particular 3D manifestation. Maybe curiosity caused us to stay too long, enmeshing ourselves too deeply in the lower energies or maybe we were tricked into being stuck here by the neg ETs as some say to become their food source from the beginning. I don't know. All I do know is that as long as I remain attached to the animal urges that this body entains...the satisfaction of any of its lusts for union, be they mental (eg questions being answered), emotional (eg personal love) or physical (eg sex and food) I will be tied to this reality. The one I'm still struggling with, obviously, is the mental one haha.
Might this solar system be engaging in an experiment in freedom - which threatens the rest of the universe - and which cannot and will not be tolerated - resulting in the mass murder of the human race? Perhaps we were invaded or hijacked. I have tended to doubt the food-source theories. Why is physicality often represented as being sinful? Why is the human body often represented as being no-good or not good enough? Solving problems, having a love life, and eating should be considered to be good things - shouldn't they?
But on that, I also believe that the Higher Self has all those answers. It Knows. There's no need to be continually seeking for answers when one is once more united with the Higher Self and that just seems so peaceful to me, and a much more useful and responsible manifestation in this or any other reality than little me can provide on my own. I would love to be able to be that and offer that for others...all lifeforms, especially when, as I say, I have no personal interest in playing the competetive games that the 3D reality seems to thrive on. Although I am interested to see and understand how it's all being played out here and do wish to help in whatever way I can. But that's become "Not my will but Thine be done" to really be able to help.
I guess if someone knows it all - they really don't have to ask questions - do they? I wish some of these know it alls would specifically answer my questions - point by point - in great detail. Game-playing of various types - seem to help give life meaning and purpose. Challenges are often good things. I'm not very competitive - which is probably why I am poor - and posting on the internet - as an internet warrior - rather than making lots of money in the 'real-world'. I appreciate your willingness to be of help. I am simply trying to make the best of the context in which I find myself. 'Higher-Beings' seem to have a perspective of the univesre which is hidden from humanity. Sometimes I think I hear the universe laughing behind our backs - in derisive condescension. I so hope that I'm wrong. I really wish for the entire universe to be a happy home for all.
But that's me. You carry on you Warrior you. I truly hope you achieve your goals.
Thank-you Sanicle. I prefer to win noble goals for everyone - without fighting. I am not happy with the state of the world. It needs to improve exponentially. I need to improve exponentially. Things are not ideal. All is not well. This whole thing feels like a corrupted experiment - which is being deliberately sabotaged, and run into the ground - as an example to the rest of the universe, to never, ever attempt this experiment again.
Might the following be true?
Gabriel = Theocratic Prosecuting Attorney (Attempting to reign-in the Rebels Without a Clue on this Planet in Rebellion).
Lucifer = Charming and Opportunistic Double-Agent (Antagonizing Both Sides - and Profiting from Both Sides).
Michael = Freedom Fighter for Humanity (Idealistic, Refined, Compassionate, and Ethical - but Relatively Powerless Against Gabriel, Lucifer, the Demonic Realm, and an Irresponsible and Rebellious Humanity).
This is just more speculation. Was the Human Race created from a Reptilian/Mammalian-Hybrid Hermaphrodite Race - by splitting the Male and Female components, and increasing the Mammalian component, relative to the Reptilian component? Are all of the Humanoid Souls really Interdimensional Reptilian in nature - and virtually identical? Did the Human Experiment get out of control - in the view of the Universal Powers That Be? Are Humans too emotional, unpredictable, disobedient, irreverent - and too difficult to control? Are Humans a grave threat to the Universal Church Theocracy? Has the Human Experiment in Freedom been sabotaged from the very beginning? Did Michael become Jesus when he became distinctly Human? Is Michael/Jesus really in trouble with just about everyone? Has Michael/Jesus been rejected by just about everyone? Was the Human Experiment in Freedom conceived and executed by Michael/Jesus? Is this Human Experiment in Freedom about to be Terminated and Exterminated - with Horrible Finality? Will all of our souls then reincarnate into Predominantly Reptilian Hermaphrodite Bodies - and will we all be governed by a Theocracy with no tolerance for Humanity and Freedom? Our problems may be Legion - as Sinners in the Hands of Angry Angels and Archangels. I really don't know - but this is what I fear. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b9mFn9EhgU4 I am particularly interested in Archangel Gabriel, Archangel Lucifer, the Queen of England, the Pope of Rome, and the New World Order. Has Michael/Jesus essentially lived in exile for thousands of years? Would Michael/Jesus presiding over a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System combined with a Solar System Exorcism be a rational next-step for the Human Race and this Solar System? I tend to think so - but I continue to be kept in the dark. I really desire for things to work out well for everyone, everywhere - throughout the entire universe. I still don't have an enemies list - but I am becoming increasingly suspicious and paranoid. I can hardly function. I continue to long for a single day of peace. If God be for us - then who can be against us - but who is God really? What do you think?
I got to thinking about the Queen of England, the Pope of Rome, and the God of This World. They're a pretty exclusive trio - with extreme power - aren't they? They don't get elected by the general public, do they? Should they? I really don't know. I'm really conflicted about this sort of thing. How does a civilization make sure that they have the very best individuals in those roles? I've been trying to combine the best aspects of theocracy and democracy - and the best of the royal and servant models of leadership and authority. The whole damn thing is a slippery-slope. I've had a lot to say regarding a hypothetical Queen of Heaven ruling Earth as the Goddess of This World. I've imagined having conversations and debates with such a being - and I have really mixed-feelings about the whole thing. Extreme intelligence, economy of words, elegance, straight-forwardness, and beauty - might all be on the plus side. But harshness, cruelty, causing atrocities, committing mass-murder, corruption, deception, treachery, moral-ambiguity, and demonic-possession - might be on the negative side. But I don't know the true state of affairs. They might be human. They might be reptilian. They might be hybrid. They might be male. They might be female. They might be hermaphroditic. They might have a wardrobe of bodies. They might be able to shapeshift into any form and anyone they choose. Could a being be a God or Goddess of This World for any length of time - without becoming corrupt and insane? Are the Pope of Rome and the Queen of England - really the modern-day equivalents of the King and Queen of Egypt - serving the Hidden God Amen Ra? Are all three ruling in place of Christ? I have speculated quite a bit about this in the past. I am concerned about this, because these three seem to have control over pretty much the whole world. Is this power legitimate or illegitimate? Is this power being used benevolently and wisely? Are they doing that which is in everyone's best interest? Could the throne of this world have been stolen in antiquity? Could this hypothetical theft be ongoing? Did someone steal fire from the gods? I really and truly don't know - but I am becoming increasingly suspicious. What effect would a Michael/Horus/Jesus administered Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System have on these three? What would Michael/Horus/Jesus say? Somebody please talk to me about this. Please think long and hard about these three jobs. They don't give out job-applications - do they? This is VERY tricky territory - to say the least. I deeply appreciate the Divine Feminine as an integral part of the Divinity Within Humanity - but I am deeply suspicious of a hypothetical Reptilian/Human Hybrid, Hermaphrodite Queen of Heaven / God of This World - being at the core of monotheism - ruling a Controlled Patriarchy - and presiding over a Subjugation of Women - to control and enslave the human race - complete with the 'Chastenings of the Lord' in the form of wars, persecutions, tortures, the Crusades, the Inquisition, terorist events, etc, etc. Who REALLY controls the Monarcy and the Papacy?
I think the story is all screwed-up in virtually all belief-systems and alternative-thinking. I think it's going to take a HUGE amount of work to REALLY get to the bottom of this - but I REALLY don't think we're going to like what we find. I think the current PTB (on-world and off-world) don't know what the hell to do. I think this thing is so messy and out of control - that there may be no happy ending anytime soon. Even well-intentioned beings can get in over their heads - and get involved in some very dark activities - which can spiral out of control. I sense the possibility of obscure instigators who profit from the factional fighting - and who hope to dominate, once the factions have destroyed each other - or something like that. There might be double-crossing, triple-crossing, quadruple-crossing, etc. The universal chess-game might be extremely complex. I think the deception and half-truths regarding everything important - is rampant and reprehensible. And it might get worse as that which is hidden becomes visible to everyone in the universe.
lindabaker wrote:Hmm, However, as things become more visible, they can be cleared once and for all. I am still an optimist.
Thank-you Linda. I hope you're right. I'm a mixture of incurable optimism and unyielding despair - and I'm expecting a mixture of the best and the worst - going forward, for thousands and millions of years. I really would like everyone to become seasoned researchers, who can take even the most difficult and upsetting subjects in stride. I think we need to be kinder and gentler - but I think we also need to be a much tougher human race. Again, I wish for everyone in the universe to be safe and happy, regardless of how dark the past has been. I keep sensing a looming fate - yet the details of our predicament continue to remain hidden from view - despite the huge amount of information on the internet. I am worried that too many huge and unresolved issues will continue to haunt the universe for thousands, or even millions, of years. Things seem somewhat insane to me - but I don't know the full story. We're supposed to make important decisions - yet we are not told what's really going on. This makes me think of a dog that makes a mess on the carpet - and then gets kicked across the room a year later - as recompense or retribution, to satisfy the demands of universal justice. What did we do in antiquity which qualified as Original Sin? Was the creation of a male and female human race really the Original Sin? Were we literally Born Into Sin? An ancient genetics program seems to be at the heart of the problem - to me anyway - and sometimes I wonder if I had anything to do with this - in a previous incarnation - thousands or millions of years ago - perhaps as a rebellious and resourceful Reptilian Hermaphrodite - bound and determined to improve things - in a universe with no need for improvement. I don't know why I even think that - but I seem to have some sort of a subconscious guilt-complex - which has nothing to do with my present dull, boring, unproductive, and often meaningless existence. I am also very fearful that I have stepped on too many toes - especially recently - and I am quite paranoid, at this point. I wish I could just forget about all of this madness. I care about the fate of the human race - and all races - throughout the universe - but everything seems so hopeless and pointless. 95% of the questions in this thread remain unanswered - despite all of the enlightenment and research. I keep hearing about all of the horrible things that are about to happen - but boy oh boy - after that, it's gonna be great! I'm tired of the apocalyptic bullshit. Things may go to hell in the near future - but if it does - I believe it will be completely and diabolically deliberate. If I stop posting for more than a day - it's not because I chose to stop posting. I am quite fearful, at this point. I sometimes think I should live in an old missile silo - and I'm not joking. My posting has become more pointed in recent days - and I am feeling very nervous - even though I can't prove a damn thing.
My thinking is really a composite of everything I have researched - including Hollywood Science Fiction - plus my intuition (derived from who knows what nether-realms?). I really prefer to just ask questions - even though this wouldn't fly in a doctoral dissertation. I'm really not pulling all of this out of an anatomical black-hole. I am trying to approximate what I think might be possible and probable. I'm not writing a book or giving a college lecture. In a sense, this is a lot like seeing patterns in the clouds. Some might call this the apotalysmatic principle. I read, watch, listen, think - and then I ask questions. I realize this does not constitute sound research - but I am not representing it as such. I guess I'm not going to stop posting - but I'm going to try to catch my breath. I think I got a bit ahead of myself these past few days. I really wish to be fair with each and every being in the universe - including those who might be the most problematic. Who knows? I might be the most problematic being in the universe. I might have to take what I've been dishing out. I don't know what my reincarnational history really is. I don't know what really occurred in antiquity. There was some sort of a rebellion - and I might've been right in the middle of it. Perhaps there were some legitmate concerns that got blown out of proportion - and then all hell broke loose. Who knows? If I have caused any historical and/or contemporary problems - I am very, very sorry. I suspect that I have - and I do believe in experiencing sorrow and deep regret for any harm done to anyone. If I have been unfair with my free-wheeling speculation - I am very, very sorry. I'm just trying to formulate a rational basis for understanding the madness. I'm mad - but I do have a method. Again - I Desire a Perfected Humanity - Living in a Perfected Solar System - Peacefully Interacting with the Inhabitants of the Universe. The Human Race obviously has a lot of growing-up to do - and I am very interested in hearing the perspectives of various races and civilizations from throughout the universe. I don't wish to have a superiority or an inferiority complex. I do wish to right past wrongs in a reasonable and rational manner, which does not include violence, or any form of cruel and unusual punishment. Come - let us reason together. Can't we just all get along? Namaste to the Beings of the Universe.
Hail Caesar! Queen Gives Marching Orders To The UN By Joan M. Veon 7-10-10
Regarding the queens speech to the United Nations, we were told by the British Mission to the United Nations that the queen "Will be taking a global perspective. She will touch on progress made since she was last here and challenges that remain."
For a woman who says she is not head of any country-only titular head of state of 16 countries including Australia, Canada and New Zealand and the nominal representative of 54 governments in the British Commonwealth, who is fooling who? Why should be the people of the world listen to a little old lady from Britain? The answer is because her hereditary demands it.
The visit by the queen, which was billed as low key-a five hour visit-was designed to get the global agenda of sustainable development and climate control back on track and to make a statement. Nothing the queen does is low key as every visit, and every word has a meaning and a goal for total control.
First let's take a look at the queen herself. According to Who Owns the World by Kevin Cahill, the queen is the legal owner of 6,600 million acres of land that equals one sixth of the earth's non-ocean surface. She is the only person on earth who owns whole countries and who owns countries that re not her own domestic territory. This land ownership is separate from her role as head of state and is different from other monarchies-like Norway, Belgium, and Denmark, where no such claim is made. The value of her holdings is approximately $33T, more than the estimated value of all of the earth's natural resources which is estimated to be $25T.
Secondly, the physical structure of the United Nations and its agenda represents the completion of the dream and aspirations of British aristocrat Cecil Rhodes to return the United States and the rest of the world back under British rule. He felt that "too little of the globe was British territory and if we had retained America there would be millions more of English living."
In Rhode's 1877 will, it says "the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire, the consolidation of the whole Empire, the inauguration of a system of colonial Representation in the Imperial Parliament which may tend to weld together the disjointed Members of the Empire," which may well ultimately be achieved, by the Roundtable which "publicized the idea of and the name `British Commonwealth of Nations.'"
The executors of Rhodes' six wills had concerns and fears about what kind of structure all of this should take. According to Dr. Carroll Quigley in his The Anglo-American Establishment published in 1981, they concluded that they would have to transform the British Empire into "a Commonwealth of Nations and then place that system within a League of Nations." The United Nations is the successor to the League of Nations and the Commonwealth is inside the U.N. In other words, we are there. The representatives to the UN should have greeted her, "Hail Caesar"!
It should be noted that from 1946-1989 the British Empire gave "independence" to many of their former colonies. How they did this was to allow them to have their own parliament with representative government and their own prime minister. Lest you think they can do as they please, the queen has her own appointed representative called the Director-General that reports to her everything going on in the country and who reads her instructions after the prime minister provides his report at the opening of their parliament.
As each country obtained independence, they also got a vote at the United Nations. Today the Commonwealth has the potential of 54 votes to America's one vote. You will find if you look at the number of Commonwealth countries that are members of the other UN agencies like the IMF, World Bank, World Health Organization, World Trade Organization, etc., the U.S. is outvoted.
In three separate interviews with representatives from three Commonwealth nations in 2002, I was told by each of them who looked at me with fear and terror when I challenged them to leave the Commonwealth that they could not. In fact the queen made reference to the Commonwealth,
Since I addressed you last, the Commonwealth, too, has grown vigorously To become a group of nations representing nearly two billion people. Last November, when I opened the Commonwealth Heads of Government Meeting in Trinidad and Tobago, I told the delegates that the Commonwealth had the opportunity to lead. Today I offer you the same message.
Do you now see the meaning of the words and how she used words? The queen also made mention to the Millennium Development Goals. The bottom line, these wonderful socialistic humanitarian goals where the rich countries of the world will give a primary education to every child in the world, reduce poverty and starvation, HIV/Aids, and give $50 to every slum dweller to improve their lives will cost rich between $40-$60B a year according to the United Nations. This money is to come from an assessment on every country's Gross Domestic Product called "ODA" to the tune of .07%. In fact, you could call it a global tax. For as long as I have been covering global meetings, this has been a request by the United Nations, wow it is a request by the queen. Does anyone know who will get these monies? No. However, it just so happens that the following ten countries which are "Highly Indebted Poor Countries" are members of the Commonwealth: Cameroon, Gambia, Ghana, Guyana, Malawi, Mozambique, Somalia, Sierra Leone, Uganda and Zambia. Do you see what I see? The civilized word is "transfer of wealth."
That brings us to the environment, Agenda 21, sustainable development, and climate change. While the first pre-United Nations Conference on population was held in 1927 with the assistance of the League of Nations, it was not until 1972 that the United Nations held its own environmental conference in Stockholm. Eleven years before in 1961, Prince Philip the queen's husband and Prince Bernard of the Netherlands started the World Wildlife Fund, considered one of the oldest and largest environmental groups in the world. World Wildlife Fund is responsible for the publication of many studies and reports on how to save the environment. These documents have been used to support and implement Agenda 21.
In 1972 the Club of Rome published Limits to Growth which said the world could not sustain the population and that something would have to be done. Since the dictates of Agenda 21 are based on Limits to Growth assumptions, in a 2006 interview with Maurice Strong who chaired the 1972 and 1992 earth summits, I asked him if in looking back the assumptions and computer models that were used for that report were wrong, given today's data, and he admitted that they should be revised. The bottom line is that most of the environmentalism and ideas for environmentalism are being birthed in England.
It was a British scientist, James Lovelock, who formulated the "Gaia Hypothesis" that the earth is a living organism and that it must be protected from you and me. Prince Charles has been involved in environmentalism since 1970 and is responsible for helping to get Agenda 21 to be approved by 25,000 conference participants and delegates at the 1992 UNCED conference through his Prince of Wales International Business Leaders Forum. When you study Agenda 21, it basically is a return of the earth to feudalism. The idea being that you and I cannot protect the earth's resources so the United Nation's has to do it moves the $25T value of earth's natural resources into the balance sheets of the QUEEN. The cost to implement climate change is estimated to be between $80-$100B a year. British Petroleum which is largely owned by the queen could make up their current oil spill expenses very quickly if the U.S. government is stupid enough to pass "cap and trade."
Lastly, several years ago I raised the question, "Does the Queen of Canada" become the "Queen of America" through the North American Free Trade Agreement? It appears to be so according to my research. Although Cecil Rhodes talked about "world peace", I believe what the queen is talking about is the WHOLE PIECE.
The operation we are discussing here has been 133 years in operation with many actors contributing to its establishment. They include many British and American industrialists and bankers such as the Rockefeller's, Vanderbilt's, the Whitney's, the Morgan's and Schiff's. It includes those that are members of the Royal Institute for International Affairs and America's counterpart: the Council on Foreign Relations, it includes the International Chamber of Commerce, the World Economic Forum, and many other global organizations and NGO's.
For those who still don't understand what happened at the United Nations on July 6, 2010 is that the conquering ruler of the world came and delivered a sharp admonition to the representatives that it is time to act. She ended her speech with,
In my lifetime, the United Nations has moved from being a high-minded aspiration to being a real force for the common good. In tomorrow's world, we must all work together as hard as ever if we are truly to be United Nations.
Do you want to be the United Nations or do you want to be the United States of America?
I always embellish 'V' with the things I research and think about. 'V' is only the beginning. I'm trying to make my life into sort of a private-screening sci-fi show. I am sane - aren't I? Please say 'Yes'. As I keep saying - I like the best aspects of Anna and the 'V's - but I despise the worst. I really would like to see an idealistic solar system science fiction series called '2112' - based upon an up and running Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System - which does not involve any star wars. It would be about a solar system at peace - which is doing things the right way - and which is at peace with the rest of the universe. Are there any Hollywood types out there who can do something like this? I really do wish to see a Perfected Humanity Living in a Perfected Solar System - Interacting Peacefully with the Beings of the Universe. This is not a complex concept.
Once again - I think most of us might have some bad reincarnational karma - and this should probably not just be swept under the galactic rug. We might all have to face up to this at some later date. Again, good people are capable of doing horrible things - under certain circumstances. None is righteous. No. Not one. All have sinned - and fallen short of the glory of God. I continue to call for peaceful solutions to the problems facing the universe - particularly regarding this solar system and the human race. Hatred and Violence Breeds Hatred and Violence. But the Rebellion, the Fall, the Garden of Eden, and the War in Heaven issues might be VERY difficult to resolve. I'm beginning to conceptualize some possible ancient scenarios - which are troubling - to say the least. Namaste to the Beings of the Universe. Mars Needs Moms! 1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bJ3io7Xgzio&feature=pyv&ad=8911338936&kw= 2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kjPTVxVTKCg Save the Moms!!
Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Wed Jun 12, 2013 1:06 pm; edited 3 times in total
The following introduction to the Sermon on the Mount is from the preface and first chapter of 'Thoughts from the Mount of Blessing' by Ellen White. This is followed by the Sermon on the Mount from Matthew 5-7. (KJV) The homily is from 'The Sermon on the Mount' in the book 'Desire of Ages' by Ellen White. Try listening to a Latin Mass - while reading this aloud. Repeatedly. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=enWiFcsBqIE
The Sermon on the Mount is Heaven's benediction to the world--a voice from the throne of God. It was given to mankind to be to them the law of duty and the light of heaven, their hope and consolation in despondency, their joy and comfort in all the vicissitudes and walks of life. Here the Prince of preachers, the Master Teacher, utters the words that the Father gave Him to speak. The Beatitudes are Christ's greeting, not only to those who believe, but to the whole human family. He seems to have forgotten for a moment that He is in the world, not in heaven; and He uses the familiar salutation of the world of light. Blessings flow from His lips as the gushing forth of a long-sealed current of rich life.
Christ leaves us in no doubt as to the traits of character that He will always recognize and bless. From the ambitious favorites of the world, He turns to those whom they disown, pronouncing all blessed who receive His light and life. To the poor in spirit, the meek, the lowly, the sorrowful, the despised, the persecuted, He opens His arms of refuge, saying, "Come unto Me, . . . and I will give you rest." Christ can look upon the misery of the world without a shade of sorrow for having created man. In the human heart He sees more than sin, more than misery. In His infinite wisdom and love He sees man's possibilities, the height to which he may attain. He knows that, even though human beings have abused their mercies and destroyed their God-given dignity, yet the Creator is to be glorified in their redemption.
Throughout all time the words that Christ spoke from the mount of Beatitudes will retain their power. Every sentence is a jewel from the treasure house of truth. The principles enunciated in this discourse are for all ages and for all classes of men. With divine energy, Christ expressed His faith and hope as He pointed out class after class as blessed because of having formed righteous characters. Living the life of the Life-giver, through faith in Him, everyone can reach the standard held up in His words.
More than fourteen centuries before Jesus was born in Bethlehem, the children of Israel gathered in the fair vale of Shechem, and from the mountains on either side the voices of the priests were heard proclaiming the blessings and the curses--"a blessing, if ye obey the commandments of the Lord your God: . . . and a curse, if ye will not obey." Deuteronomy 11:27, 28. And thus the mountain from which the words of benediction were spoken came to be known as the mount of blessing. But it was not upon Gerizim that the words were spoken which have come as a benediction to a sinning and sorrowing world. Israel fell short of the high ideal which had been set before her. Another than Joshua must guide His people to the true rest of faith. No longer is Gerizim known as the mount of the Beatitudes, but that unnamed mountain beside the Lake of Gennesaret, where Jesus spoke the words of blessing to His disciples and the multitude.
Let us in imagination go back to that scene, and, as we sit with the disciples on the mountainside, enter into the thoughts and feelings that filled their hearts. Understanding what the words of Jesus meant to those who heard them, we may discern in them a new vividness and beauty, and may also gather for ourselves their deeper lessons.
When the Saviour began His ministry, the popular conception of the Messiah and His work was such as wholly unfitted the people to receive Him. The spirit of true devotion had been lost in tradition and ceremonialism, and the prophecies were interpreted at the dictate of proud, world-loving hearts. The Jews looked for the coming One, not as a Saviour from sin, but as a great prince who should bring all nations under the supremacy of the Lion of the tribe of Judah. In vain had John the Baptist, with the heart-searching power of the ancient prophets, called them to repentance. In vain had he, beside the Jordan, pointed to Jesus as the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sin of the world. God was seeking to direct their minds to Isaiah's prophecy of the suffering Saviour, but they would not hear.
Had the teachers and leaders in Israel yielded to His transforming grace, Jesus would have made them His ambassadors among men. In Judea first the coming of the kingdom had been proclaimed, and the call to repentance had been given. In the act of driving out the desecrators from the temple at Jerusalem, Jesus had announced Himself as the Messiah--the One who should cleanse the soul from the defilement of sin and make His people a holy temple unto the Lord. But the Jewish leaders would not humble themselves to receive the lowly Teacher from Nazareth. At His second visit to Jerusalem He was arraigned before the Sanhedrin, and fear of the people alone prevented these dignitaries from trying to take His life. Then it was that, leaving Judea, He entered upon His ministry in Galilee. His work there had continued some months before the Sermon on the Mount was given. The message He had proclaimed throughout the land, "The kingdom of heaven is at hand" (Matthew 4:17), had arrested the attention of all classes, and had still further fanned the flame of their ambitious hopes. The fame of the new Teacher had spread beyond the limits of Palestine, and, notwithstanding the attitude of the hierarchy, the feeling was widespread that this might be the hoped-for Deliverer. Great multitudes thronged the steps of Jesus, and the popular enthusiasm ran high.
The time had come for the disciples who had been most closely associated with Christ to unite more directly in His work, that these vast throngs might not be left uncared for, as sheep without a shepherd. Some of these disciples had joined themselves to Him at the beginning of His ministry, and nearly all the twelve had been associated together as members of the family of Jesus. Yet they also, misled by the teaching of the rabbis, shared the popular expectation of an earthly kingdom. They could not comprehend the movements of Jesus. Already they had been perplexed and troubled that He made no effort to strengthen His cause by securing the support of the priests and rabbis, that He did nothing to establish His authority as an earthly king. A great work was yet to be accomplished for these disciples before they would be prepared for the sacred trust that would be theirs when Jesus should ascend to heaven. Yet they had responded to the love of Christ, and, though slow of heart to believe, Jesus saw in them those whom He could train and discipline for His great work. And now that they had been long enough with Him to establish, in a measure, their faith in the divine character of His mission, and the people also had received evidence of His power which they could not question, the way was prepared for an avowal of the principles of His kingdom that would help them to comprehend its true nature.
Alone upon a mountain near the Sea of Galilee, Jesus had spent all night in prayer for these chosen ones. At the dawn He called them to Him, and, with words of prayer and instruction, laid His hands upon their heads in benediction, setting them apart to the gospel work. Then He repaired with them to the seaside, where in the early morning a great multitude had already begun to assemble. Besides the usual crowd from the Galilean towns, there were great numbers from Judea, and from Jerusalem itself; from Perea, and from the half-heathen population of Decapolis; from Idumea, away to the south of Judea, and from Tyre and Sidon, the Phoenician cities on the shore of the Mediterranean. "Hearing what great things He did," they "came to hear Him, and to be healed of their diseases; and . . . power came forth from Him, and healed them all." Mark 3:8, R.V.; Luke 6:17-19, R.V.
Then, as the narrow beach did not afford even standing room within reach of His voice for all who desired to hear Him, Jesus led the way back to the mountainside. Reaching a level space that afforded a pleasant gathering place for the vast assembly, He seated Himself upon the grass, and His disciples and the multitude followed His example. With a feeling that something more than usual might be expected, the disciples had pressed about their Master. From the events of the morning they gathered assurance that some announcement was about to be made in regard to the kingdom which, as they fondly hoped, He was soon to establish. A feeling of expectancy pervaded the multitude also, and eager faces gave evidence of the deep interest.
As they sat upon the green hillside, awaiting the words of the divine Teacher, their hearts were filled with thoughts of future glory. There were scribes and Pharisees who looked forward to the day when they should have dominion over the hated Romans and possess the riches and splendor of the world's great empire. The poor peasants and fishermen hoped to hear the assurance that their wretched hovels, the scanty food, the life of toil, and fear of want, were to be exchanged for mansions of plenty and days of ease. In place of the one coarse garment which was their covering by day and their blanket at night, they hoped that Christ would give them the rich and costly robes of their conquerors. All hearts thrilled with the proud hope that Israel was soon to be honored before the nations as the chosen of the Lord, and Jerusalem exalted as the head of a universal kingdom.
The Holy Gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ according to Matthew.
Matthew 5: 1 And seeing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set , his disciples came unto him: 2 And he opened his mouth, and taught them, saying , 3 Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 4 Blessed are they that mourn : for they shall be comforted . 5 Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth. 6 Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness: for they shall be filled . 7 Blessed are the merciful: for they shall obtain mercy . 8 Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God. 9 Blessed are the peacemakers: for they shall be called the children of God. 10 Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness' sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 11 Blessed are ye , when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and shall say all manner of evil against you falsely , for my sake . 12 Rejoice , and be exceeding glad : for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you. 13 Ye are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his savour , wherewith shall it be salted ? it is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men. 14 Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid . 15 Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. 16 Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven. 17 Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy , but to fulfil . 18 For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass , one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled . 19 Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. 20 For I say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven. 21 Ye have heard that it was said by them of old time, Thou shalt not kill ; and whosoever shall kill shall be in danger of the judgment: 22 But I say unto you, That whosoever is angry with his brother without a cause shall be in danger of the judgment: and whosoever shall say to his brother, Raca, shall be in danger of the council: but whosoever shall say , Thou fool, shall be in danger of hell fire. 23 Therefore if thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath ought against thee; 24 Leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way ; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift.
25 Agree with thine adversary quickly, whiles thou art in the way with him; lest at any time the adversary deliver thee to the judge, and the judge deliver thee to the officer, and thou be cast into prison. 26 Verily I say unto thee, Thou shalt by no means come out thence, till thou hast paid the uttermost farthing. 27 Ye have heard that it was said by them of old time, Thou shalt not commit adultery : 28 But I say unto you, That whosoever looketh on a woman to lust after her hath committed adultery with her already in his heart. 29 And if thy right eye offend thee, pluck it out , and cast it from thee: for it is profitable for thee that one of thy members should perish , and not that thy whole body should be cast into hell. 30 And if thy right hand offend thee, cut it off , and cast it from thee: for it is profitable for thee that one of thy members should perish , and not that thy whole body should be cast into hell. 31 It hath been said , Whosoever shall put away his wife, let him give her a writing of divorcement: 32 But I say unto you, That whosoever shall put away his wife, saving for the cause of fornication, causeth her to commit adultery : and whosoever shall marry her that is divorced committeth adultery . 33 Again, ye have heard that it hath been said by them of old time, Thou shalt not forswear thyself , but shalt perform unto the Lord thine oaths: 34 But I say unto you, Swear not at all; neither by heaven; for it is God's throne: 35 Nor by the earth; for it is his footstool : neither by Jerusalem; for it is the city of the great King. 36 Neither shalt thou swear by thy head, because thou canst not make one hair white or black. 37 But let your communication be , Yea, yea; Nay, nay: for whatsoever is more than these cometh of evil. 38 Ye have heard that it hath been said , An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth: 39 But I say unto you, That ye resist not evil: but whosoever shall smite thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also. 40 And if any man will sue thee at the law , and take away thy coat, let him have thy cloke also. 41 And whosoever shall compel thee to go a mile, go with him twain. 42 Give to him that asketh thee, and from him that would borrow of thee turn not thou away . 43 Ye have heard that it hath been said , Thou shalt love thy neighbour, and hate thine enemy. 44 But I say unto you, Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despitefully use you, and persecute you; 45 That ye may be the children of your Father which is in heaven: for he maketh his sun to rise on the evil and on the good, and sendeth rain on the just and on the unjust. 46 For if ye love them which love you, what reward have ye ? do not even the publicans the same? 47 And if ye salute your brethren only, what do ye more than others? do not even the publicans so? 48 Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.
Matthew 6: 1 Take heed that ye do not your alms before men, to be seen of them: otherwise ye have no reward of your Father which is in heaven. 2 Therefore when thou doest thine alms, do not sound a trumpet before thee, as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, that they may have glory of men. Verily I say unto you, They have their reward. 3 But when thou doest alms, let not thy left hand know what thy right hand doeth : 4 That thine alms may be in secret: and thy Father which seeth in secret himself shall reward thee openly . 5 And when thou prayest , thou shalt not be as the hypocrites are: for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and in the corners of the streets, that they may be seen of men. Verily I say unto you , They have their reward. 6 But thou, when thou prayest , enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father which is in secret; and thy Father which seeth in secret shall reward thee openly . 7 But when ye pray , use not vain repetitions , as the heathen do: for they think that they shall be heard for their much speaking. 8 Be not ye therefore like unto them: for your Father knoweth what things ye have need of, before ye ask him. 9 After this manner therefore pray ye: Our Father which art in heaven, Hallowed be thy name. 10 Thy kingdom come . Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven. 11 Give us this day our daily bread. 12 And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors. 13 And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever. Amen. 14 For if ye forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you: 15 But if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses. 16 Moreover when ye fast , be not, as the hypocrites, of a sad countenance: for they disfigure their faces, that they may appear unto men to fast . Verily I say unto you , They have their reward. 17 But thou, when thou fastest , anoint thine head, and wash thy face; 18 That thou appear not unto men to fast , but unto thy Father which is in secret: and thy Father, which seeth in secret, shall reward thee openly . 19 Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt , and where thieves break through and steal : 20 But lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt , and where thieves do not break through nor steal : 21 For where your treasure is , there will your heart be also. 22 The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light. 23 But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness! 24 No man can serve two masters: for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon. 25 Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat , or what ye shall drink ; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on . Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment? 26 Behold the fowls of the air: for they sow not, neither do they reap , nor gather into barns; yet your heavenly Father feedeth them. Are ye not much better than they? 27 Which of you by taking thought can add one cubit unto his stature? 28 And why take ye thought for raiment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow ; they toil not, neither do they spin : 29 And yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these. 30 Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which to day is , and to morrow is cast into the oven, shall he not much more clothe you, O ye of little faith? 31 Therefore take no thought , saying , What shall we eat ? or, What shall we drink ? or, Wherewithal shall we be clothed ? 32 (For after all these things do the Gentiles seek :) for your heavenly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things. 33 But seek ye first the kingdom of God, and his righteousness; and all these things shall be added unto you. 34 Take therefore no thought for the morrow: for the morrow shall take thought for the things of itself. Sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof.
Matthew 7: 1 Judge not, that ye be not judged . 2 For with what judgment ye judge , ye shall be judged : and with what measure ye mete , it shall be measured to you again . 3 And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother's eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? 4 Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold , a beam is in thine own eye? 5 Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother's eye. 6 Give not that which is holy unto the dogs, neither cast ye your pearls before swine, lest they trample them under their feet, and turn again and rend you. 7 Ask , and it shall be given you; seek , and ye shall find ; knock , and it shall be opened unto you: 8 For every one that asketh receiveth ; and he that seeketh findeth ; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened . 9 Or what man is there of you, whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone? 10 Or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent? 11 If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask him? 12 Therefore all things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them: for this is the law and the prophets. 13 Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat : 14 Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it. 15 Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves. 16 Ye shall know them by their fruits . Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? 17 Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. 18 A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. 19 Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down , and cast into the fire. 20 Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them. 21 Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven. 22 Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy name have cast out devils? and in thy name done many wonderful works? 23 And then will I profess unto them , I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquity. 24 Therefore whosoever heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock: 25 And the rain descended , and the floods came , and the winds blew , and beat upon that house; and it fell not: for it was founded upon a rock. 26 And every one that heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand: 27 And the rain descended , and the floods came , and the winds blew , and beat upon that house; and it fell : and great was the fall of it. 28 And it came to pass , when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were astonished at his doctrine: 29 For he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes.
The Gospel of the Lord.
Christ disappointed the hope of worldly greatness. In the Sermon on the Mount He sought to undo the work that had been wrought by false education, and to give His hearers a right conception of His kingdom and of His own character. Yet He did not make a direct attack on the errors of the people. He saw the misery of the world on account of sin, yet He did not present before them a vivid delineation of their wretchedness. He taught them of something infinitely better than they had known. Without combating their ideas of the kingdom of God, He told them the conditions of entrance therein, leaving them to draw their own conclusions as to its nature. The truths He taught are no less important to us than to the multitude that followed Him. We no less than they need to learn the foundation principles of the kingdom of God.
Christ's first words to the people on the mount were words of blessing. Happy are they, He said, who recognize their spiritual poverty, and feel their need of redemption. The gospel is to be preached to the poor. Not to the spiritually proud, those who claim to be rich and in need of nothing, is it revealed, but to those who are humble and contrite. One fountain only has been opened for sin, a fountain for the poor in spirit. The proud heart strives to earn salvation; but both our title to heaven and our fitness for it are found in the righteousness of Christ. The Lord can do nothing toward the recovery of man until, convinced of his own weakness, and stripped of all self-sufficiency, he yields himself to the control of God. Then he can receive the gift that God is waiting to bestow. From the soul that feels his need, nothing is withheld. He has unrestricted access to Him in whom all fullness dwells. "For thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones." Isa. 57:15.
"Blessed are they that mourn: for they shall be comforted." By these words Christ does not teach that mourning in itself has power to remove the guilt of sin. He gives no sanction to pretense or to voluntary humility. The mourning of which He speaks does not consist in melancholy and lamentation. While we sorrow on account of sin, we are to rejoice in the precious privilege of being children of God. We often sorrow because our evil deeds bring unpleasant consequences to ourselves; but this is not repentance. Real sorrow for sin is the result of the working of the Holy Spirit. The Spirit reveals the ingratitude of the heart that has slighted and grieved the Saviour, and brings us in contrition to the foot of the cross. By every sin Jesus is wounded afresh; and as we look upon Him whom we have pierced, we mourn for the sins that have brought anguish upon Him. Such mourning will lead to the renunciation of sin.
The worldling may pronounce this sorrow a weakness; but it is the strength which binds the penitent to the Infinite One with links that cannot be broken. It shows that the angels of God are bringing back to the soul the graces that were lost through hardness of heart and transgression. The tears of the penitent are only the raindrops that precede the sunshine of holiness. This sorrow heralds a joy which will be a living fountain in the soul. "Only acknowledge thine iniquity, that thou hast transgressed against the Lord thy God;" "and I will not cause Mine anger to fall upon you: for I am merciful, saith the Lord." Jer. 3:13, 12. "Unto them that mourn in Zion," He has appointed to give "beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness." Isa. 61:3. And for those also who mourn in trial and sorrow there is comfort. The bitterness of grief and humiliation is better than the indulgences of sin. Through affliction God reveals to us the plague spots in our characters, that by His grace we may overcome our faults. Unknown chapters in regard to ourselves are opened to us, and the test comes, whether we will accept the reproof and the counsel of God. When brought into trial, we are not to fret and complain. We should not rebel, or worry ourselves out of the hand of Christ.
We are to humble the soul before God. The ways of the Lord are obscure to him who desires to see things in a light pleasing to himself. They appear dark and joyless to our human nature. But God's ways are ways of mercy and the end is salvation. Elijah knew not what he was doing when in the desert he said that he had had enough of life, and prayed that he might die. The Lord in His mercy did not take him at his word. There was yet a great work for Elijah to do; and when his work was done, he was not to perish in discouragement and solitude in the wilderness. Not for him the descent into the dust of death, but the ascent in glory, with the convoy of celestial chariots, to the throne on high. God's word for the sorrowing is, "I have seen his ways, and will heal him: I will lead him also, and restore comforts unto him and to his mourners." "I will turn their mourning into joy, and will comfort them, and make them rejoice from their sorrow." Isa. 57:18; Jer. 31:13.
"Blessed are the meek." The difficulties we have to encounter may be very much lessened by that meekness which hides itself in Christ. If we possess the humility of our Master, we shall rise above the slights, the rebuffs, the annoyances, to which we are daily exposed, and they will cease to cast a gloom over the spirit. The highest evidence of nobility in a Christian is self-control. He who under abuse or cruelty fails to maintain a calm and trustful spirit robs God of His right to reveal in him His own perfection of character. Lowliness of heart is the strength that gives victory to the followers of Christ; it is the token of their connection with the courts above.
"Though the Lord be high, yet hath He respect unto the lowly." Ps. 138:6. Those who reveal the meek and lowly spirit of Christ are tenderly regarded by God. They may be looked upon with scorn by the world, but they are of great value in His sight. Not only the wise, the great, the beneficent, will gain a passport to the heavenly courts; not only the busy worker, full of zeal and restless activity. No; the poor in spirit, who crave the presence of an abiding Christ, the humble in heart, whose highest ambition is to do God's will,--these will gain an abundant entrance. They will be among that number who have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. "Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve Him day and night in His temple: and He that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them." Rev. 7:15.
"Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness." The sense of unworthiness will lead the heart to hunger and thirst for righteousness, and this desire will not be disappointed. Those who make room in their hearts for Jesus will realize His love. All who long to bear the likeness of the character of God shall be satisfied. The Holy Spirit never leaves unassisted the soul who is looking unto Jesus. He takes of the things of Christ and shows them unto him. If the eye is kept fixed on Christ, the work of the Spirit ceases not until the soul is conformed to His image. The pure element of love will expand the soul, giving it a capacity for higher attainments, for increased knowledge of heavenly things, so that it will not rest short of the fullness. "Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness; for they shall be filled."
The merciful shall find mercy, and the pure in heart shall see God. Every impure thought defiles the soul, impairs the moral sense, and tends to obliterate the impressions of the Holy Spirit. It dims the spiritual vision, so that men cannot behold God. The Lord may and does forgive the repenting sinner; but though forgiven, the soul is marred. All impurity of speech or of thought must be shunned by him who would have clear discernment of spiritual truth. But the words of Christ cover more than freedom from sensual impurity, more than freedom from that ceremonial defilement which the Jews so rigorously shunned. Selfishness prevents us from beholding God. The self-seeking spirit judges of God as altogether such a one as itself. Until we have renounced this, we cannot understand Him who is love. Only the unselfish heart, the humble and trustful spirit, shall see God as "merciful and gracious, long-suffering, and abundant in goodness and truth." Ex. 34:6.
"Blessed are the peacemakers." The peace of Christ is born of truth. It is harmony with God. The world is at enmity with the law of God; sinners are at enmity with their Maker; and as a result they are at enmity with one another. But the psalmist declares, "Great peace have they which love Thy law: and nothing shall offend them." Ps. 119:165. Men cannot manufacture peace. Human plans for the purification and uplifting of individuals or of society will fail of producing peace, because they do not reach the heart. The only power that can create or perpetuate true peace is the grace of Christ. When this is implanted in the heart, it will cast out the evil passions that cause strife and dissension. "Instead of the thorn shall come up the fir tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree;" and life's desert "shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose." Isa. 55:13; 35:1.
The multitudes were amazed at this teaching, which was so at variance with the precepts and example of the Pharisees. The people had come to think that happiness consisted in the possession of the things of this world, and that fame and the honor of men were much to be coveted. It was very pleasing to be called "Rabbi," and to be extolled as wise and religious, having their virtues paraded before the public. This was regarded as the crown of happiness. But in the presence of that vast throng, Jesus declared that earthly gain and honor were all the reward such persons would ever receive. He spoke with certainty, and a convincing power attended His words. The people were silenced, and a feeling of fear crept over them. They looked at one another doubtfully. Who of them would be saved if this Man's teachings were true? Many were convicted that this remarkable Teacher was actuated by the Spirit of God, and that the sentiments He uttered were divine.
After explaining what constitutes true happiness, and how it may be obtained, Jesus more definitely pointed out the duty of His disciples, as teachers chosen of God to lead others into the path of righteousness and eternal life. He knew that they would often suffer from disappointment and discouragement, that they would meet with decided opposition, that they would be insulted, and their testimony rejected. Well He knew that in the fulfillment of their mission, the humble men who listened so attentively to His words were to bear calumny, torture, imprisonment, and death, and He continued: "Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness' sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. Blessed are ye, when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and shall say all manner of evil against you falsely, for My sake. Rejoice, and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you." The world loves sin, and hates righteousness, and this was the cause of its hostility to Jesus. All who refuse His infinite love will find Christianity a disturbing element. The light of Christ sweeps away the darkness that covers their sins, and the need of reform is made manifest. While those who yield to the influence of the Holy Spirit begin war with themselves, those who cling to sin war against the truth and its representatives.
Thus strife is created, and Christ's followers are accused as troublers of the people. But it is fellowship with God that brings them the world's enmity. They are bearing the reproach of Christ. They are treading the path that has been trodden by the noblest of the earth. Not with sorrow, but with rejoicing, should they meet persecution. Each fiery trial is God's agent for their refining. Each is fitting them for their work as colaborers with Him. Each conflict has its place in the great battle for righteousness, and each will add to the joy of their final triumph. Having this in view, the test of their faith and patience will be cheerfully accepted rather than dreaded and avoided. Anxious to fulfill their obligation to the world, fixing their desire upon the approval of God, His servants are to fulfill every duty, irrespective of the fear or the favor of men.
"Ye are the salt of the earth," Jesus said. Do not withdraw yourselves from the world in order to escape persecution. You are to abide among men, that the savor of the divine love may be as salt to preserve the world from corruption. Hearts that respond to the influence of the Holy Spirit are the channels through which God's blessing flows. Were those who serve God removed from the earth, and His Spirit withdrawn from among men, this world would be left to desolation and destruction, the fruit of Satan's dominion. Though the wicked know it not, they owe even the blessings of this life to the presence, in the world, of God's people whom they despise and oppress. But if Christians are such in name only, they are like the salt that has lost its savor. They have no influence for good in the world. Through their misrepresentation of God they are worse than unbelievers.
"Ye are the light of the world." The Jews thought to confine the benefits of salvation to their own nation; but Christ showed them that salvation is like the sunshine. It belongs to the whole world. The religion of the Bible is not to be confined between the covers of a book, nor within the walls of a church. It is not to be brought out occasionally for our own benefit, and then to be carefully laid aside again. It is to sanctify the daily life, to manifest itself in every business transaction and in all our social relations. True character is not shaped from without, and put on; it radiates from within. If we wish to direct others in the path of righteousness, the principles of righteousness must be enshrined in our own hearts. Our profession of faith may proclaim the theory of religion, but it is our practical piety that holds forth the word of truth. The consistent life, the holy conversation, the unswerving integrity, the active, benevolent spirit, the godly example,--these are the mediums through which light is conveyed to the world.
Jesus had not dwelt on the specifications of the law, but He did not leave His hearers to conclude that He had come to set aside its requirements. He knew that spies stood ready to seize upon every word that might be wrested to serve their purpose. He knew the prejudice that existed in the minds of many of His hearers, and He said nothing to unsettle their faith in the religion and institutions that had been committed to them through Moses. Christ Himself had given both the moral and the ceremonial law. He did not come to destroy confidence in His own instruction. It was because of His great reverence for the law and the prophets that He sought to break through the wall of traditional requirements which hemmed in the Jews. While He set aside their false interpretations of the law, He carefully guarded His disciples against yielding up the vital truths committed to the Hebrews.
The Pharisees prided themselves on their obedience to the law; yet they knew so little of its principles through everyday practice that to them the Saviour's words sounded like heresy. As He swept away the rubbish under which the truth had been buried, they thought He was sweeping away the truth itself. They whispered to one another that He was making light of the law. He read their thoughts, and answered them, saying, "Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfill." Here Jesus refutes the charge of the Pharisees. His mission to the world is to vindicate the sacred claims of that law which they charge Him with breaking. If the law of God could have been changed or abrogated, then Christ need not have suffered the consequences of our transgression. He came to explain the relation of the law to man, and to illustrate its precepts by His own life of obedience.
God has given us His holy precepts, because He loves mankind. To shield us from the results of transgression, He reveals the principles of righteousness. The law is an expression of the thought of God; when received in Christ, it becomes our thought. It lifts us above the power of natural desires and tendencies, above temptations that lead to sin. God desires us to be happy, and He gave us the precepts of the law that in obeying them we might have joy. When at Jesus' birth the angels sang, "Glory to God in the highest, And on earth peace, good will toward men" (Luke 2:14), they were declaring the principles of the law which He had come to magnify and make honorable.
When the law was proclaimed from Sinai, God made known to men the holiness of His character, that by contrast they might see the sinfulness of their own. The law was given to convict them of sin, and reveal their need of a Saviour. It would do this as its principles were applied to the heart by the Holy Spirit. This work it is still to do. In the life of Christ the principles of the law are made plain; and as the Holy Spirit of God touches the heart, as the light of Christ reveals to men their need of His cleansing blood and His justifying righteousness, the law is still an agent in bringing us to Christ, that we may be justified by faith. "The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul." Ps. 19:7.
"Till heaven and earth pass," said Jesus, "one jot or one tittle shall in nowise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled." The sun shining in the heavens, the solid earth upon which you dwell, are God's witnesses that His law is changeless and eternal. Though they may pass away, the divine precepts shall endure. "It is easier for heaven and earth to pass, than one tittle of the law to fail." Luke 16:17. The system of types that pointed to Jesus as the Lamb of God was to be abolished at His death; but the precepts of the Decalogue are as immutable as the throne of God.
Since "the law of the Lord is perfect," every variation from it must be evil. Those who disobey the commandments of God, and teach others to do so, are condemned by Christ. The Saviour's life of obedience maintained the claims of the law; it proved that the law could be kept in humanity, and showed the excellence of character that obedience would develop. All who obey as He did are likewise declaring that the law is "holy, and just, and good." Rom. 7:12. On the other hand, all who break God's commandments are sustaining Satan's claim that the law is unjust, and cannot be obeyed. Thus they second the deceptions of the great adversary, and cast dishonor upon God. They are the children of the wicked one, who was the first rebel against God's law. To admit them into heaven would again bring in the elements of discord and rebellion, and imperil the well-being of the universe. No man who willfully disregards one principle of the law shall enter the kingdom of heaven. The rabbis counted their righteousness a passport to heaven; but Jesus declared it to be insufficient and unworthy. External ceremonies and a theoretical knowledge of truth constituted Pharisaical righteousness. The rabbis claimed to be holy through their own efforts in keeping the law; but their works had divorced righteousness from religion. While they were punctilious in ritual observances, their lives were immoral and debased. Their so-called righteousness could never enter the kingdom of heaven.
The greatest deception of the human mind in Christ's day was that a mere assent to the truth constitutes righteousness. In all human experience a theoretical knowledge of the truth has been proved to be insufficient for the saving of the soul. It does not bring forth the fruits of righteousness. A jealous regard for what is termed theological truth often accompanies a hatred of genuine truth as made manifest in life. The darkest chapters of history are burdened with the record of crimes committed by bigoted religionists. The Pharisees claimed to be children of Abraham, and boasted of their possession of the oracles of God; yet these advantages did not preserve them from selfishness, malignity, greed for gain, and the basest hypocrisy. They thought themselves the greatest religionists of the world, but their so-called orthodoxy led them to crucify the Lord of glory. The same danger still exists. Many take it for granted that they are Christians, simply because they subscribe to certain theological tenets. But they have not brought the truth into practical life. They have not believed and loved it, therefore they have not received the power and grace that come through sanctification of the truth. Men may profess faith in the truth; but if it does not make them sincere, kind, patient, forbearing, heavenly-minded, it is a curse to its possessors, and through their influence it is a curse to the world.
The righteousness which Christ taught is conformity of heart and life to the revealed will of God. Sinful men can become righteous only as they have faith in God and maintain a vital connection with Him. Then true godliness will elevate the thoughts and ennoble the life. Then the external forms of religion accord with the Christian's internal purity. Then the ceremonies required in the service of God are not meaningless rites, like those of the hypocritical Pharisees. Jesus takes up the commandments separately, and explains the depth and breadth of their requirement. Instead of removing one jot of their force, He shows how far-reaching their principles are, and exposes the fatal mistake of the Jews in their outward show of obedience. He declares that by the evil thought or the lustful look the law of God is transgressed. One who becomes a party to the least injustice is breaking the law and degrading his own moral nature. Murder first exists in the mind. He who gives hatred a place in his heart is setting his feet in the path of the murderer, and his offerings are abhorrent to God.
The Jews cultivated a spirit of retaliation. In their hatred of the Romans they gave utterance to hard denunciations, and pleased the wicked one by manifesting his attributes. Thus they were training themselves to do the terrible deeds to which he led them on. In the religious life of the Pharisees there was nothing to recommend piety to the Gentiles. Jesus bade them not to deceive themselves with the thought that they could in heart rise up against their oppressors, and cherish the longing to avenge their wrongs. It is true there is an indignation that is justifiable, even in the followers of Christ. When they see that God is dishonored, and His service brought into disrepute, when they see the innocent oppressed, a righteous indignation stirs the soul. Such anger, born of sensitive morals, is not a sin. But those who at any supposed provocation feel at liberty to indulge anger or resentment are opening the heart to Satan. Bitterness and animosity must be banished from the soul if we would be in harmony with heaven.
The Saviour goes farther than this. He says, "If thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee; leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift." Many are zealous in religious services, while between them and their brethren are unhappy differences which they might reconcile. God requires them to do all in their power to restore harmony. Until they do this, He cannot accept their services. The Christian's duty in this matter is clearly pointed out. God pours His blessings upon all. "He maketh His sun to rise on the evil and on the good, and sendeth rain on the just and on the unjust." He is "kind unto the unthankful and to the evil." Luke 6:35. He bids us to be like Him. "Bless them that curse you," said Jesus; "do good to them that hate you, . . . that ye may be the children of your Father which is in heaven." These are the principles of the law, and they are the wellsprings of life.
God's ideal for His children is higher than the highest human thought can reach. "Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect." This command is a promise. The plan of redemption contemplates our complete recovery from the power of Satan. Christ always separates the contrite soul from sin. He came to destroy the works of the devil, and He has made provision that the Holy Spirit shall be imparted to every repentant soul, to keep him from sinning. The tempter's agency is not to be accounted an excuse for one wrong act. Satan is jubilant when he hears the professed followers of Christ making excuses for their deformity of character. It is these excuses that lead to sin. There is no excuse for sinning. A holy temper, a Christlike life, is accessible to every repenting, believing child of God.
The ideal of Christian character is Christlikeness. As the Son of man was perfect in His life, so His followers are to be perfect in their life. Jesus was in all things made like unto His brethren. He became flesh, even as we are. He was hungry and thirsty and weary. He was sustained by food and refreshed by sleep. He shared the lot of man; yet He was the blameless Son of God. He was God in the flesh. His character is to be ours. The Lord says of those who believe in Him, "I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be My people." 2 Cor. 6:16.
Christ is the ladder that Jacob saw, the base resting on the earth, and the topmost round reaching to the gate of heaven, to the very threshold of glory. If that ladder had failed by a single step of reaching the earth, we should have been lost. But Christ reaches us where we are. He took our nature and overcame, that we through taking His nature might overcome. Made "in the likeness of sinful flesh" (Rom. 8:3), He lived a sinless life. Now by His divinity He lays hold upon the throne of heaven, while by His humanity He reaches us. He bids us by faith in Him attain to the glory of the character of God. Therefore are we to be perfect, even as our "Father which is in heaven is perfect." Jesus had shown in what righteousness consists, and had pointed to God as its source. Now He turned to practical duties. In almsgiving, in prayer, in fasting, He said, let nothing be done to attract attention or win praise to self. Give in sincerity, for the benefit of the suffering poor. In prayer, let the soul commune with God. In fasting, go not with the head bowed down, and heart filled with thoughts of self. The heart of the Pharisee is a barren and profitless soil, in which no seeds of divine life can flourish. It is he who yields himself most unreservedly to God that will render Him the most acceptable service. For through fellowship with God men become workers together with Him in presenting His character in humanity.
The service rendered in sincerity of heart has great recompense. "Thy Father which seeth in secret Himself shall reward thee openly." By the life we live through the grace of Christ the character is formed. The original loveliness begins to be restored to the soul. The attributes of the character of Christ are imparted, and the image of the Divine begins to shine forth. The faces of men and women who walk and work with God express the peace of heaven. They are surrounded with the atmosphere of heaven. For these souls the kingdom of God has begun. They have Christ's joy, the joy of being a blessing to humanity. They have the honor of being accepted for the Master's use; they are trusted to do His work in His name. "No man can serve two masters." We cannot serve God with a divided heart. Bible religion is not one influence among many others; its influence is to be supreme, pervading and controlling every other. It is not to be like a dash of color brushed here and there upon the canvas, but it is to pervade the whole life, as if the canvas were dipped into the color, until every thread of the fabric were dyed a deep, unfading hue.
"If therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light. But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness." Purity and steadfastness of purpose are the conditions of receiving light from God. He who desires to know the truth must be willing to accept all that it reveals. He can make no compromise with error. To be wavering and halfhearted in allegiance to truth is to choose the darkness of error and satanic delusion. Worldly policy and the undeviating principles of righteousness do not blend into each other imperceptibly, like the colors of the rainbow. Between the two a broad, clear line is drawn by the eternal God. The likeness of Christ stands out as distinct from that of Satan as midday in contrast with midnight. And only those who live the life of Christ are His co-workers. If one sin is cherished in the soul, or one wrong practice retained in the life, the whole being is contaminated. The man becomes an instrument of unrighteousness.
All who have chosen God's service are to rest in His care. Christ pointed to the birds flying in the heavens, to the flowers of the field, and bade His hearers consider these objects of God's creation. "Are not ye of much more value than they?" He said. Matt. 6:26, R. V. The measure of divine attention bestowed on any object is proportionate to its rank in the scale of being. The little brown sparrow is watched over by Providence. The flowers of the field, the grass that carpets the earth, share the notice and care of our heavenly Father. The great Master Artist has taken thought for the lilies, making them so beautiful that they outshine the glory of Solomon. How much more does He care for man, who is the image and glory of God. He longs to see His children reveal a character after His similitude. As the sunbeam imparts to the flowers their varied and delicate tints, so does God impart to the soul the beauty of His own character. All who choose Christ's kingdom of love and righteousness and peace, making its interest paramount to all other, are linked to the world above, and every blessing needed for this life is theirs. In the book of God's providence, the volume of life, we are each given a page. That page contains every particular of our history; even the hairs of the head are numbered. God's children are never absent from His mind.
"Be not therefore anxious for the morrow." Matt. 6:34, R. V. We are to follow Christ day by day. God does not bestow help for tomorrow. He does not give His children all the directions for their life journey at once, lest they should become confused. He tells them just as much as they can remember and perform. The strength and wisdom imparted are for the present emergency. "If any of you lack wisdom,"--for today,--"let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him." James 1:5.
"Judge not, that ye be not judged." Do not think yourself better than other men, and set yourself up as their judge. Since you cannot discern motive, you are incapable of judging another. In criticizing him, you are passing sentence upon yourself; for you show that you are a participant with Satan, the accuser of the brethren. The Lord says, "Examine yourselves, whether ye be in the faith; prove your own selves." This is our work. "If we would judge ourselves, we should not be judged." 2 Cor. 13:5; 1 Cor. 11:31.
The good tree will produce good fruit. If the fruit is unpalatable and worthless, the tree is evil. So the fruit borne in the life testifies as to the condition of the heart and the excellence of the character. Good works can never purchase salvation, but they are an evidence of the faith that acts by love and purifies the soul. And though the eternal reward is not bestowed because of our merit, yet it will be in proportion to the work that has been done through the grace of Christ. Thus Christ set forth the principles of His kingdom, and showed them to be the great rule of life. To impress the lesson He adds an illustration. It is not enough, He says, for you to hear My words. By obedience you must make them the foundation of your character. Self is but shifting sand. If you build upon human theories and inventions, your house will fall. By the winds of temptation, the tempests of trial, it will be swept away. But these principles that I have given will endure. Receive Me; build on My words.
"Everyone therefore which heareth these words of Mine, and doeth them, shall be likened unto a wise man, which built his house upon the rock: and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not: for it was founded upon the rock." Matt. 7:24, 25, R.V.
I hate to keep bringing this up -- but this is sort of my online daily diary -- where I express my innermost feelings to whoever might find that even remotely interesting. SO -- I think this thing is SO complicated and SO messy, that it might take many lifetimes as an insider, to really figure everything out. THAT is why I like the idea (in my next few incarnations) of being a Strong and Silent Insider Observer and Philosopher -- sort of like Palmer Joss in Contact. You know -- Orthodoxymoron Goes to Phobos. This thread might be an appropriate place to take another look at Bill Cooper's famous 1989 Las Vegas MUFON lecture. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oIo3GpornCk That one always gives me nightmares! I keep thinking about Archangels -- Stolen Technology -- and a Stolen Solar System. This MIGHT be why THEY try to keep everything secret. But honestly, THEY often seem to be VERY sloppy. I'm NOT a bad-guy (in this incarnation!), but if I were in the shoes of the Secret Government (and if I needed to maintain secrecy), I think I could do a helluva lot better job of keeping secrets than the present team. But really, the possibility exists that THEY won a long time ago -- and they don't really care if we find out -- at this late date. But Siriusly, if I took over someone's solar system -- I think I might take the best real-estate on the planet -- tax the hell out of the rest of the planet -- and just leave the natives completely alone!! No worship and praise! No terrorism and wars! No messing with them in any way, shape, or form!! Do you see what I mean?? But I would NOT engage in conquest (merciless or otherwise). Not in my present state of mind and morals!! Who knows what I might've done in antiquity?? I don't trust ANYONE at this point. Not even myself. How can we know the whole truth about ANYTHING?? How can we know the hidden-agendas of ANYONE -- including ME??? I keep thinking in terms of Archangelic-Factions -- but how can I know the Full-Truth -- even if I turn out to be an Archangel??? What if EVERYONE is deluded and screwed-up??!! I just wish EVERYONE well -- throughout the solar system -- and beyond.
Someone suggested, in a very round-about way that I might've been an Ancient Hebrew Warrior!! I keep thinking of Battlestar Galactica in Hebrew-Warrior terms!! Do you know what I mean?? Is there a Hebrew-Orion connection and a Hebrew Sirius-A connection?? You know -- going way, way, way back -- in some sort of a hidden history?? I'm not necessarily opposed to what I think the core power-structure of this solar system might be like -- but I am alarmed at the bloody and nasty history of the world -- and by the nasty people I keep encountering in everyday life. Something is VERY wrong with this picture! I continue to imagine a lot of things that I won't talk about. Despite my in-your-face posting-style, I am quite tight-lipped. I'm only doing what I'm doing because of the Internet Infowar -- the fact that I'm getting old -- and the fact that philosophy and religion seem to be in an incredible crisis of confidence. Many people are disappointed with God and the clergy. Eisenhower clearly knew that the official U.S. Government was NOT in control of Area 51 -- but I think he also recognized that whoever was -- was a helluva lot more sophisticated than 'we' were. I just think there's been a helluva lot of deception and corruption in connection with all of this secret space stuff. It would take a helluva lot of money to do what I think the secret government has done. I have NO idea whether any of this was a legitimate enterprise or not. That might depend on one's perspective -- and whether one was an insider or an outsider. I keep worrying that one bad@ss faction is throwing another bad@ass faction under the bus -- so THEY can take over all of the goodies!!! I've even hinted that a United States of the Solar System would do that sort of thing -- but hopefully for the betterment of all-concerned (or something corny like that). I continue to be VERY afraid of Enslavement and Extermination -- which could ultimately end all life (as we know it) in the solar system. By accident or design -- I tend to believe there is a WMD "Gun" being held to the head of humanity. I am VERY worried about WMD's (some of which might make nukes look like firecrackers) -- and I wish I were kidding. I've heard the theory that Jerusalem and Rome are closer than people think. I think we live in a VERY small and VERY dangerous Solar System -- which is why I am SO concerned about Solar System Governance.
The following post was made by Lionhawk on the 'Red Pill' thread:
There's an Orion faction that thinks they own this system ODM. A queen bitchy reptilian. Or Draconian I should say. She has ruled for eons. She and her minions have exploited this solar system for it's gold and other precious metals. Especially here on this Planet. That also includes human type slaves and children.
What is unique, is that this Planet has an abundance of all the resources they need. It's like their 7-11, a one stop shopping center for all their needs. Now on the other Planets, the human types there were forced to go underground to escape these Draconian pillages. In order to survive. It wasn't till 2005 when this status changed. A war was fought obviously to turn this around. This war that took place is not known of from what one may consider to be normal channels, such as the Galactic Federation and various channellings. Simply because it was a faction that spontaneously put this battle in motion. The real Galactic Federation did witness the war that occurred however. The Angelic Kingdom was also involved. They rescued many who had been imprisoned on other Planets that were ruled by a league of civilizations that were connected to this Draconian Bitch. The supply lines to this empire that were connected to this solar system were disrupted and cut off. At least for a few short months after Dec. 2005. We knew that they would try to patch their damaged lines back up in the following months. If anyone remembers, it was real quiet for the first 6 months of 2006.
At the same time as I am writing this, I amazed that an all out Solar system war has not broken out since then. This is also another probability that is not often mentioned in these latter days. If this was to occur, do you think we would finally wake up as a human family?
Their message has been very clear for the last ten years. "If we can't have our way with this Planet, we will destroy it!" ODM, this is a very serious statement. Maybe what you don't realize is that these critters will not negotiate for the freedom of this solar system or anything else they seem to think they have claimed ownership to. So anything that has been proposed, in light of your Constitution, has already been attempted. That is why you find yourself spinning your wheels in your efforts. But at the same time I do appreciate what you have brought to the table as far as your take on a peaceful resolution. So don't think what you have offered has been a waste of time. You are anchoring those energies to the Planet. If you didn't do that, the possibility of a peaceful resolution would not be possible in the light that you have presented it. Meaning in the way with all of your angles, whether they make sense or not. You anchor an open door to a resolution of some sort. Now if you could incorporate a 5D perspective to it, you might fair much better.
As I see it, it is a balance problem. Probabilities vs. Reality. Anything that is out of balance with that will cause you to spin your wheels. The truth of the reality is there but you have to find ways that will balance out that reality with new probabilities. Talk about a a real challenge. Sounds impossible, but if you have a little crazy in ya, you will always have a shot at it. I told you a long while ago that I would be able to watch you go through this process of spinning your wheels. You should try to solve one equation at a time instead of trying to solve all of them at once. Tackle the small ones that have a greater chance of success. It is a choice. Spinning Your Wheels or Achieving Results. You will always mirror either the lack or abundance of those said results. You want to be effective, then you will have to try something a little more different, with some "crazy juice" to change your perspective on things. Your new results will do that change for you.
I also hear of various experts on certain civilizations who searched for a track of direction to figure something out. But what I have noticed is that all of them come up short due to the pieces that are still missing from these puzzles.
During one of our research projects, we came across an Egyptian artifact that look very bizarre. It turned out to be a wave guide for a frequency apparatus of some kind. If I didn't have a small back ground in Electronics, I wouldn't have no idea what it could be. But then again, the other pieces were missing and we never resolved what it was actually used for.
So after 700,000 years of war, referred to as the Orion War, everything was scattered about. There was no winner in that war. It would seem that every civilization was pushed into survival mode and that included the Draconians. Rebuilding took place everywhere that could sustain life. Then here comes Zeus, who decided to take on this Draconian Queen and we see in our Solar system what became of that attempt. Now here is a question. What if someone on this Planet decided to propose war on this Draconian queen? Would she have us blown to pieces as in Planetary? Granted, Zeus didn't declare war on her, but it was her who decided to take Zeus out. It makes no difference at this point as we have planetary proof of what became of that situation. Everyone who was involved at the time, scattered to the other Planetary bodies in this system and hid. It would also make sense that she would hijack this system with various methods all linked to controlling the minds of all living forms of every Kingdom. Just so no one else would rise up and challenge her so called claims to ownership. Compress the DNA across the whole board. Compromise the consciousness from the point of any birth on all Kingdoms in this system. Now I may have a few facts wrong as to who done what and when, but in general, the final result is enslavement. Right in everyone's face.
Another point I would like to make, that many of the civilization that have left evidence here, are now gone. Where did they go? Did they just come here to set up a supply line for resources and then left?
All I know is that what was intended for this Planet, has been blatantly altered. For purposes of control. Add your spells, white or black, obsessions of all types, including research work, which can lead you to nowhere in the land of the second hand, substances that alter your state of being, and behaviors that are obsessive, just note they have you your soul in the palm of their claws. We are being controlled on every level. It isn't a question anymore. If you question it, then you just woke up.
I just hope this Galactic wave gets here like yesterday.
My reply: Thank-you Lionhawk. What you said has the ring of truth - but I obviously can't confirm or refute it. However, this does support my feeling that the truth is not pleasant - and that things might have to continue their downward slide - before the human race gets any sort of traction. I guess I'm sort of a 'John the Baptist' as a voice crying in the wilderness, "prepare ye the way of the Lord". I keep hoping that the right individuals (human and otherwise) who are well placed and well heeled - will be able to lay some groundwork for the principles and concepts of a lot of what I have been contemplating. I'm just an ignorant and miserable bastard - thrashing around in the dark - trying to avert a hideous catastrophy. Mea Culpa. With your permission, I'd like to use what you wrote above - on my 'home thread' - with proper credit given. (granted - see previous post) I continue to worry about my reincarnational part in this madness. I'm getting some ideas and clues - and it is scaring and disillusioning the hell out of me. There really seems to be no way out of this snake-pit. Sorry reptilians. Don't take that personally. It was merely a figure of speech.
I can't and won't let it go. I'm just getting warmed-up. I'm not anywhere close to where I want to end up. My posting is a means to an end. Also, my target audience is probably 3D. I've been told not to be so heavenly minded, that I end up being of no earthly good. I can probably do the 5D thing quite well - but the 5D types should already know what's what - and nobody really seems to wish to talk to me - regardless of how slow or fast they are vibrating. I think there are a lot of people who think they are 5D Wonders - but they're probably mostly around 2D. They don't impress me much. I don't have a knee-jerk reacton against scales and tails. In fact, it wouldn't surprise me if the human race has reptilian roots - and even some sort of connection with them presently. I really don't know. What really bothers me is the BS throughout history. There might be some positives regarding a Reptilian Queen of Heaven - but this solar system seems to be rotten to the core - going way back in history. There are many aspects of the Royal Goddess Model which should probably be emulated - and there are other aspects which should probably be vigorously resisted. Who knows what I might have been in some of my ancient incarnations? I might be horrified. I'm just going to keep doing what I'm doing - and try to remain objective and neutral. I'll mostly keep asking questions - even if I think I know the answers. I'm mostly trying to help others think in unconventional ways.
I just listened to the Jordan Maxwell / Project Camelot Interview again - and Jordan said that humanity almost always chooses tyranny. We say we want freedom - but I doubt it. Jordan thinks humanity is doomed to experience a nasty New World Order - because we're stupid. I call it 'The Corrupt Ruling the Stupid'. Humanity seems to need to be tricked and herded like cattle. "What is one to do - when to rule men, it is necessary to deceive them?" I wonder who REALLY said that! I think I know! We've made it WAY too easy for the 'Devil'. What would happen to the 'regressives' if they really did destroy humanity? What would be their fate? What would be the soul-fate of humanity? I continue to call for 'regressives' of all races to embrace the concept of Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom - in their own time - and in their own way. I still don't have an enemies list - but I am becoming increasingly annoyed and impatient. Kumbaya is fading fast. The Sonata on the 94th Psalm by Julius Reubke is getting louder. Should I start exclaiming 'Let Him That is Righteous - Be Righteous Still - and Him That is Filthy Be Filthy Still!!' - and call for the end of sin and sinners? I don't like that sort of thing - but I'm not a happy camper these days. I'm wondering if we're ALL part of the "Orion Group" - especially at the soul-level - and that we just have different leaders, philosophies, and bodies. I'm still VERY interested in Gabriel, Michael, and Lucifer - and I'll keep asking questions about them. I tend to think this is a very sad story. I'm nuts right now - but when I REALLY learn the truth - it will probably push me completely over the edge. I will continue on this journey - but I don't think it's going to be a fun one. I'm quite numb already. My response-ablility is at an all-time low...
What would it be like to live in an underground base or city, with Reptilians, Greys, Hybrids, Dracs, Jesuits, Alphabet Agents, Nazis, Masons, Magicians, and Delta Force Soldiers? Is this even a good thing to think about? There may be a very strange world down under. Would this necessarily be a bad or evil world? I keep thinking that it would be cool to live in an old decomissioned missile silo. This would sure help one imagine what it would be like to live in the hypothetical, highly-classified environment described above. I suspect that there might be several factions of underground civilizations. It's not really fun to think about this - but I feel compelled to do so. But as I do so - I feel myself sinking lower and lower. I don't recommend this mental exercise in futility - but someone might find comfort in the fact that another individual is trying to think way, way outside of the box. Misery loves company - and the company loves misery. I have to dream about the highly classified realm - because dreaming is as close as I will ever get to actually experiencing any of it. The price of admission is undoubtedly very, very expensive. But I do think that the general public should start considering as many possibilities as possible, in a calm and quiet manner. I have decided to do nothing more, and nothing less, than what I'm doing right now - regardless of where my passive, pseudo-intellectual research and speculation leads me. I'll just keep blurting out my little brainstorms, on this little forum. If this one ever gets shut down, I'll just post on another one. If the whole internet gets shut down - I'll just read books and review what I have saved in my word processor. If an agent comes to take me away - I will go without a fuss. I'll continue to be an internet smart@$$, but I don't ever want to physically fight with anyone. My dreamworld is really a nightmare in many ways. I really and truly keep trying to stop posting. I think about angelic and demonic realms, star wars, nuclear war, chemical and biological warfare, Armageddon, Hybrid v Human race wars, enslavement, extermination, riding on mag-lev trains, 'flying' in UFO's, living on Phobos, facing the Creator God of the Universe, interviewing Amen Ra, meeting the Queen of Heaven, arguing with Jesuits, swearing at Raven, and on and on and on into the night. The thing I want to keep emphasizing is that I feel absolutely no hatred or animosity toward anyone - human or otherwise. I am motivated by curiosity, and by the desire to help clean-up the mess which everyone seems to be in. Hell - if everything goes up in smoke - so do I. I have gone on record, saying that a world human population of four billion (two billion surface dwellers, and two billion sub-surface dwellers) - and four billion humans living throughout the rest of the solar system - would be optimal. What do you think about this? If this were the plan - there would be no need for an extermination event of any kind - would there? Responsible Reproduction is a good thing. Eugenics and Exterminations are bad things. Any questions?
Have things gone too far wrong for the world to be saved? Would the end of the world be an act of mercy? Do we need to be put out of our misery? The more I try to conceptually save the world - the more miserable I become. I would really like to see things work out well for everyone - but I'm really not seeing myself being a part of a bright future here. I'm feeling like I don't really belong here. Mission Not Accomplished. Not yet, anyway. Have there been any sci-fi movies or sci-fi series which were completely positive? I like the idea of futuristic sci-fi which is completely idealistic. Why is there always chasing and killing? I've been saying lately that I would hang out for a couple of months with Dracs and Greys on Phobos, if and only if, they wouldn't hurt me, abduct me, experiment on me, or mess with my mind or soul in any way, shape, or form. Strange appearance or behavior (to me) would be of interest, rather than prompting my ridicule or condemnation. What is the definition of 'regressive'? Sometimes I think that humanity is 'regressive'. I'm not all that happy with the human race right now. Sometimes I wonder if I'm really terrestrial human. I feel as though my body and soul are mismatched, and that I'm living on the wrong planet. Once again, I would like to see this solar system become a paradise for everyone - but this probably wouldn't include out of control technology and materialism. Life might need to be quite simple - with more pure science than applied science. I'd still like to try living in an old decommissioned missile silo - complete with an old (or entry-level) Cray supercomputer, an observatory, and an electric car. Then I could take my solar system sci-fi fantasy to the next level - down. But then I might need a maid to tidy things up! You spooks know what I'm talking about!
I just thought that it would be cool to imagine living on Phobos for a couple of months - and using that as a frame of reference. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phobos_(moon) In other words - I would imagine that I was on Phobos 24/7 for 60 days. I'm frankly not going to spend a lot of time thinking about much beyond this solar system. I really want to have a well-rounded solar system view of things. It might be interesting to imagine living on Phobos, in a subsurface base with a dozen Annunaki, a dozen Greys, and a dozen Dracs!!! They'd probably have me over for dinner. (see the last picture) I know I don't know what the hell I'm talking about - but this might cause one to really look at the solar system in a very different way. I am trying to nurture a Solar System View - rather than a World View. I don't think I'll ever be really friendly - or really hostile - with anyone - regardless of who they are - human or otherwise. I want to really try to be detached and neutral - for the rest of my life. I'd love to travel the world - and the solar system - meeting with various groups - human and otherwise - to try to help turn this war-zone into a paradise. If I'm not going to go to heaven - I will try to bring heaven to this solar system. World Without War. Amen.
I am deeply saddened by the quake and tsunami in Japan. I sure wish we could prevent or at least predict this sort of thing. I continue to be suspicious regarding virtually all disasters - as possibly being deliberately perpetrated with advanced technology. Each destructive event should be carefully examined, to ascertain whether foul-play has been involved, or not. I hate to sound so paranoid, but I am VERY afraid of hidden advanced technology, and the cold-hearted bastards who might control this technology. Disempowering one faction of S.O.B.'s doesn't mean that the new crew is going to be any better. They might, in fact, be worse. Didn't Japan get hit with something, several years ago, because the Japanese leaders refused to sell-out their people to a corrupt New World Order in the making? Ben Fulford spoke of this, I believe. And what about that massive earthquake in China, which was supposedly deliberately inflicted? Again, I don't wish to sound like more of a nut-case than I really am. I am merely considering possibilities and probabilities - as usual.
Once again, I call upon all factions in this solar system - human and otherwise - to unite around the concept of a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System. I might've gotten a lot of the details wrong in this thread - and I might've stated my case in 3D, rather than 5D - but I still think the basic concept is a simple and valid one. Please attempt to implement this concept - in your own time, and in your own way. I don't wish to make this personal. I wish to focus, rather, upon the principles and concepts. The details can be worked-out in an evolutionary, rather than a revolutionary, manner. I don't wish to create problems. I wish to help solve them. But this thing is bigger than any one of us - or even any faction of us. I don't think there is any easy way to deal with our predicament. There is too much negative momentum, at this point. Things will undoubtedly get worse, before they get better. But please, through everything, focus upon the words 'Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System'. We shall ALL overcome someday. Hopefully soon. Namaste to the Beings of the Solar System. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RkNsEH1GD7Q
Below is an interesting archangel painting. Does it depict Gabriel, Michael, Lucifer, and Jesus? Is Jesus a composite of the three - or did Michael incarnate as Jesus? I am confused regarding what each archangel has done historically - and regarding possible overlaps. Or - might the archangels be yet another mythology, which masks the real beings behind the curtain? Are the archangels in conflict with each other? I keep speculating about three major factions in this solar system. I lean toward Michael - but what do I really know about any of them? Are they the equivalents of Nimrod, Semiramis, and Tammuz? Amen Ra, Isis, and Horus? Father, Son, and Holy Spirit? The truth may set us free - but how do we really determine what the truth is - about anything? This might make some of you angry - but are we really dealing with three Reptilian Queens? Did Michael opt out of being Reptilian - and become distinctly Human - in the person of Jesus Christ - and possibly other Horus incarnations? Are all of our roots really Interdimensional Reptilian - at a soul level? Was the creation of a Male and Female Human Race - to be inhabited by a third of the 'Angels' - really the Original Sin? Born Into Sin? Was this a supreme act of rebellion? I really don't know. I just try to get the possibilities out in the open - and then look at them for a while. Hopefully there are others who are doing the same thing. If you really, really think about this subject - it gets quite creepy and scary. There are so many ways that this whole thing could have played out - and there are so many possible futures - heavenly and hellish. It seems as though we are living in Purgatory - and on the verge of Heaven or Hell. The uncertainty is driving me crazy! "Don't say maybe - it makes me crazy!" What would Gabriel, Michael, and Lucifer say about themselves - and each other? What do they say to each other? Are they even on speaking-terms? Do they take orders from others? So many questions. So little time. Also notice the creepy 'Madonna Serpentum' and 'Lilith' paintings. Are we all part of different factions of the so-called 'Orion Group' - with some of us predominantly Reptilian - and some of us predominantly Mammalian? What's really going on here? Damned if I know. Finally, consider the 'Triune Brain' as you think about Reptilian Queens, the Trinity Goddess, the Trinity, The Archangels, and Reptilian Dixie Chicks...
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Triune_brain The triune brain is a model of the evolution of the vertebrate forebrain and behavior proposed by the American physician and neuroscientist Paul D. MacLean. MacLean originally formulated his model in the 1960s and propounded it at length in his 1990 book The Triune Brain in Evolution.[1] The triune brain consists of the reptilian complex, the paleomammalian complex (limbic system), and the neomammalian complex (neocortex), viewed as structures sequentially added to the forebrain in the course of evolution.
The triune brain hypothesis became familiar to a broad popular audience through Carl Sagan's Pulitzer prize winning 1977 book The Dragons of Eden. Though embraced by some psychiatrists and at least one leading affective neuroscience researcher,[2] the model never won wide acceptance among comparative neurobiologists. Comparative evolutionary neuroanatomists currently regard its claims about brain evolution to be outdated.[3][4]
The reptilian complex, also known as the R-complex or "reptilian brain" was the name MacLean gave to the basal ganglia, structures derived from the floor of the forebrain during development. The term derives from the fact that comparative neuroanatomists once believed that the forebrains of reptiles and birds were dominated by these structures. MacLean contended that the reptilian complex was responsible for species typical instinctual behaviors involved in aggression, dominance, territoriality, and ritual displays.
The paleomammalian brain consists of the septum, amygdala, hypothalamus, hippocampal complex, and cingulate cortex. MacLean first introduced the term "limbic system" to refer to this set of interconnected brain structures in a paper in 1952. Whatever the merits of the triune brain hypothesis, MacLean's recognition of the limbic system as a major functional system in the brain has won wide acceptance among neuroscientists, and is generally regarded as his most important contribution to the field. MacLean maintained that the structures of the limbic system arose early in mammalian evolution (hence "paleomammalian") and were responsible for the motivation and emotion involved in feeding, reproductive behavior, and parental behavior.
The neomammalian complex consists of the cerebral neocortex, a structure found uniquely in mammals. MacLean regarded its addition as the most recent step in the evolution of the human brain, conferring the ability for language, abstraction, planning, and perception.
MacLean originally formulated the triune brain hypothesis in the 1960s, drawing on comparative neuroanatomical work done by Ludwig Edinger, Elizabeth Crosby and C. J. Herrick early in the twentieth century.[5][6] The 1980s saw a rebirth of interest in comparative neuroanatomy, motivated in part by the availability of a variety of new neuroanatomical techniques for charting the circuitry of animal brains. Subsequent findings have invalidated the traditional neuroanatomical ideas upon which MacLean based his hypothesis, although the three functional domains described by the original triune model remain useful organizing themes and concepts.
For example, the basal ganglia (structures derived from the floor of the forebrain and making up MacLean's reptilian complex) were shown to take up a much smaller portion of the forebrains of reptiles and birds (together called sauropsids) than previously supposed, and to exist in amphibians and fishes as well as mammals and sauropsids. Because the basal ganglia are found in the forebrains of all modern vertebrates, they most likely date to the common evolutionary ancestor of the vertebrates, more than 500 million years ago, rather than to the origin of reptiles. Sauropsids were shown to possess forebrain roof structures similar in connectivity and function to the cerebral cortex (MacLean's neomammalian complex) in mammals.[6][7] Because these structures look different from the corresponding forebrain roof structures in mammals, they were originally mistaken for a part of the basal ganglia.
Recent behavioral studies likewise do not support the traditional view of sauropsid behavior as stereotyped and ritualistic (as in MacLean's reptilian complex). Birds have been shown to possess highly sophisticated cognitive abilities, such as the toolmaking of the New Caledonian crow and the language-like categorization abilities of the African Gray Parrot[8] Structures of the limbic system, which MacLean contended arose in early mammals, have now been shown to exist across the whole range of modern vertebrates. The "paleomammalian" trait of parental care of offspring is widespread in birds and occurs in some fishes as well. Thus, like the basal ganglia, the evolution of these systems presumably date to a common vertebrate ancestor.[6][9]
Finally, the third statement of the triune brain hypothesis, which is that the neocortex appears in modern mammals, is also clearly wrong. All recent studies based on paleontological data or comparative anatomy evidences strongly suggest that the neocortex was already present in the earliest emerging mammals.[6] In addition, although non-mammals do not have a neocortex in the true sense (that is, a structure comprising part of the forebrain roof, or pallium, consisting of six characteristic layers of neurons), they nevertheless sometimes possess well developed pallial areas. While these areas lack the characteristic six neocortical layers, and sometimes lack lamination entirely, they make neuroantomical connections with other brain structures like those made by neocortex and mediate similar functions such as perception, learning and memory, decision making, motor control, conceptual thinking, and tool use. Scientifically, the triune brain hypothesis was based on what is now recognized as a faulty interpretation of the anatomical organization and evolution of the vertebrate brain. The idea holds little favor in current neuroscience.
The triune model continues to hold interest for some psychologists and members of the general public because of its focus on the recognizable differences between most reptiles, early mammals, and late mammals. Reasons for the success are its simplicity; the theory in this form recognizes three major evolutionary periods in the development of the brain that are characterized by three recognizably distinct ways of solving adaptive challenges). Under this model, the "neocortex" represents that cluster of brain structures involved in advanced cognition, including planning, modeling and simulation; the "reptilian brain" refers to those brain structures related to territoriality, ritual behavior and other "reptile" behaviors; and "limbic brain" refers those brain structures, wherever located, associated with social and nurturing behaviors, mutual reciprocity, and other behaviors and affects that arose during the age of the mammals. The three brains are said to act in coordination or competition in this variation of the model. While there is no scientific consensus on the applicability of the model at a level other than the three distinct evolutionarily distinct brain systems, some people find this to be a helpful model because of its broad explantatory value.
The popularity of the model can also be seen in the way it parallels recurring themes in popular culture and the arts. For example, some languages have phrases which refer to speaking from the "head", "heart", or "gut", or philosophically of the three virtues of "wisdom, benevolence and courage"--or psychologically of "thinking", "feeling", and "willing". In The Wizard of Oz, for example, the quest for "a brain", "a heart", and "courage" play a central role. The three elements of the triune model map comfortably onto these more abstract conceptions.
In this sense, the triune brain (more properly, perhaps, the "triune mind") is seen as a highly simplified but powerful organizing theme. The statistician George E.P. Box once quipped: "Essentially, all models are wrong, but some are useful.".[10]
See also The Dragons of Eden, Pulitzer prize winning 1977 book by Carl Sagan The Triune Brain in Evolution: Role of Paleocerebral Functions, Paul D. MacLean, 1990, Springer. Principles of Brain Evolution, Georg F. Striedter, 2005, Sinauer associates. Comparative Vertebrate Neuroanatomy, Second Edition, Ann B. Butler and William Hodos, 2005, John Wiley and Sons. References^ Kazlev, et al., M. Alan (2003-10-19). "The Triune Brain.". KHEPER. http://www.kheper.net/topics/intelligence/MacLean.htm. Retrieved 2007-05-25. ^ Panksepp, J. (2003). Foreword to Cory, G. and Gardner, R. (2002) The Evolutionary Ethology of Paul MacLean. Greenwood Publishing Group. ^ Patton, Paul (December, 2008). "One World, Many Minds: Intelligence in the Animal Kingdom". Scientific American. http://www.sciam.com/article.cfm?id=one-world-many-minds. Retrieved 29 December 2008. "The traditional ideas about sequential brain evolution appeared, for example, in the late neuroscientist and psychiatrist Paul D. MacLean's triune brain model, formulated in the 1960s. MacLean's model promoted the belief that the human brain contains a “reptilian complex” inherited from reptilian ancestors. Beginning in the 1980s, the field of comparative neuroanatomy experienced a renaissance. In the intervening decades evolutionary biologists had learned a great deal about vertebrate evolutionary history, and they developed new and effective methods of applying Darwin's concept of the tree of life to analyze and interpret their findings. It is now apparent that a simple linear hierarchy cannot adequately account for the evolution of brains or of intelligence." ^ Hodos, William. "Comparative Vertebrate Neuroanatomy: Evolution and Adaptation". "The extensive body of work in comparative neurobiology over the past three decades unequivocally contradicts this theory. First, homologs of the limbic cortical areas that MacLean considers to have been first present in early mammals have been found in non-mammalian vertebrates. Second, homologs of neocortical structures and of dorsal thalamic nuclei have also been found in nonmammals. Third, MacLean's observations on the behavioral differences between mammals and nonmammals are oversimplified and ignore the elaborate social and parental behaviors of some non-mammalian vertebrates, including birds and a variety of ray-finned fishes" ^ Reiner, A. (1990). An Explanation of Behavior, Science, 250:303-305 ^ a b c d Striedter, G. F. (2005) Principles of Brain Evolution. Sinauer Associates. ^ 2003 Avian Brain Nomenclature Tables ^ Patton, Paul (December, 2008). "One World, Many Minds: Intelligence in the Animal Kingdom". Scientific American. http://www.sciam.com/article.cfm?id=one-world-many-minds. Retrieved 29 December 2008. ^ Butler, A. B. and Hodos, W. Comparative Vertebrate Neuroanatomy: Evolution and Adaptation, Wiley ^ http://en.wikiquote.org/wiki/George_E._P._Box [edit] Further readingGardner, Russell; Cory, Gerald A. (2002). The evolutionary neuroethology of Paul MacLean: convergences and frontiers. New York: Praeger. ISBN 0-275-97219-4. OCLC 49649452. Kral, V. A.; MacLean, Paul D. (1973). A Triune concept of the brain and behaviour, by Paul D. MacLean. Including Psychology of memory, and Sleep and dreaming; papers presented at Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario, February 1969, by V. A. Kral [et al.. Toronto]: Published for the Ontario Mental Health Foundation by Univ. of Toronto Press. ISBN 0-8020-3299-0. OCLC 704665. MacLean, Paul D. "Brain Evolution Relating to Family, Play, and the Separation Call". Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 42: 405-417, 1985. MacLean, Paul D. (1990). The triune brain in evolution: role in paleocerebral functions. New York: Plenum Press. ISBN 0-306-43168-8. OCLC 20295730.
I guess I'll just keep posting myself into oblivion. I think the general line of thinking in this thread will eventually get some traction - but this particular thread may never get any traction. I'm committed to just keep doing what I'm doing. Nothing more. Nothing less. I don't wish to surprise anyone with anything. I don't intend to yell 'FIRE!!' in a crowded theater. This thread is probably sort of a safety-valve for this type of thinking. I think the ideas are sound - but I don't know the historical context of this great big galactic mess. It sort of sounds as though this Male and Female Human Experiment in Responsible Freedom will not be allowed to succeed because of the Orion Group Rebellion and Original Sin - which caused the 600,000 Year War in Heaven. This is merely conjecture - but my dot-connecting is leading me in this direction. What if everyone is wrong? This would cause a monumental crisis in leadership, wouldn't it? This is all about Law, Order, Obedience, Leadership, and Loyalty - right? It's not about whether anyone had a better idea, and was right, after all - is it? The Original Sin invalidates the Entire Experiment - right? It's sort of like 'Off-Sides' in football. I am so torn-up inside, that I can hardly stand it. Ignorance is bliss - and I'm wondering if waking-up the general public is really a good idea - if there is no hope of ever implementing a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System. But hope springs eternal - so I will post again tomorrow. Once again, if I stop posting, it won't be because I chose to do so. I will not terminate myself - no matter what. I think there are those (human and otherwise) who REALLY hate me - even though my thinking doesn't seem to be catching on anywhere. Again - I don't have an enemies list - but I might, when I learn the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
If there really was a 600,000 Year Human v Reptilian War - would it be reasonable to suggest that Male and Female Human Beings were created 600,000 years ago? Might this have been when a third of the Angels fell into physicality and rebellion against the Reptilian God and Universal Church Theocracy? Could Michael and Lucifer have been in league to pull this off? Could Lucifer have then turned against Michael at a later date? Or did Michael turn against Lucifer at a later date? I really don't know. I continue to say that theology is at the center of disclosure. 90% of theology seems to be bs - but this subject needs to be studied relentlessly. I think we need to keep at this - even when we 'lose' our faith. I continue to think that the Red-Letter Teachings of Jesus should be at the center of our Theological Quest. I don't think the Words Attributed to Jesus are flawless - and there are many hard sayings - but the Teachings of Jesus are soundly rooted in the concept of Responsibility - and they radiate profound wisdom and spirituality. Try reading the Four Gospels in the King James Version of the Holy Bible - repeatedly - and notice the benefit you receive from doing so. Look for my posts which contain red print - and read them out-loud, while listening to a Latin Mass. I think this is important. It's not the whole story - but it is a vital piece of the puzzle - and an essential part of the solution. It's no secret that I seek the Reformation and Purification of the Secret Government, the United Nations, the City of London, the United States, and the Vatican - and to bring them into harmony with a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System. This is still a conceptual experiment - and those who are much more competent than I, would have to refine and implement the refined idea. I know my limitations - and I fear my reincarnational karmic debt. I might be ethically, mentally, and spiritually bankrupt. The horror.
Is there no one in all of the solar system - who will engage in a scholarly discussion with me - regarding the contents of this thread? The water is warm. Come-on in! Take a long, hard look at 'The United States of the Solar System' thread on Avalon 1 - and at this thread. Then, challenge me to an online debate. Pick these threads apart - point by point - and see how I respond. I don't need to be right - I just want to fight! There's got to be a couple of Dracs out there who can give me a run for my money! I'll bet there are some Jesuits or Alphabet Agents who could make me work really hard - trying to answer their posts! There is a whole level of discourse which I desire, which seems to be completely lacking from our so-called 'civilization'. A debate with the God of This World might be quite interesting and entertaining! They might be the best theologian and politician in the solar system - even though they might not be on the side of humanity. Just 'cause one is bright - doesn't mean they're right! Imagine a 24 hour marathon theological/political/philosophical debate - with this solar system's 100 brightest beings (human and otherwise) in a sub-surface temple on the darkside of the moon - with the subject being 'Solar System Governance in the Twenty Second Century: A Search for a Useable Future'. Or "Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom Theocracy: Oxymoron - or Wave of the Future?" Now THAT would be interesting! Could someone set something like this up??? Actually, this sort of thing probably occurs all the time - IN SECRET! Could someone get me a transcript - or better yet - A TICKET AND A RIDE???!!!
Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Thu Jun 13, 2013 12:31 am; edited 2 times in total
Once again, here are the comments from 'The United States of the Solar System' thread from Avalon 1. The next post will feature a compilation of the comments from this thread, so far.
Here are the comments (other than mine) so far:
1. Maybe somewhere in the Solar system they have a better constitution. Why not ask first?
2. I agree the constitution was a divinely inspired document. However, it is worth considering that what was right for the time then, can be surpassed Now. The divine is not a dead god, or a piece of paper, or a bible, the divine is Living consciousness. There's always More, that's the point of life actually! To become More of the infinite, to grow infinity itSelf! The divine is More than capable of inspiring HUMANITY (not some alien race out there), with a perfect document, a perfect constitution if you will, when the time is right, to build a foundation for the Golden Age government. That being said, further down the road, the divine will inspire a document that surpasses the next one... ad infininitum. There is always More. We must not look to the past for solutions, we should look to the Now.
3. Suggested revisions (amendments?) to The Constitution of the United Worlds of Sol. ... Owing to the increased longevity of Beings in the United Worlds, Representatives should serve a One-time term of 10-years, and Senators should serve a One-time term of 20-years. By this, we also remove the costly and discordant "re-election campaigns." Those so elected may be subject to re-call by the Electorate for non-performance or malfeasants. All elections shall be by DIRECT VOTE of the Electorate by simple majority with no intervening Electoral college or similar. All Nation-States shall provide volunteer troops to the United Worlds Peace Troops, apportioned by a ratio of the respective population of each nation-state. Such Peace Troops shall be funded from the general funds of the United Worlds, and shall all train together for the purpose of maintaining Peace throughout the United Worlds. Each and every Representative and Senator shall sit in council one month per year with the Local elected assembly of each District / Province / State / Parish from where they were elected. Each and every Representative and Senator shall also sit in council two months per year in the General Congress of their respective Nation-State. These total three-months will be essential to duties with the Congress of the United Worlds. These are necessary in order to remain close to the people and understanding the wishes of the populations. Just for 'starters.'
4. Take a deep breath and exhale slowly...and once again...and relax.
5. Best Greetings All Earth Humans and Resident ExtraTerrestrials, United Worlds of Sol [ "If the electorate were electronically connected to the elected...and communicated constantly on all issues...the will of well informed and responsible beings...would more likely be instituted. Elections would be relatively cheap...if limited to internet campaigning and debating. One 10 year term for all offices sounds good to me." ] That is a very good idea = direct input into the legislative process from the Electorate. Secure connections with 512-bit encryption keys for every electorate-enabled computer link is doable. By this every competent Being in the United Worlds has a voice and vote in the Governance. As to elected terms of Reps and Senators, let's peg them at 12-years One-term for the Reps and 15-years One-term for Senators. Each body to be divided into thirds where a 'fresh' group of Reps - one-third - to be elected each four years, and a 'fresh' group of Senators - again one-third - to be elected each five years. A One-Term limit of 12 and 15 years each body would take a lot of the 'politics' and 'back-door deals' out of the picture now currently seen in re-election politics where favors and 'promises' are made to 'special interests.' By virtue of establishment of a United Worlds Peace Troop, the local Nation-States would stand-down all local 'national' armies. The local Nation-States own Police Forces would continue to maintain 'internal' order, and they will also be considered as reserves for the World Peace Troop. Look at the HUGE amount of <Gross-Domestic-Product (money)> to be saved by eliminating all the different 'standing armies,' which GDP may then be applied to solving Environmental and Social problems, and also building a better Interstellar SpaceCraft Fleet. Any and all Off-World Colonies shall fall under the protection of the United Worlds Peace Troop. Any Off-World Colony which obtains to a population of 100,000-Beings may become an independent Nation-State within the United Worlds of Sol with all rights, responsibilities, and privileges guaranteed by the Constitution of the United Worlds. Yes this is independent thinking, and I cast my votes 'Yes' for these proposals.
6. Great Idea, but there is probably already something like that for the whole galaxy.
7. I agree that the American Constitution has some great ideals and principles. The US seems to be the only country that formally recognizes that a citizen has absolute individual rights. That’s fantastic – even “cosmic”. But one big question is, how does that Constitution get so routinely abused and ignored and subverted in practice? (And indeed, all my own astral travelling and RVing suggests that that kind of subversion is unheard of on any other civilised planet -- with the exception of future versions of our planet, such as the P47s presumably are.) American readers probably have greater trouble viewing the American “matrix” objectively than do people from another country. (Sorry about that.) Obviously to most non-Americans, the American “matrix” has been manipulated so as to create a violent society. I know that Chomsky devoted half of one of his books to arguing and even proving that violence has always been one of the core central features of US society, from the beginning. It’s no coincidence that the crime rate in America is at least 12 times greater than in Western Europe. And that figure goes up to 16 or more times greater when it comes to crimes like murder. So another question is, how does one help people who live within such a violent “matrix” to detach from it, both individually and even as a society?
8. No offense, but I don't think that humanity needs a piece of paper or papers to co-exist in a new paradigm.We've seen what weight the Constitution holds in modern times (read: zero) and in order for a new document (or any document) to have meaning, it must be held to the highest regard by all and it must be respected or else, it is just a piece of paper.
9. You are right. Why wasting time on endless discussions about that? Do you HJ see any reason for that? i don't...or maybe there is....
10. There's nothing wrong with it. I'm just trying to stay "out of the box" in regards to my thinking.
11. Maybe someone does rule and own this solar system- should be part of disclosure.....
12. Are you assuming there is no galactic organization already in place? We may soon find out otherwise, and they may have something to say about what rights and authority we have outside of our home planet. If there is truth the stories about being "warned off the moon", they may have already done so. I think this exercise may be premature. First, we need to know where the transition leaves us as individuals. For example, how many laws and regulations do you need for people who are always working for the common good? What abilities will we have that we don't have now? What access to knowledge will we have? Second, we need to understand our place in the galactic system. We will be the new kids, and it's unlikely that we will be "laying down the law" for anyone but us. In fact, there may be certain standards for individual and group rights that we must elevate ourselves to. Third, we are likely to see massive technological changes based on suppressed technology that will completely change what we as humans are capable of. This must be put to wise use because we have a lot of damage to undo before we can settle into a new way of doing things.
13. Thinking beyond the earth is an excellent thing to do. Thinking in terms of existing earth paradigms is not going far enough. What can be accomplished with a civilization of loving beings who are constantly aware of their oneness with all others and their connection to god? What place does the concept of ownership have in such a civilization? There are numerous people who claim some knowledge of galactic organizations (Greer, Nidle, others), including some people on this forum (TraineeHuman, me). It would seem these organizations have been around quite a long time - millions of years at least. I think that makes us the new kids. Of course, that's just in the physical realm. We're all ancient immortal beings. Are we abused? Yes, but mostly by each other. Think of the recent history of the earth as a story designed to teach a lesson. What is it we are being taught? I think freedom is a big part of where we are headed. In many stories about the visitors, it seems they always volunteer for whatever task it is they are working on. The concept of being ordered to do something just doesn't seem to be there.
14. Sounds honorable ODM but I have a feeling you end up right back where we are now in the end, Games will be played and power will be centralized just like today . But I have found something give it a read and let me know what you think. A global action is underway that is moving your world toward the creation of a fully transparent banking system and a monetary system based on precious metals, such as gold and silver. This action is being implemented throughout most of the globe. To manifest it fully the American system needs to default to gold, and the Federal Reserve and the illegal Internal Revenue Service (IRS) must now disappear. The means for this to happen is in place, and quite shortly, all of this is to be announced by a new caretaker government in Washington. As these announcements are made, a vast reordering of the American Republic is to take place. The USA corporate entity that has long controlled this government is to be dissolved and the myriad statutory laws that were put in place since the start of the Roosevelt administration in 1933 are to be nullified. In its place is to emerge a smaller government with hugely decreased international commitments. America will be dedicated to peace and will no longer send her military to the four corners of the globe. All major foreign bases are to be abandoned and all remaining foreign bases reduced to their pre-WW II size (13 small foreign bases). America was never intended to be a European or Asian power. Japan and Germany need their naval, air force, and military bases back, and the US needs to withdraw from Korea and, in so doing, help reunify North and South. China needs to give up Tibet, and India, Pakistan, and Afghanistan to redraw their mutual borders. Africa likewise needs to address the same issues. The colonial map of pre-WW II is a sorry excuse for drawing up the borders of the nations of your world. A great deal of thought has been given to these matters by our Earth allies and by us as all of this constitutes a large part of forging a new reality for your home world. Further, it is necessary to restructure the United Nations and remove it from the clutches of the dark cabal and its many silent cronies. Let us return to the caretaker regime of the restored American Republic. The first thing you notice is that the vast social welfare net created by the Roosevelt administration is gone. It is replaced by a series of private organizations created by the abundance programs and by a structure framed by our Earth allies. The purpose of governance is to guide and direct; interference and regulation happen only in special cases where the "general welfare" is at stake. A return to "common law" blended with constitutional law is to become the new social contract governing the mutual responsibilities between government, business, and citizenry, and will be overseen by a new Justice Department. The premise of these laws is to "provide for the general welfare" as stipulated in the preamble to the US Constitution. America is once more to become a nation founded on freedom, prosperity, sovereignty, and the "pursuit of happiness." To accomplish this, a vast nationwide network of abundance disbursement programs is to become a primary force in the life of each American. The purpose of this is to enable each of you to become "your brother's and sister's keeper." You are responsible for each other and to each other. You are to become a community of Love and Light, and this is to extend throughout the globe. Your new reality is about helping each other, being caring, sovereign citizens, and making good use of those resources provided for us by Mother Earth and by your own creativity. To this end, a lot of technology, at present either suppressed or hidden away, needs to be revealed and fully supported by the world community. These new technologies can solve the current energy crisis, clean up your world's vast store of polluted water, soil, and air, and provide you with faster, more efficient forms of ground, sea, and air transportation. This is only the start of what you can accomplish in a very short period of time. A whole network of interrelated business enterprises can be built, which can also be the basis for establishing a workable system of "fluid group management." What you are getting ready to do is shed the society that you have lived in up until this moment. Yours is a society based on separation, fragmentation, and alienation. Only a few deeds of exceptional kindness on the part of some extraordinary individuals and service-oriented families have kept your societies from a continuous state of open rebellion. This has been the case down through the ages. Despite this, these groups were usually unable to prevent the sudden outbreak of such uprisings, and so your history is one long catalogue of bloody revolutions, mindless wars, and mass outpourings of pent-up anger. The aim now is to transform all this. Prosperity and mindful, loving cooperation can replace the above. New institutions are therefore needed which maintain and promote global cooperation. This is something our Earth allies and we have thought about long and hard.
15. I'm very impressed with this thread. Just a tongue in cheek comment... this is the old world of disorder. A new world order would be fine as long as there was complete disclosure (no more compartmentalized secret governments) and all were treated with love and respect.
16. Why own anything, let's extend the native american idea of no man owns the earth to the cosmos.
17. I do wish for egalitarianism or at least a good shaving off of the extremes on both ends. And in the end no one really owns anything in the "you can't take it with you when you die" sense. I'll be first to admit i may be stupid and lazy but i am also human. It's impossible for everybody to be equally good at capitalism, so i see it as a system imposed on the majority by the minority that are good at it.
18. I and a lot of people could live with that!! Cheers to ya!!
19. Really we are only custodians. Tho some think not.
20. Ya finally consolidated it! I'll buy that!
21. If corporate thinking doesn't change at the same time then yes we will. Everything is Free! Nobody gets Paid! Follow your bliss volunteerism! No more being marketable (like a slave)! No more unsustainable consumerism! (this is my rallying cry, perhaps i'll add it to my signature)
22. There we go.
23. Coincidentally, I was on Youtube yesterday watching some black and white film of Jung and Freud. Even back in those early days they knew that the negative compulsive matter was subconscious or unconscious and no amount of intellectual knowledge would suffice to clear out the part of the subconscious that is problematic regarding our fears and compulsions. It cannot be talked about, talk therapy is weak if not totally ineffective. It can be looked at however and that is quite aggressive and effective and does help me remove fears and compulsive ways of thinking-doing-being. It is amazing how I have healed myself by stopping my mind and simply looking. Looking brings Knowing and once I Know the whole knotty mess straightens out. It is reported that is how Gautama Buddha reached Nirvana -- he did some deep looking.
24. My problem with competition is some people are better at it (especially than me!) So until capitalism throws enough money my way (my needs are quite simple, i only need to approach 30k/yr to come out ahead and save money each month living by myself in a cheap 1 br apt) i'm gonna want some kind of Robin Hood revenge especially from those making millions to trillions, which is totally ridiculous. All i really want to do is write songs but you can only make money that way if it sells, why can't the fact i wrote a song be good enough whether it sells or not? Or can i make money as a youtube busker? Anyway....
25. I've always had a problem with competition[CODE] Competition in this world mostly brings envious spirits which later give birth to greed and many evil thereafter. On the other hand divine competition is entirely different since every soul is encouraged to give its best talent ,to show its light before creator and hence fore be a part of magnificence.
26. Ortho you'd be jealous of a couple friends of mine whose business is organ tuning/repair, they work on organs and to test their work they have to play them, and they avoid the theopolitics (is that a word, well it is now) however the downside (besides dead birds and mice found in the pipe chambers) is the travel involved since they cover the 5 state area of MN, WI, IA and the 2 Dakotas at minimum.
27. My dog (cockerpoo) really understands competition: he and his cousin (cavalier king charles) happily compete all day long with each other, and then at night they curl up together :-)
28. What I am getting is that the original split was within ourself and somehow an imbalance came about between "to be" and "to not be" and then a fixedness and inability to blend or merge, and all dichotomies can trace their genology back to this Prime Polarity. Don't take me literally on this as I'm just stating what I'm seeing at this point in my self-realization work, but 3 sessions from now I may find an even more basic Prime Polarity, or a twin Prime Polarity. The furtherest back in "time" for me was several quadrillion years, no kidding, and when I went back before time I had to measure it in terms of where it was in relation to when time began for me and when I first separated from the Static. For example, an incident was dated at 45% before time. If you can think abstractly for a moment almost all conflicts are a working out of the "to be" and "to not be" dichotomy. There are processes that help one resolve this irresolution other than "spanking the dog".
29. It is the same reported path the Buddha took to achieve Nirvana, and then he taught many of his family and friends and as far as I know -- no one got hurt :-)
30. Thought it was mental mast______tion that does that, lol
31. Ok Ortho, you asked for it. here's my two cents worth and totally my own words: I think ultimately after we go through the graduation ceremony of ascension we will be able to take our well deserved place through out the solar system and the galaxy and beyond. Our own inner personal self is what we will have learned to govern with responsibility and through that personal accountability and responsibility we will be able to coexist without fear of our personal rights being violated as others will be able to rely on that accountability not impinging on their rights. It is through this right of passage that peace comes. We are not the only ones undergoing this transition at this time. Others from Orion have also incarnated on earth at this time so that we may get through this incredible moment in galactic history with the ability to coexist after having worked out our differences. After ascension peace will sweep the galaxy. Those that can’t accept this new found peace and who choose war over peace will get their wish and will be able to blow each other up in their own separate dimension to their hearts content. This is God’s will and it is set in motion. We don’t need a complicated constitution to govern us collectively as we will all govern ourselves through individual responsibility. It is through complication that we have been manipulated for so long. The universal law is simplicity and totally workable. This is why the quarantine is necessary in order for the lessons to be learnt and ascension a necessary process.
32. It is not the intention to be contradictory. Ideal is an acceptable goal to seek. I must ask how well has your liberty being protected by the Constitution as it stands? As long as we give away our power to others to interpret and enforce a constitution we are leaving ourselves open to manipulation from others. If we move towards individual responsibility maintained by the laws of the universe in which we dwell. surely the only true liberation comes from individual responsibility maintained from within rather than without? It is only through our inability to be governed from within that we have been limited from venturing too far out of the "school yard" of Earth so it may seem from all the information presented on this and other forums of this nature.
33. I have questions: How many planets are there, exactly, in this solar system? Are there more orbiting on the other side of the sun, this star, at about the same distance from it, so we continuously don't know about their existence? Why should earthlings determine what the 'Constitution' of this star system ought to be? Or, is it better to be preemptive, take initiative! to have something in hand already? Is there already a greater 'Constitution' that encompasses other solar systems? Or does everyETone just make sh^t up, to the best of their collective ability and judgment?
34. Your thinking too small Ortho, Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom applied to the Multiverse.
35. How about something like this: We the united peoples of earth, the sovereign instantiations of the creator source in this physical time space universe, do hereby claim our sovereignty. We have been misled, misguided, misrepresented, enslaved, genetically manipulated, tricked, given physical embodiments that are easily addicted to all sorts of physical stimulation, distracted, and generally treated like the laughing stock of the universe and associated multiverses. We do hereby state that we no longer can accept this. We let go of all negative energies and emotions such as greed, lust and hate. We refuse to fight your wars for you. We are the sons and daughters of the creator. We claim our rightful place in the universe. For we the meek shall not only inherit the earth but the entire universe. We state plainly that without all these manipulations by outsiders we will be free to act as responsible sons and daughters and take up our rightful place under our Father Creator Source and next too our Christed Brother Jesus. Those peoples of the universe that wish to stand beside us in our cause as universal brothers and sisters shall be welcomed with open arms. For we take up this oath to honour our universal responsibility as sovereign creator sons and daughters. This is our pledge and so it be done.
36. I see that as a good one Initiate. The key for me in taking back our power is realizing that it wasn't taken away from us by bad guys, we had to give it up. In other words, although we've been deceived, we didn't have to fall for the deceptions. So now's time to take personal responsibility as Co-Creators with the infinite and realize the mess we're in was created by our own unconsciousness and giving away our power and decision making to those outside of us. Anyway, nice work. Ortho ~ I agree with the theme here, here is the big question: We have a constitution in the USA right now, but it does not stop the powers that be from doing their thing right? So what exactly is going to stop "lucifer" bad guys etc. from suddenly turning hte other cheek and respecting the divine in all people? What do you think? Sure I hear yah, you'd like em to retire and have a beer with you. Now free will is the universal law. The whole point of creation is we are supposed to respect and celebrate teh divine in each other. The whole point of the fallen beings is they are seeking to destroy the divine in all life rather than celebrate it or raise it up. So my question to you is, what needs to change then in order for your suggestion for a universal constitution to be effective? Especially given that we already have a constitution in the US and it is obviously not respected by the PTB. What are your thoughts?
37. Hi ortho - I haven't read your last 2 posts entirely yet, but I wanted to say I liked Initiate's #100 post [Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom applied to the Multiverse]. The multiverse thing completely overrides the 'throughout the universe, in perpetuity' that's on your Lawyerese Goes Galactic thread. We've got to up the ante on those idiots, and that term would do it IMO. Even 'in perpetuity' is a misnomer (in a time is everywhere multiverse), because it's linear in concept, which could be kind of wrong. I'll have to dig up some theorizing about that.* *Another post about that! Operator ... Former Dutch astronaut explains how ‘time’ is created by human beings (video)http://projectavalon.net/forum/showthread.php?t=18026 Also, 14 Chakras had some thoughts that I've also had. Say, just because a document exists, it doesn't mean it has effect. Now I'm wondering, who cares. We make it up (well, you make it up or copy it, analyze it whatever). Luckily, it's easy to 'enforce' - actually no enforcement really needed because it's Namaste-ish.
38. So let's just revoke it. I mean, I have not seen the agreement, so let's just speculate that, yes, it's a problem. And BOOM it's gone. I wonder then can we boss them around with our consciousness, a kind of coup d'etat with our calm minds. Then, if there's psychic energy to spare after calm, it's like we say, CLEAN UP THE OCEANS!! NOW!! MAKE AMENDS HIVE MIND BUDDIES!! YOU OWE US FOR RIPPING OFF HUMAN TISSUE!! (And don't even get us STARTED on breached agreements here and wherever else!!) Etc.
39. Where's Aldebaran? It seems to be where the Nazis go. I have no recollection of this kind of thing. I sprung from the earth. Yes, waging war all the time - so many delusions. Doesn't matter who, what, when, where, why. Let's just go Bible there - yes, homeworld. Until more DNA information is available. Is that why we're being picked off? Oh wait, that's the US military. The genetic stardust is in everyone. It's a bit crude, too (well, not for me), but earth's fecundity and fertility and life is a result of death (like compost) and **** - that's soil for ya. Our mothers, fathers or clone dads or whatever ate what's around to grow. It's consolidated in our bodies. Maybe you're from somewhere else than me, but we are earthlings.
40. So I guess my thoughts is this: If we have a good document in place now that is supposed to be the law of the land, and we understand Namaste here, then how come things are sucking in the government? How will this change if we sign another document? What is the point of a document if no one follows it no matter how good a document it is? We already have it in place Now, and what's happening? It's not working. So for me, the most important concept is: We can't solve a problem from the same level of consciousness that created the problem in the first place. A better document will not bring Namaste Responsible Freedom to the masses or the elite. Nothing in fact, will change from a document or an agreement or a handshake, because the nature of the PTB / PTW is deception. The way of the collective consciousness is currently unconsciousness, ignorance, follow the leader sheep mentality. Much less than what has been required to hold the government accountable to the people. I will suggest that it is indeed a valiant effort and vision for Namaste Constitutional Freedom, but that it will ONLY come when the collective consciousness, the collective agreement shifts into a higher level of consciousness where it becomes much more clear that each individual does indeed have a Divine spark within them. How else will the concept of Namaste become the way the world is run if people do not actually see this? So for me, the goal should be to shift consciousness higher to where Namaste is Self evident as the only Way because it is the Way of our own enlightened Self interest. Since we share a collective consciousness, the way to get there, is by raising our own consciousness, seeing through our own illusions and recognizing the Divine in our own heart, as well as all those we meet. When enough people really do this, the collective consciousness will shift, and then people will actually follow a great document for Namaste responsible freedom rather than abusing it. So first comes consciousness shift, then comes Namaste Constitutional Freedom as the natural output of that.
41. The more freedom of expression and self-determinism and response-ability and self-awareness these ET societies have the less verbiage and checks and balances they employ. Their citizens would have a higher courage and personal integrity level and so the criminal minded and gangsters and moochers would prefer to go somewhere else for easier pickin's.
42. If we could raise our awareness to ourselves as infinite beings would there really be a real estate issue? Wouldn't it then be more a question of how to close up shop in a decent and orderly fashion? Sweep all the debris back to the Source?
43. That is exactly how I escaped some of the last between lives manipulation. When they turned a "Be Calm" machine on me an image of Buddha appeared and he had a red ruby in his forehead and the "Be Calm" machine got turned onto the Reptilian and I dived into the ruby which was a vortex that landed me in a specific pre-destined location. I landed in the lecture hall where Ron Hubbard was delivering the classic lectures in Scientology in 1952. I further proofed myself up this lifetime with my clearing work (ongoing). Because if one thing does not get to you, another thing will and they will keep plying their tools on one until one can no longer keep his focus. There is a growing body of clearing practitioners and spiritual remote clearing people and the prices are reasonable for most. CAVEAT EMPTOR and please do some clearing work to proof up against any possible mind control, etc.
44. thanks for the links, some good ones there but there is no way im listening to "we are the world" also any chance of a one sentence summary of the above?
46. The next chance I get we are going to take a look at morphic field rulerships, esp. the major religious groups. Let you know what we see. Others may go and look and see it from a different facet. It seems that whatever one focuses on relates to that person's own "Prior Karmic Cause". Perhaps after I clear that out I will see a more complete picture.
47. Even though your role is different from my role in rehabilitating this planet, it is important for me to be able to take different views as to form strategy for my own work. My role looks like it will involve me in large scale spiritual clearing assistance and aesthetics/arts. Today the role is more that of a warrior against fixed polarities, and the "warrior" part of the job will end when the more black-white polarities are resolved leaving mostly "complementary polarities" to deal with. Oh, what a wonderful lifetime that will be!
48. I have a question or a proposal to you: Based upon the maxim that "without a vision the people perish". would it be okay with you if the people are given a huge vision of making planet earth a model for the -- gulp -- Universe? A model of equanimity, decency, order, egalitarianism, freedom of expression. I heard on the grapevine that some of the most interesting beings have been being dumped on this planet and the recent inflow are some of the most brave and idealistic volunteers. This could become a real hotspot of the -- gulp -- Universe. Okay, at least the two galaxies. Also, since it seems to be an undenied factoid that this is a Universe of Dualities, which seem to have caused us spiritual decay, could we not also include the vision of Planet Earth being a model of "collapsed dualities"? I know this can be achieved and I have practically forever to help bring this about... Now, I know that particular phrasing won't sell in the marketplace and there might be numerous groups arguing about the best way to uncollapse beings from their precious polarities, but I would rather see a bunch of philosopher kings bashing their heads against each other than the current stuff that is going on. You know -- it would be an improvement :-) I'm willing to take this step by step....LOL.
49. You are speaking of separation of church and government, right? So it will be up to the teachers, gurus, priests, etc. to promote the vision. However, I never for once thought of my proposal as other than another technological issue to be resolved in this particular universe. Okay, took a step back tohave another look...will respond later.
50. Another quick interjection before I go and do my housework ... the more self-governance individuals exhibit the less temptation and provocation to introduce arbitrary rules. The more rules the more rules will be broken, and every broken rule, tabulated and measured, becomes a diagnostic tool so that the "fix" does not become more and more precise rules. What will the "fix" be?
51. If a religion is running a government, it is called a theocracy. Some muslim countries are run by their religious leaders. But many other countries have governments that are not run by a religion (hopefully USA is still one), or they may have dictators, or they may be run by a monarchy… So I suggest you check your facts. Here is a place to start: http://www.nationmaster.com/graph/go...overnment-type
52. Hang in there Ortho. It only takes one consciousness to build a pathway to a new universe. If it is the Will of All that is that it comes about then so be it. I know one thing, TBTB are on borrowed time. So, keep thinking about the Universe after their gone. I'll ride in your star ship any day and under Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom. It's bigger than the United States and the Solar System. It really is Universal.
53. It is hard for me to read scripture except for short snippets, having had it dogmatically enforced for a little too long, but I appreciate the personal truths I find in scriptures.
54. "Though shalt have no gods except yourself" Oh, that's so deliciously funny!
55. Well my friend, we could co-miserate over a cup of coffee someday: In this "body culture" planet if no one is listening to you then you are a little too "heady". Haven't you noticed, it's all about the meat. I long for a society of cleared beings (Bodhis) but dang'ed if I'm going to get one going on this planet with my current intellectual approach. If I said "clearing removes wrinkles forever" (it can) .... I can't do that. At the end of that coffe klatch we would be best off with you deciding you are going to create a good rule of government for your own benefit, and me deciding I am going to clear myself right out of this universe and only send back a hologram of myself in the faint hope...yeh, I'll just play with my holograms :-)
56. Do what gives you enough pleasure to keep wanting to do it. Practice gentle undulation. If you, like me, enjoy posing problems of civilization, I could think of worse avocations. When it comes to governance, I'm ready for a paradigm shift, something totally different, totally balanced, a society that needs less governance. A governance that does not create arbitrary laws because a few people caused a problem. If we solve the problem of why we need rules and laws in the first place, then perhaps we could all do very well on good communication and simple agreements.
57. I like that you are posing some big problems/games to yourself. A while back I posed the problem of civilization to myself. Why I did that? At that time I did not consider that I could simply leave the game intact and -- get this -- not play any game at all if I so wished. I'm considering the last option right now.
58. So it has been written. I'm starting to not identify myself with meaning or with life as meaning. Sometimes I can be drawn into the River of Life with imaginations of what the world would be like if Buddha had succeeded in populating the planet with bodhis. I see shopping malls filled with enlightened/awakened bodhis :-)
59. Yes no one with a heart cannot help but want to reach out to people. Not only as bodies, but also as spiritual beings who know they are more than just bodies. I guess the first thing to do is to sit down and get very realistic about what one is dealing with here on this planet. I'm supposed to write a book about how a civilization is built from the ground up, but if I start writing it might start writing me and I'm not ready for that yet. Thanks for the thumbs up on the bodhi scenario. The buddha I see was very much into eating well and he liked his luxuries, was not an ascetic by any means, but very very vigorous in reaching out to people and working with them to help them do their practices to reach their own bodhi state. I used to frequent the Bodhi Tree store in LA. Met some interesting books and people there. I think my job is to help birth people/bodhis who can in turn work with you to organize societies and perhaps cities. I don't mean going out and having 12 children (although I thought of it). If you said, "Hey, everybody, let's get together and talk about how we can turn this planet into a tourist center for the ETs." You know, put a very fun and body/nature oriented slant on it. A government run like a business. That is how my book would slant it. I'm only putting emphasis on the spiritual technologies because governments and civilizations and societies failed because beings could not govern themselves, much less each other. An awakened society enjoys more freedoms and needs less government. Administration and organization would be the main function of government. Can you imagine how exciting this planet would be for ETs to visit!!!
60. Let me ask you, how would you propose units of exchange -- an economic system or standard?
61. Remembrance of human symbiosis with celestial planets has to be priority in the consciousness and super consciousness. From standpoint on this planet we are looking at our assssss! I would think that planets who have made it somehow have preserved this visceral knowledge. This is the million dollar question. Maybe the logos of spirit is stronger in frequency and maybe we are just an example of lack there of.... I think an entire population with the knowledge of the cosmos and intention would create nature to give what it needs because in a sense you could travel with your mind. The understanding of physicality and spirit would allow one to explore the universe. In this energy matrix corruption cannot exist it might spontaneously pop up but it is soon seen and redirected/transmuted. So in this sense tech, industry, hierarchy would not exist. Now to explain exopolitical vision in this plane presents quite a problem. Hence the quandary of our language and mind being corrupted to suit malevolence. Its not that we cant do good its realizing the conditioned programming done for thousands of years? Its like the idea of philanthropic concepts. For our time without future vision the GOvt helping us to regulate society and protect us can seem good. But in a 100 years all the philanthropic ideas will be used to control us. Does our species have a reboot system, Maybe... Are a few of us trying to use intention to create intervention in the Freewill plane, maybe...... Or are some of us just being born to realize the everlasting black hole of evolution to finally be released from reincarnation here, maybe....
62. Whew reincarnating on this type of planet is a workout I dont want anytime soon. I think a trip down the Akashic records to reorganize my soul for some time then a traveling celestial healer and running with the comets for a bit will do me some good too. Then after some time I will come back to this plane. I think mind will move matter so in that sense the currency will be knowledge and manifestation. Working within a social circle attaining what one needs from its social dynamic. Same as it is said, that a huge chunk of "karmic" energy is within your family. So a community dynamic based on attaining cosmic knowledge exchanged by energy from consciousness. Can you dig it??? My reference with biased physicality in societal commerce is slim. It could be that technology is a barometer of nature and human symbiosis. In other words to much tech exhibits lack of awareness?? Or it just could be a plane that exist in evolution. Hence UFO's and that level of tech and cosmic knowledge. A possible example of why the lack of contact. Maybe there exists here this idea of just benevolent frequency of mind that teaches a tech based society/galaxy. So in other words everyone and I mean everyone is waiting for the Ancients to make a move. Just a thought. But back to the point, A basic level of understanding the importance of uniting/transmuting energy into liberty must be viscerally felt, allowing for corruption to barely sustain itself. Telepathy??????
63. I think a middle ground on our contexts could be the question. How do we eliminate corruption?? Now Ive seen people due to various reasons reach a vibration that creates a type of truth serum and their lies are given in a type of confession. Like detoxing venom in a way. An easier example could be just basic transmutation. Water to vapor? How this relates to consciousness mechanically I do not know. I know our Slave Masters will be able to use tech to determine if we are in Right THink for sure in the future. Maybe another analogy would be like the Movie Avatar. The people have a cultural attachment to a deity that guides them and they prosper together in that endeavor. This example is happening now with the slave masters creating their GOD that we will follow into space war. I just cant get my mind wrapped around a post industrial space traveling high tech human species working together without corruption being our master. I for some reason think that there will be a jump in evolution, telepathy, mind over matter, creating space and time. We will fall into the Astral plane so to speak, realizing that matter is only 50% of our equation of existence... I get you on psychic bullying but i have a good feeling that the new awareness will be fresh like the new teachings of an ascended master, but over time it could be corrupted. I hope in the knowing we will strive to be better astral traveling sentient energy beings.
64. In my simple way I would say bare essentially clear the being and the constructs such as mind and other electromagnetics lose their hold. This is a linear process until it hits the exponential stage where unpredictability becomes the norm. Who can govern unpredictability? And why would one? In today's clearing session I realized that on one of our levels of creation I had said, "Nothing good is going to come out of this" and I said it with 100% intention. I made myself "right" all the way down the infinite black vortex that I kept creating for myself (with some "help"). Ortho, any form of government that maintains simple decency and order so that I can be just free enough to continue my work, but not putting too much burden on me What if you started with local self-governance? If I recall correctly the Old Testament God did have some practical civil ideas. One of them was for the people to rule themselves and there were circuit judges. I think they had circuit priests too who were only as good as the god they served. Then one day they decided they wanted a monarch.
65. Yes, I was going to say something like that to Magamud. Yes, the more I clean myself up the more I discover another layer of hidden evil purposes. And that for now is called progress. This work fosters my connection with my higher self. Following your line of thought, if one took the demi-gods and prophets as just that and stayed connected with their own higher self...part of the bill of rights would elucidate the right to one's own sanity and the right of sovereignty of one's own higher self. Where are the religious halls and temples that teach one to culture that connection? As far as architecture, cultivate these rights, and you would be pleasantly amazed at the new level of arts that would surpass any cathedral. You would walk into any government or church building knowing that you are as special as any prophet or demi-god or other creator god or leader or beaurecrat, etc. Each man a sovereign.
66. Im sure if a benevolent frequency needed help laying a foundational Namaste Govt they would ask you Orthodoxymoron! Thanks for your insight...
67. Hi Ortho, I don't get the energy that you do off Magamud's post. You have indeed invested a lot of energy into this subject. And my take is that Magamud saw this and was stating that if (when) the guardians of the Solar System need advice then you would be an excelent source of input from the Earth Human perspective. It is also highly pluausable that at a higher level your higher self is indeed providing this input.
68. It seems there is already an organisation that manages the Solar System. "Beyond our own Galaxy, there is a large organization of Galaxies who also follow the Path of Light, known as the "Intergalactic Union of Free Worlds". The function of this Organization is to coordinate and peacefully regulate affairs between the various Galaxies, Planets, and Solar Systems, and generally to uphold the Universal Law throughout our whole Universe. The MilkyWay's Galactic Federation is locally represented within our Solar System by another body called "The Interplanetary Federation of Planets'. This local Solar System Interplanetary Council convenes on the Planet Saturn with representatives drawn from all the other inhabited planets of our Solar System. Up to now, Planet Earth has not had its own native-born Third-Dimension Earthly Representative, and so until Earth has made its Ascension to the higher dimension and is able to join on a conscious level with the whole of our Solar System Federation, Commander Monka of the Ashtar Space Command has been appointed on our behalf to represent us at their Council Meetings. " http://www.thenewearth.org/newearth2.html#5 If we accept that as Human beings we are multidimensional then I would suggest at some level you are involved. It has nothing to do with good or bad. We are trying to move out of duality. When we make the ascension I vote "Othodoxymoron" to replace Monka as our representative !!!
69. Sounds FAR FAR too American for my liking I'm afraid, I'm not anti American but lets face it the US seem to want to control Earth, next would be space, next the universe?
This is really about a Perfected Humanity Living in a Perfected Solar System...Without Extermination, Enslavement, Gods, Goddesses, and Megalomaniacs. Basically...Creating Heaven Throughout the Solar System...Without a Theocracy. This could take thousands of years. We may even be lucky to simply survive. I'm not promising anyone a rose garden. I don't really know what we're up against. We may be in more trouble than even I think we are.
A big thank-you to everyone who has contributed to this thread. I condensed all of the comments (other than mine) into one post (above). Then I re-read them...and I was very impressed with the responses. I learned a lot. I'm running out of what little steam I once had...and someone else needs to do what I can't with the principles and concepts in this thread. I really don't want to be a pest. I'm tired of bumping my threads...and probably everyone else is even more tired of this than I am.
Here is a compilation of the comments from this thread, so far. See the previous post for a compilation of the comments from 'The United States of the Solar System' thread, on Avalon 1.
1. Excellent!
2. Hey ODM,
Some of these so called factions you have mentioned, have been doing things for so long, that they don't know anything else. They have been doing it for thousands of years. Been doing it for so long that they know nothing else. Call it a habit. When Alex Collier mentions "a new place of knowing", the ones that have the oxygen based frequencies understand that concept. The hydrogen based ones do not.
What you are asking for, is at present, impossible. Only a few seek some of the similarities you seek. What sticks out is what is in your heart and even though you may not think you are an experiencer, you certainly are. Just by anchoring your energies to the Planet, you are doing the Creator's will. So don't be so hard on yourself. Personally, I think what we all need to understand out of all of this is that we are heading to a new place of knowing. Asking the questions or asking about the possibilities is expressing freedom on many levels that we sometime can not see.
Rest a sured, that things will be changing dramatically in our very near future. You can also say the darkside are even causing those changes to come into our near future that much sooner. Agreements were made and not honored. The darkside were presented with an ultimatum and the darkside, for it's own salvation, was given a way out for providing the services of the negative polarity they chose to participate in. They however didn't honor those agreements with the original intention and more or less said, "F U".
A prime example are the Draconians. Including all the branches coming off of that lineage, which were sub contracted, which would include certain factions of Greys that are sentient, other Reptilian factions, and God knows what else.
There is no reasoning with some of these groups. Their message is that if they can't have their way with this world, they will destroy it. And that message has been around for a long time now. But will that message become a reality? According to some who spread the fear mongering. But in reality, it is nothing more than the bully's resolve or better yet, his threat. I say this because there are to many others working on this Planet's behalf. Some of those who are found in our books of myth, who are present in the now, have always been in service to this Planet.
If you also look at some who have gotten a real bad rap, by the darkside playing the discrediting card. Because we hear what the darkside put out there and believe without testing it out, assuming in ignorance that what they say is true.
It would be so much easier if everyone would embrace self governance in alignment with the Grace of the Creator, instead of all this separation.
The United Nations as it stands is a big fat joke. It has been hijacked. Talk about a building full of bad bricks. I have only dark things to say about this place and will not comment further.
Just thought I would add my 2 cents and to let you know you aren't the only one in the woods.
3. Aloha Lionhawk and Oxy. The questions that also come into play here are these: Is Px real and headed this way? Is the galactic wave real and headed this way?
These are crucial questions because how can these other off-worlders be held responsible for destroying the planet if it is going to get a major overhaul from the nearing proximity of Px or being washed over by the galactic wave?
One such vision from Dr. David Jacobs who wrote The Threat is that whole grey alien hybrid is for them to populate this planet AFTER what I suspect "the galactic wave." I'm still not sure about Px although I know quite a few others are convinced. My supposition about the wave is based on testimony from Eleni who is an abductee and did report that she had been taken tothe future to an underground city where she did personally experience the effects of the galactic wave. From what she reported I seriously doubt too many would survive such an event on the planet's surface. This brings us to the next question. Ascension or transformation into another density frequency as a result of experiencing the wave?
We know that Astral Walker is claiming his ET resources showed him how Px is coming in and will effect the sun where the sun will expand (expect major mass CMEs) having a major impact on the solar system wiping out Mercury and Venus, then shuck its outer husk.
There are also reports from other scientists who think that our solar system, including earth transiting the galactic plane will be pulled into the Milky Way galaxy.
Who is to say if any of this will occur? Yet irrespective on what one thinks about the ETs I seriously doubt that they are responsible for the current and upcoming earth changes beyond what mankind has already done with his toxic pollution.
4. Aloha Carol. Carol said, "We know that Astral Walker is claiming his ET resources showed him how Px is coming in and will effect the sun where the sun will expand (expect major mass CMEs) having a major impact on the solar system wiping out Mercury and Venus, then shuck its outer husk."
Here's a question. If the solar system is alive as a whole body, why would the Sun destroy one or more of it's vital parts? Why does Astral Stalker's energy signature come from the lower fourth? Why is he in fear of what the sun might do? Why do the Draconians fear the Sun? Further more if you look at this with 3D eyes like the scientists do where everything as far as results are based in a reactionary type test tube, never seeing the Universal dance within that tube, is it a wonder we are fed with the resulting fear?
The Galactic Wave has been verified. It is just a matter of when. Based on what actual evidence, who says it will destroy everything? The sad part of what an abductee might experience, is information being projected into the mind of that subject. Mind you I am not doubting what Eleni might have experienced. I have seen what some of these projections can do. Also the following behaviors that result from it. And if she was projected into the future, what she saw was a probability at best. That can always change in a second.
What if this wave will bring the codes necessary for this sector to evolve? What if it can rewrite the codes that these other factions have tampered with in their quest for power? I say bring it on because according to what time I have spent on this, I do not see it as a negative thing. And what if it is a negative thing? Does that mean we will be destroyed? Maybe 3D wise. But the real answer to that is we won't be destroyed. I have witness the action of resurrection.
While we are at it, since Earth was side stepped to another time line, who says we won't be put back on the original time line before this wave gets here? My point being is that so much can happen by the time it gets here. As long as we keep looking at things with 3D eyes, we will be constantly bombarded with the reactionary results steeped in fear. If we stay hypnotized by that fear, we will get caught in the wake of what may come.
Here lately I have been working on some of these issues. What I haven't mentioned is what is going on behind the scenes in regards to some of what we call, Ascended Masters. They are preparing. As one stated he will come as himself after things settle from what is heading our way. If things go as planned, by the time Dec. 2012 gets here, we will already find ourselves in a new place of being and knowing before hand. I am very optimistic as to our future. It is upon us now. So enjoy the now with the ones you love and we will all be just fine. Folks like Astral Stalker are probably running for their lives, looking for a place to hide, keeping those around him in a state of fear, controlling their life streams to command his will from lower fourth density energy, forgetting their lives are already blessed. Another so called light worker bites the dust. It happens all the time sad to say. Reminds me of the movie Poltergeist where that preacher led his follows to a cave. Forever trapped, soul wise. These so called end days are very interesting indeed.
Even the Grey invasion is a probability. There are so many probabilities and the majority of them have been nullified.
When the colors of the planetary bodies start changing their colors and you see northern lights everywhere on the Planet, grab some popcorn and a diaper. LOL
5. Orthodoxy this entire post is one of the best things you ever wrote . It 's brilliant my friend. It reminded me of the profoundness of that teenager's speech in front of the UN . " The girl who silenced the world for 5 minutes " https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TQmz6Rbpnu0 I think you could have your place by her there.
Thank You
6. Popcorn and a diaper, huh? Hahahahha.. I'm not afraid. What is there to be afraid of? Potentials are just that, potentials and have yet to manifest. And I tend to be pretty blase when things do happen where I'm
I raise these questions because they are what pop into mind. I do recall what Patrick Geryl said and along with Paul LaViolette with respect to the superwave theory. And there is plenty of evidence of the sun doing its CME thingy from the past. If Px does come in closer with it's multiple trail of orbiting satellites it only stands to reason that there will be increased solar activity. And as I recall, the planet is also in an Oort cloud, an immense spherical cloud surrounding the planetary system and extending approximately 3 light years, about 30 trillion kilometers from the Sun.
The other issue is the sun and massive CMEs the closer Px gets to it or do you think that just a hoax as well.
Oxy, you've done it again. You've raised so many questions it's going to take me a good hour just to sort through it and think about the points you raise. However, I think the Black Madonna different, as is Kali (the dance of destruction is done without malice and Kali is not after collecting souls from what I know. That is what makes Lucifer different as Lucifer wants to be God and have people worship him. Yet we know that Lucifer was given control over this dominion and that those who know how to create heaven on earth will escape his influence. From what I know of those who are fully engaged in spiritual warfare, Reptilians are involved but I'm not sure about their relationship with Lucifer. Is it different? One friend who went through an exorcism spoke of the demons coming out of her that looked like dragons. To her this stuff is real.
As for the Oort cloud there is info below.
Tidal forces affecting the Oort cloud come from stars in the Milky Way's galactic disk with some pull from the galactic core. The tide results from the sun and comets being different distances from these massive amounts of matter. The force on the comets from these tides is greater than the perturbations of passing stars, and comets beyond 200,000 AU are easily lost to interstellar space. This pull contributes to the steady state which replenishes the outer comets that are randomly distributed away from the ecliptic plane.
The total mass of comets in the Oort cloud is estimated to be 40 times that of Earth. This matter is believed to have originated at different distances and therefore temperatures from the sun, which explains the compositional diversity observed in comets.
Typical noontime temperatures are four degrees Celsius above absolute zero. As temperatures move toward absolute zero, the kinetic energy of the molecules approach a finite value. Absolute zero should not be considered a state of zero energy without motion. There still remains some molecular energy, although it is at a minimum, at absolute zero.
The Oort cloud is the source of long-period comets and possibly higher-inclination intermediate comets that were pulled into shorter period orbits by the planets, such as Halley and Swift-Tuttle. Comets can also shift their orbits due to jets of gas and dust that rocket from their icy surface as they approach the sun. Although they get off course, comets do have initial orbits with widely different ranges, from 200 years to once every million years or more. Comets entering the planetary region for the first time, come from an average distance of 44,000 astronomical units.
Long period comets can appear at any time and come from any direction. Bright comets can usually be seen every 5-10 years. Two recent Oort cloud comets were Hyakutake and Hale-Bopp. Hyakutake was average in size, but came to 0.10 AU (15,000,000 km) from Earth, which made it appear especially spectacular. Hale-Bopp, on the other hand, was an unusually large and dynamic comet, ten times that of Halley at comparable distances from the sun, making it appear quite bright, even though it did not approach closer than 1.32 AU (197,000,000 km) to the Earth.
The Kuiper Belt and The Oort Cloud
There are presently nine known objects orbiting between Jupiter and Neptune (including 2060 Chiron (aka 95 P/Chiron) and 5145 Pholus; see the MPC's list). The IAU has designated this class of objects as Centaurs. These orbits are not stable. These objects are almost certainly "refugees" from the Kuiper Belt. Their future fate is not known. Some of these show some cometary activity (ie, their images are a little fuzzy indicating the presence of a diffuse coma). The largest of these is Chiron which is about 170 km in diameter, 20 times larger than Halley. If it ever is perturbed into an orbit that approaches the Sun it will be a truly spectacular comet.
Curiously, it seems that the Oort Cloud objects were formed closer to the Sun than the Kuiper Belt objects. Small objects formed near the giant planets would have been ejected from the solar system by gravitational encounters. Those that didn't escape entirely formed the distant Oort Cloud. Small objects formed farther out had no such interactions and remained as the Kuiper Belt objects.
Several Kuiper Belt objects have been discovered recently including 1992 QB1 and 1993 SC (above). They appear to be small icy bodies similar to Pluto and Triton (but mostly smaller). There are more than 800 known trans-Neptunian objects (as of early 2004); see the MPC's list. Many orbit in 3:2 resonance with Neptune (as does Pluto). Color measurements of some of the brightest have shown that they are unusually red. In late 2002, a Kuiper Belt object over 1000 km in diameter was discovered and provisionally designated 2002 LM60 "Quaoar". In early 2004 an even larger one, 2004 DW, was found (its size isn't well known yet, but it's almost certainly smaller than Pluto). And in late 2005 the discovery of 2003 UB313 (now officially named "Eris") was announced; it is very likely somewhat larger than Pluto.
A team of astronomers led by Anita Cochran report that the Hubble Space Telescope has detected extremely faint Kuiper Belt objects (left). The objects are very small and faint perhaps only 20 km or so across. There may be as many as 100 million such comets in low-inclination orbits and shining brighter than the HST's magnitude-28 limit. (A follow-up HST observation failed to confirm this observation, however.)
Spectra and photometric data have been obtained for 5145 Pholus. Its albedo is very low (less than 0.1). Its spectra indicates the presence of organic compounds, which are often very dark (e.g. the nucleus of Comet Halley).
Some astronomers believe that Triton, Pluto and its moon Charon are merely the largest examples of Kuiper Belt objects (Pluto can still be considered a member of the Kuiper Belt in addition to its classification as a "dwarf planet").
In 1950 Jan Oort noticed that
1. no comet has been observed with an orbit that indicates that it came from interstellar space, 2. there is a strong tendency for aphelia of long period comet orbits to lie at a distance of about 50,000 AU, and 3. there is no preferential direction from which comets come.
From this he proposed that comets reside in a vast cloud at the outer reaches of the solar system. This has come to be known as the Oort Cloud. The statistics imply that it may contain as many as a trillion (1e12) comets. Unfortunately, since the individual comets are so small and at such large distances, we have no direct evidence about the Oort Cloud.
The Oort Cloud may account for a significant fraction of the mass of the solar system, perhaps as much or even more than Jupiter. (This is highly speculative, however; we don't know how many comets there are out there nor how big they are.)
In 2004, the discovery of an object known as 2003 VB12 "Sedna" was announced. Its orbit is intermediate between the Kuiper Belt and what was previously thought to be the inner part of the Oort Cloud. Perhaps this object is the first of a new class of "inner Oort Cloud" objects.
But Kuiper Belt and the Oort Cloud are more than distant curiosities. They are relatively pristine remnants of the nebula from which the entire solar system was formed. Their composition and distribution places important constraints on models of the early evolution of the solar system.
7. From Spirit creation takes place manifesting the world we experience . Matter, energy , space , time and therefore the galaxy , the planets ,the stars , our sun are mirroring Consciousness as it evolves . The Sun to me is reflecting our Heart . As we individually and collectively center in our Heart allowing it to fully expand and open so will our Sun expand accordingly not as a threatening process but rather as the perfect mirror of our inner transformation. There is nothing to fear about this . As Lionhawk points out the whole universe is a living being. There is only life and the expression of Life in perfect balance always . As understanding of who we really are takes place , as we recognize the divine process we are integral part of expansion takes place and Light floods in. So Within So Without.
8. Everything starts from imagination orthodoxy. Without it the world would'nt even exist. You have all it takes to accomplish your dream for you have the vision and your heart as the carrier wave. Write that book my friend and spread it viral . You've got the talent as a writer and you are truly inspired .And besides you can write so quickly that this book can be on the shelves right on time . No one else can do this for you but you can do it for everyone else.
9. Solar governance?
Gotta learn to walk before running.....
Self governance would be a start!
10. I would like to make a distinction (If I may) as I see it not being made and for those just coming into the Information - It is necessary.
-//-
When We talk about Personalities at the Dimensional Level of Powers and Principalities (Such as a Queen of Heaven or a Planetary Prince, etc.) - Gender is really about an intended look for the moment and is not a selection which is Static. IE - It is scalable and changeable depending on the Entity's / Personality's intentions in relation to actions It is undertaking at any one time.
What I mean to say is that these Personalities can take on any Shape - Gender - or Position that They deem necessary so as to achieve Their Goals.
In fact most personalities in the Higher 4th, 5th and Upper Densities would be considered by Us as Hermaphoditic in Gender. That said - You likely already knew this Oxy. Its simply for People scanning the Thread who may not be aware of It as I'd seen that it had not been displayed yet.
11. You have to look within Oxy for if you search for Truth without it will always elude you . You may even find several truths standing in contradiction with one another opening the door to more and more speculation . And when you think you know the next moment you realize you don't .This is how we keep the world alive . If you could only for a moment stop the inner dialogue you may catch a glimpse of a freedom and peace that no mental process will ever reach and gradually begin to understand the world as it is in it's naked state. I wrote the following for a friend of mine lately but I realize I wrote it for all of us that get caught on the merry go round .
Your longing for Mother wrapping you in her wings ... To let yourself sink to the very core of her Heart . To tune your soul and body to her soul and body and listen to her soothing song of everlasting peace . To let her kiss the darkest corners , inner turmoil, fears and bring them to complete rest . Stop the inner dialogue and find your way back to the perfect stand still . Lay down the arms , every thought that we hold to define ourselves and live our life with some sense of composure . Be completely naked in her womb ...stripped of every word , every idea , every single tremor in the mind . Withold nothing , give .. give away every thing so as to hold on to none . Let the walls crumble , the dream dissolve , remove the 3D plug . A moment of nothing , nothing at all , only trust in her arms .
When humans become too much , when there is too much noise around , when one does'nt know anymore and one feels lost and tired ...Time to go blind , to go deaf , to go mute to this world and find that other world ever present , ever silent to this one , ever tranquil , ever beautifull and ever perfect . Mother holds you in her infinite Love and takes you there ... You close your eyes and hear the sound waves landing on the distant shore , the seagulls flapping their wings , the sun warming your body , the soft breeze caressing your cheeks and blowing in your hair . As slowly you let go of it all you discover you can fly and reach the mountains ... the smell of the leaves and fresh earth under your feet ..the majesty of long standing trees holding their brothers and sisters over far reaching distances through their roots . The fragance of blue and yellow flowers are showing you the way to the hill's crown....Your true eyes allow you to see lands never visited before .. The water fall you meet gives you fresh and invigorating water to drink . You watch it running through every cell of your now transparent body making it glow with sparkling light . As sunset falls you gaze at the night sky filled with stars . Everything seems to fit ... nothing to add .. nothing to take away .....You know you reached the river of suspended time and you feel deep within a Love so great that it blinds you and you know at the core or your heart Mother has taught you once more that the cloth of infinity is what you are made of and where you belong , where you always are , before you dream the world.
Much love for you
mudra
12. I believe we will first have to bring peace within ourselves , our families , our communities , our countries , our Earth before we can contemplate beyond.
We must have both to Integrate them and appreciate a Third.
14. orthodoxymoron wrote: So...do we need the bad side of Stalin, Hitler, Pol Pot, Idi Amin, and Anna (in 'V') ?
Its not that We need Them as Individuals per se but rather for the Lessons They teach Us about Others and Ourselves as well.
In order to move past Error - One must see where Error was made - Understand the Error and thereby move through It in the Integration of Understanding how the Error came about so It doesn't get repeated...
Sort of like been there - Seen that - Got the T-Shirt. This implies that One has come to understand what has gone before. How can One stay away from repeating another's Errors If they don't walk - At least figuratively in the Error-maker's Shoes ?
Now honestly - All I meant to imply above by My comment is that "Music soothes the Savage Beast"...
15. Oxy - I have downloaded the additional A.R. Bourdon & Eric Julien Material...
I will read the Material tonight and have comments for You tomorrow. As I have said before - What makes You think You're the only One interested in Solar System Governance...
Many are (And are working hard towards It) but We must get Planetary Governance straightened out first. That said - The Machine Gun cresecendo of the pace of Your questioning is remarkable and appreciated Dear Brother.
That said - I will endeavour to be worthy of It. If only My Twin Flame wasn't in such need ATM - I could do better than I have. Owell - This will change...
16.
Raven wrote:
orthodoxymoron wrote: I was serious when I said that I hoped that this activity was being duly noted somewhere in the galaxy. I fear that we are headed down the wrong road, and that we will not turn back, regardless of the warnings, and regardless of the rantings and ravings of lunatics such as myself. I really wish that I had a shallow underground civilian base to go down into. At this point - I am ready to go down - and stay down - for a long, long time.
Indeed Oxy, duly noted it is. You will not be alone hiding under those rocks. Rev.6 KJV
[12] And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; [13] And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind. [14] And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places. [15] And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains; [16] And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb: [17] For the great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?
17. OK - I have read the Bourdon Material as well as the Julien Material and It correclates with what I have been trying to get out...
-//-
Simply put - I've been trying to tell many that the whole Rebellion / Power Struggle Issue has been Their Issue...
The Bible is Their Story - Not Ours. Did We fall with Them - Yep - But then You'll follow someone Whos never lied to you before won't You...
We've learned the Discernment on that one - Late Yes - But learned It We have...
-//-
BTW - As an aside...
R.I.P.
Zecharia Sitchin passed away last Week...
Born July 1920 (age 90) - Baku, Azerbaijan SSR
Died October 9, 2010 - New York, New York
Thanks for the Enlightenment. You've shed light into Dark corners and for that - We thank You...
> Go easy Zecharia...
18. Yeah its definately a three way power struggle but lets simplify It first - Then complicate it later...
> One Being wishes for a Larger Agenda to be implemented - Universe Wide (Perhaps Prime Creator ?).
> Another Being is in Charge by proxy of that Agenda (Perhaps the local System Sovereign - Nannar / Christ Michael ?).
> The Third Being wishes for there to be a different Agenda and be in Control of It (Perhaps Marduk / Lucifer ?)...
That said - Their Battle of Armegeddon will be between the Kasim (The Remnant Annunaki) and the Useanesda (The Incomers from the Homeworld).
Now guess Who's inbetween 'em as this gets going ?
Yep - Us...
19. Oxy - Since You seem to love Riddles and deciphering them I have a Path to trickle down in relation to the U.N. if You're Interested and utlimately a Truth You can expose to the Membership - If You're up for It?
20. K - Well let Me set a premise...
Their Plan is that the U.N. will be the One World Government under One Titular Head following which One Worldwide Religion ?
Seriously - Find out which new Religion They are about to foist on Us and It will expose alot of what We and You have been talking about alot lately...
Please post what You find and Yes - I have gone down this Path but find it will be useful to go about it this way to begin a more concise discussion of the Issue...
21. Awesome and Their One World Religion will be based on the...
Urantia Book.
Their U.N. Theosophist was a student of Blavatsky's and Alice Bailey's Works. I'll have to find You His name...
Hes like the U.N.'s Archbishop by Position even though there isn't a Position for It yet or so They tell Us.
Ashtar Command - Gizeh Intelligence ring a bell ? Yep - All related...
22. orthodoxymoron wrote: Are Ashtar Command and Gizeh Intelligence the same thing - or are they two factions of essentially the same group. Are they Annunaki, Masonic, Nazi, and Luciferian ?...
...I just want the problems to go away - and for everyone to be happy. Is that too much to ask?
No Ashtar Command and the Gizeh Intelligence are not the same thing but as You have said - They are two factions of essentially the same Group.
As I understand It - They are both Renegade Corps and are made up of Lyrans, Pleiadians, Sirians and such that do not fit into the Reptilian or Draconian Ranks...
The Kasim (Remnant Annunaki / S.a.A.M.i.) have Their own Command for the Earth Mission of which Marduk is the Titular Head and shares power with a Council of Twelve. The Useaneshda (Incoming Annunaki / S.a.A.M.i.) are under S.a.A.M.e. Governance with Nannar as the Titular Head now taking over from Anu (Finally)...
Yep - Theres alot of 'em and I'm only touching the surface here.
The above said - The Ashtar Command was not always compromised as It is now but was taken over in a Mutiny led by the Renegades. When that Mutiny occurred I am not sure but it was a long time ago to be sure. Aeons likely...
It will go back to Its rightful owner have no doubt of that. Just another Job in a long list of Jobs to do here before the Shift - LOL...
23. You're not the only One that would like to tell Them where to go...
You have It Oxy. We must be Sovereigns and Govern Ourselves...
But how can One Govern Themselves if They are not Soveriegn ?
Do You now see where I was going with this Idea of Sovereignty previously ?
The Namaste Constitutionally Responsible and Free Solar System is an absolute impossibility WITHOUT Us being Sovereigns thereby ensuring It...
Once We are Sovereign - The Model You've espoused will work very well.
So with that said - We must learn to be Sovereign and through that as We Govern Ourselves in Unity and Harmony - We will make the Namaste Constitutionally Responsible and Free Solar System - A fact...
24. What We must do is deserve a place at that Table by becoming Sovereign and this is in the ET's Words...
Once We are of enough understanding - That place at the Table is waiting for Us...
That said - Perhaps We now see why It is so important. If We don't become Sovereign as a Race on Our own by demanding and supporting the right kind of change not only in Our World - But in Ourselves - That place will not be forthcoming - And others will speak for Us by Proxy as has already been happening for Aeons...
If We want that place at the Table - We must change Our ways and become Sovereign or Its a no-go - Period...
So then one should say to Themselves at this Point - "Time to become Sovereign"...
25. You are right in that it requires responsibility for Ones actions but moreso It is that the Individual Who is Sovereign seeks the Highest and Best Good of All Concerned in All Things before deciding on a course of action.
In this respect it could be said that Christ Consciousness = Sovereignty - But that would be an oversimplification. What would better be said of this is that Sovereigns are Christ Conscious or hold the same understanding and responsibility as that.
These Individuals by Governing Themselves responsibly - Are viewed as Sovereigns because They will not make a decision in which there is a loser and a winner. All will Win in effect by decisions that are made by Sovereigns. Now when I say All will win - This means that All will get what They focus on as it relates to a decision made by a Sovereign.
Sovereigns will not violate the Free-will of another and are Integrated in that understanding. Sovereigns rule Themselves without the need of Rules or Governing by others as They know how to not Violate the Free-will of others not only by Their actions - But also by Their Mentalisms...
Technically - We give up Our Sovereignty when We take on the Birth Certificate but that is Sophistry by Fallen Entities and truly - Act as a Sovereign and thou wilt be One...
I will have to think on putting this into more of a Layman's understanding but I hope that the general thrust of My explanation here is adequate to begin the Discussion on It...
26. orthodoxymoron I had the same problem as you until I found this information about the laws of the cosmos and what we are supposed to be doing to be self-responsible and to understand what is a win-win situation and free will
These are the kind of principles you are not going to be taught in school or church but they will align you with god source and the civilizations that are resonating with that frequency
It is not easy to practice these principles in this world but the more one endeavours to do so the easier it becomes
Aligning with god source has the added value that it changes the spin of the DNA too so it is a tool for ascension
There may be others that list this principles and explain how they work but I have not found them yet.
27. Don't get caught up on Win-Win semantics or front-load It too much. Launguage is so limited but what is meant by a Win-Win SITU with a Sovereign is that Negatives may be expressed if that is what those specific Individuals have focus'ed on.
For instance - If Dark Ones Focus on Power over Others - Sovereigns should then act to ensure that any Free-will that the Darks have violated - Receives release if that is what They seek whereas in relation to the Dark pushing the Program - They would then be left alone to Contol each other - Also getting what They have focus'ed on - IE - Where Their Minds are at...
You have it essentially - Become Fully responsible in order to Govern Oneself and One will then be Sovereign...
28. Win-win has to be the best possible solution for all involved, it is unlikely that will happen in this planet as a whole because there is a mix of consciousness but, we can apply it to our immediate environment
Lucifer can not compete with God Source because God Source as consciousness is so much bigger than Lucifer
God does not compete, it does not have to. When you have it all and can create it all why will you compete?
No one is asked to obey in a free will system, aligning with frequencies is what we do second by second. Some frequencies are enhancing and make us more whole others bring death to the body and eventually self-destruction
Rebellion to what? When we rebel we disown our own creations, all that is around us is the product of our present frequency and hence a perfect response from consciousness. The way of changing reality is by changing our frequency to the direction we desire to create. It is not easy to understand this but thoughts are things and if we direct our thoughts honestly towards what we want we are more likely to manifest it than not. It is not simple because there is a collective creation too but the more we focus the energy the more things change in our immediate environment. The way to get things fast is by being grateful because all creations are co-creations. We are the architects but the elementals are the builders and so it takes two to tango hence being grateful helps
Freedom is a state of mind, like joy or love. We feel free regardless of our outside circumstances and circumstances respond to our personal frequency too progressively
Self responsibility is a good choice that leads us into self-love and many other wonderous ponderings
The link that I mentioned contain very clear guidelines that can assist into learning how to co-create with the cosmos.
29. Behold, oh beloved Mother Earth, you shall no longer be in twain. Your children by father sky have gathered to end your enduring pain. To heal your body in matter, joined to the love in your mind. A new family you have nourished to become caring, gentle and kind.
Can you hear the movement up high in the heavens above? New trumpets are sounding, sending peace on the wings of a dove. The angels of the dark have found their maidens of Light's delight; in harmony together, they are entwining each other so tight.
What peace is this? As above, so below and a true Love! Knowingly agreeable the netherworld has become and so suave. Redeemed are the darkness and the light as the ancient prototype, for all loves to follow, when the seeded fruits are ripe.
Oh come home to Eden, all you Lucifers~ sons of the stars. All you Adams find your Luciferas, your Eves, end all the wars. Where are you Mars? Venus~Aphrodite come forth, be seen! Let your passions be two, in mind and in body, be ever so keen.
New worlds are born in the joining of two bodies in One. God and Goddess together, just as every moon must have a sun. Its the end of the mystery, the closing of a night so dark. The dogs of Sirius are barking and announcing a new journey to embark.
30. Watch this very carefully Oxy. Infact watch it several times, maybe it will sink in. I keep offering you the Red Pill and you keep choosing the Blue one. I do not hate you, just the bull$hiT you stand for and allow to blind you to the Truth.
31. Barely,as its full of nothing but egotestical puritanical rantings from a completely ignorant fool, who would rather spend hours typing endless bathering bullshit out of his incessant mouth, and listening to his own"higher" ego then the True higher ego of the Divine.
No comment, but if one reads your bullshit enough,one gets an idea as to the degree and level of how deep your rabbit hole goes. Mostly the hole leads right up your XXX.
Oh bullshit oxy, you LOVE this XXXX, its all you talk about and point people in the direction of it!! Get over yourself already. You are an incredibly ignornant Xxxxx hiding behind a false puritanical skirt, who needs to grow some balls and accept his own self responsibility. Law of attraction baby, what you dish out will be in kind served back to you. Your so called sincere search is nothing but your own whining out loud,hoping for some small platitude from anyone taking the time to read your vomit.
32. Has someone got their panties in a bunch? Oh wait....it must be that "True higher ego of the divine" speaking". Self Governance comes from knowing and understanding the Divine...............I'll bet that venom comes from one of those "aspects", or "archetypes"
Divine understand? not so certain about that........ but non the less, "enlightening" words Raven.
33. What do you want me to do Oxy? Unban her so the two of you can go at it? Her posting all that porn was over the top and she was insulting to another member... way insulting.
Some have expressed I leave what she posted. I saved a few posts in the admin section but all the porn I deleted along with some of the more offensive posts. Disagreement is fine but how one disagrees plays an important role here. Posting porn to make a point isn't it.
34. Rant is right! And you were right to expect just that. It's one thing to disagree, it's another thing all together to attack.
35. Oxy, you may not have been offended but I and others were. And I made it very clear earlier if something is posted (with respect to porn pics) if it offends me, I will delete it. I could have left some of the other pics up but was so pissed off by that time I got a bit carried away and deleted them.
I'm sure Raven has copies of the links somewhere.
36. Oxy, you are a gentleman. And a member of this family - not just a guest.
We can't allow the posting of porn and an ongoing relentless attack of another member to go without consequences.
Currently she is banned for 100 days. The other admins and I will discuss this as it is important to include others input. This forum belong to the members. They can share their opinions as well.
37. I sense a storm brewing in this thread. Not because of anything that Mercuriel or ODM has posted. But once that Thuban ooze seeps into any place, nothing good comes from it. I've seen the exchanges on that one.
Fact of the matter is that once you do the work within, you will embrace your sovereignty and won't need a philosophy that originated outside of yourself. So for someone to say to go within and still be preaching from a Thuban pedestal is just simply hypocritical.
One shoe doesn't fit all here. Much of it depends on the individual. To take a paint brush and consider everyone to be the same is an insane perspective. If you have to be guided by a philosophy so you can function, means you have already been compromised.
And if you quote Jesus and never even met him, just goes to show you how really connected you are. Operating from a second hand perspective is second hand no matter how you slice it.
And if I had to choose between ODM's constitution and the Thubans rhetoric, I would go with ODMs' and would work my arce off to make it happen. At least he embraces and invites everyone to the table. Instead of you being served up at a Thuban table.
I throw caution to the wind at this moment. And whoever is listening in the background, just know I am still breathing and my memory is like an elephant. The exchange will not go in your favor this time around. This is not a threat but a promise. Thanks for the convincing exchange you provided last time. You will reap the wrath that you have sown and I will gladly deliver it.
38. I agree with Brook on this one Oxy. Everybody evolves. It just depends where they are on the ladder. You're the man standing there reaching down offering hand to those nearby which is a good thing. But those who turn their back on god end up creating distance of their own making between the Divine and the hell realms. The hell realms are a place of darkness because these souls have taken themselves further into the hinderlands away from the light. Eventually, they too, according to Hindu philosophy - will continue to reincarnate until they move back into the light and are reabsorbed into source (singularity).
What gives me hope is that the galactic wave... this major increase in cosmic gamma rays will infuse all on the planet and alter DNA and consciousness. It is an evolutionary step toward the light. And at that moment, individuals will have the opportunity to choose which path they will move towards.. to choose with consciousness. Those who cannot forgive themselves and are ashamed will sink. Those who seek singularity will rise. And all continue to evolve.
39. ahhh
Listening to Latin Masses nourishes the soul.
40. I can see where you do miss Raven and am sorry about the action taken yet had to draw the line somewhere and porn is over the top for this forum. So is personally attacking another member. She is quite intelligent and was on a real roll with you and was challenging your constructs which wasn't a bad thing... yet the way it was done wasn't such a good thing either.
I do think she may be on Tony's forum but don't have the link. I suspect she is angry at being blocked as no one who has that happen is too thrilled about it.
I agree with what you posted here:
Nothing short of a complete reformation of all churches and governments - to become completely in harmony with the concept of RESPONSIBILITY - will result in the last, great, true renaissance which will bring peace to the world, and to the solar system
This is very astute.
As you tend to post a lot of content it takes a bit to go through all of it to respond. So I'll keep this part short for now.
41. ......hmm
When Krisna’s friend Arjuna asked the same questions, Krisna said there is only way to know by meditation. The Maya queen (illusion) uses matter to condition us. Arjuna said ‘I have so many thoughts and questions…’ Krisna said - Yes, to stop your thoughts is as hard as to stop the wind, but only when you conquer your mind, you are free of thoughts you will free yourself to understand how matter and mind conditions us.
Tagore said – if we can only think unconditionally with any ever made reference to any knowledge….
42. Something like this:
MISSION
This site is devoted to the cause of non-interventionism and is read by libertarians, pacifists, leftists, "greens," and independents alike, as well as many on the Right who agree with our opposition to imperialism. Our initial project was to fight against intervention in the Balkans under the Clinton presidency. We applied the same principles to Clinton's campaigns in Haiti and Kosovo and bombings of Sudan and Afghanistan. Our politics are libertarian: our opposition to war is rooted in Randolph Bourne's concept that "War is the health of the State." With every war, America has made a "great leap" into statism, and as Bourne emphasized, "it is during war that one best understands the nature of that institution [the State]." At its core, that nature includes an ever increasing threat to individual liberty and the centralization of political power.
Antiwar.com is one project of our parent foundation, the Randolph Bourne Institute. It is a program that provides a sounding board of interest to all who are concerned about U.S. foreign policy and its implications.
In 1952, Garet Garrett, one of the last of the Old Right "isolationists," said it well:
"Between government in the republican meaning, that is, Constitutional, representative, limited government, on the one hand, and Empire on the other hand, there is mortal enmity. Either one must forbid the other or one will destroy the other."
This is the perception that informs our activism and inspires our dedication. Non-interventionism abroad is a corollary to non-interventionism at home. Randolph Bourne echoed this sentiment: "We cannot crusade against war without implicitly crusading against the State." Since opposition to war is at the heart of our philosophy, and single-issue politics is the only avenue open to us, Antiwar.com embodies the politics of the possible.
Our dedication to libertarian principles, inspired in large part by the works and example of the late Murray N. Rothbard, is reflected on this site. While openly acknowledging that we have an agenda, the editors take seriously our purely journalistic mission, which is to get past the media filters and reveal the truth about America's foreign policy. Citing a wide variety of sources without fear or favor, and presenting our own views in the regular columns of various contributors, we clearly differentiate between fact and opinion, and let our readers know which is which.
The pressing need for "citizen experts" is the reason we set up Antiwar.com. In this process, the site evolved very quickly into an online magazine and research tool designed to keep the American people and the world informed about the overseas plans of the American government. The history of our site and of American foreign policy demonstrates the demand for such experts.
The founders of Antiwar.com were active in the Libertarian Party during the 1970s; in 1983, we founded the Libertarian Republican Organizing Committee to work as a libertarian caucus within the GOP. Today, we are seeking to challenge the traditional politics of "Left" and "Right." At present, none of the existing parties or activist groups offer an effective vehicle for principled libertarian politics. Yet even in the absence of a party of liberty, we cannot abstain from the struggle. We strive to lead the non-interventionist cause and the peace movements that many respected institutions have forgotten.
Forged in the experience of the first Balkan war, Antiwar.com has become the Internet newspaper of record for a growing international movement, the central locus of opposition to a new imperialism that masks its ambitions in the rhetoric of "human rights," "humanitarianism," "freedom from terror," and "global democracy." The totalitarian liberals and social democrats of the West have unilaterally and arrogantly abolished national sovereignty and openly seek to overthrow all who would oppose their bid for global hegemony. They have made enemies of the patriots of all countries, and it is time for those enemies to unite – or perish alone.
Antiwar.com represents the truly pro-America side of the foreign policy debate. With our focus on a less centralized government and freedom at home, we consider ourselves the real American patriots. "America first!" regards the traditions of a republican government and non-interventionism as paramount to freedom – a concept that helped forge the foundation of this nation. THE FUTURE
Antiwar.com is already fighting the next information war: we are dedicated to the proposition that war hawks and our leaders are not going to be allowed to get away with it unopposed and unchallenged. The War Party is well-organized, well-financed, and very focused. They know what they want: a renewal of the Cold War, increased military spending, and a globalist mission that would project American power from the Middle East to the Korean peninsula and all points in between. And they know how to get it: mobilizing special interest groups and key corporate allies in a propaganda war designed to win the hearts if not the minds of the American people. The antiwar forces, on the other hand, are not so well-positioned. Everyone is for peace, in theory at least, but there is no one group of Americans especially disposed to work for it, outside of small religious groups such as the Quakers and the Catholic Worker movement.
Lacking a centrally coordinated leadership, without financial resources of any significance, and incredibly diverse, the organized opposition to the first Balkan war was unfocused and of limited effectiveness. Currently, the antiwar movement against a war on Iraq is considered anti-American and left-wing. However, we are changing this perception by leading the cause of the patriotic peace movement, which understands the true costs of war. Unfortunately, the organizations pushing for actions in Afghanistan, Iraq, and other areas around the world are stronger and better focused. Antiwar.com has become an integral part of the movement against these groups and for peace by disseminating accurate news and commentary.
Antiwar.com is dedicated to building an awareness of the globalist and interventionist forces that would enslave us all in a New World Order on which the sun never sets. But we can't do it without you. Tell your friends about Antiwar.com, and also help us do our job by bringing items to our attention. We are always looking for material, and we welcome your suggestions, whether of links or in the form of original articles submitted to the editors.
43. I have been reading your posts for a couple of years now, from AV1 to The Mists. Most of your posts have been about governance... Who is in control? Who do want in control? What type of control is best?
Honestly, though, the overriding thought that I always have is that I do not want to be governed. Period. To me, choosing which type of government I want to replace the current governments is akin to choosing which new type of poison I want added to my drinking water as a replacement for the currently present poisons.
Govern - To take control. Rule. Hold in check. A government of any type will create a power struggle. Whenever there is a hierarchical system, there will be those who wish to be at the top of the pyramid...who will suppress and trample others to reach the top. In my opinion, anything resembling government as we know it will produce the same results as our current governments are producing. The basic structure of "The Church" is the same as that of the government...
The only solution to our problems that I can propose, is to treat each other with kindness and compassion. We must truly be filled with love for ourselves, our neighbors, our planet, our solar system, etc. I believe that love IS the solution. Be filled with love, and everything else will fall into place.
44. This is an Awesome Video. Please watch It as It will tie into the Issues You and I have been discussing lately.
Video > The Secret behind Secret Societies
That said - As an aside to providing a more detailed answer to You about Lucifer choosing / not choosing Annihilation - I will have to Post that answer to You on Tuesday.
The reason being that as I sat at home last night going over what I was going to detail in displaying this - I realized that I needed to make up some Diagrams and such as visual aids to go along with the display of that Info. As I am @ Work today and tomorrow - I will have to create them at Home. The PCs here don't really have any good Imaging Programs to use for that purpose.
Now as I'm doing 12 Hour Shifts - When I get Home I don't have alot of time to do much of anything before I have to go to Bed for the next day's Work - So - If You would be so gracious as to allow Me to reply to the Lucifer Issue once I'm off on Tuesday - I'd appreciate It greatly.
45. Its good to know that You've seen the Video I mentioned and Linked. It will help greatly in the explanation to follow.
46. 105 Powers Creator has...
-//-
In dissection of that ;
> 33 Degrees of the Scottish Rite...
> The Lesser Book of Solomon - The Legemeton - Mentions the 72 Ineffable Names of God - Or more succinctly - The Fallen 72 Powers and Principalities that Solomon called on in His Time...
Now - 33 + 72 = 105 > The Powers of Creator...
Its simply a matter of Us believing through Knowing how It comes about - That We are Indeed on the 105th Floor having forgotten We're Creator trying to remember Who We really are.
That being Our Origins and Reason for being in Matter in the first place...
Pater = Father
Mater = Mother
Alma Mater = All - My Mother...
47. We are currently in Containers (Bodys) They have seriously edited to be what They desire and yet still We thrive...
Spirit having a Body Holmes and as They had a part in that Body and have Warred to Control It - That is Their connection - Nothing more and when You see how Its You as an Aspect of Spirit in this Body - Not a Body having Spirit - The Container is simply that.
We are not the Container - It merely contains Us as We chose It coming in and breaking that Bond through Knowing It's true Origins - Moves One beyond Their Control or any Other's for that mater.
More on this tomorrow...
48. My Dear Brother,
Have no worry that Your Posts seem to fall on Deaf Ears. They do not. I mean look at the Views...
Over 2000...
Not many answer Me either but it bothers Me not.
You ask questions that MANY have no idea how to answer. They're going through these same Issues Themselves about what to think through coming into Gnosis and so I prefer to think of it this way.
We are Vibration. Our Questions and Utterances into the Reality are also Vibrations. Like Ripples in a Pool there will be an answering Ripple from every Originating One. That You ask is immensely important so never stop. We think therefore We are so to speak and so if We stop thinking - Will We still be ?
In the current Earth / Terran Drama - We are in the Hybrid Container - Part Reptilian / Part Mammalian - Some being 30/70 - And some being 70/30 but that is a lesser understanding if We stop there. That stated though - They are family of a sort - Grandparents if You will in terms of Species developement and We have through those Genetics - The same potential to Evolve as They have. Hence Their attempts at Edits over time. Another question at this point would be - Who created Them before They created Us as the Hybrid ? Eh ?
The Body / Avatar - In All Instances - Is the Vehicle and the case here is that We're driving on Roads They've set before Us. Our Task here is to take Our Vehicle off road if You will and drive that Vehicle without Their Regulations interferring in the Experience.
Consciousness comes to Planets by way of "Life Carriers" for lack of a better Name. They place "Consciousness Anchors" and Awareness then gathers in the Magnetospere of said Planet. These "Anchors" are not placed however until there are Vehicles on said Planets that have evolved enough so as to be Containers for Them.
Lake Vostok - Antartica
"Early research into Lake Vostok indicated that the body of water had a depth of 2,000 feet—far deeper than any of the Great Lakes and half as deep as Asia’s Lake Baikal (5,000 feet)—a length of 300 miles and a width of 50 miles. Contrary to what was initially believed, the lake received filtered light. Further investigations also detected the existence of geothermal sources which warmed the lake to an astonishing 50 degrees Fahrenheit, with “hot spots” of up to 65 degrees. Given these new discoveries regarding solar radiation and temperature, scientists suggested the possibility that the lake’s encapsulated atmosphere purified itself through a complex interaction with water, and that the chances for vegetable life forms were very good.
Research conducted by Russian scientist Ian Toskovoi—who vanished near the Vostok station in March 2000—on “geothermal upboiling” also hinted at an alternative means of purification and replenishment for the subterranean lake’s atmosphere. Toskovoi’s geothermal upboils were located in the so-called “ice dunes,” which appear to be formed by thousands of bubbles of air measuring between several feet to several hundred feet.
However, the most intriguing news coming out of Antarctica had to do with the extremely powerful “magnetic anomaly” located in the northern end of the lake’s coast: a discovery which would give rise to a number of conjectures and would be compared with the fictional TMA-1 (Tycho Magnetic Anomaly-1) in the movie 2001: A Space Odyssey.
The electronic newspaper Antarctic Sun (www.polar.org), which soon became the main source of information on the Lake Vostok magnetic anomaly, stated that during the initial flight of the SOAR (Support Office for Aero-physical Research), aimed at conducting magnetic resonance imaging over the area, the magnetometer recorded an increase of 1,000 nanoteslas beyond the 60,000 nanoteslas which characterized the Vostok Station. Scientists had expected to find magnetic anomalies in the range of 500 to 600 nanoteslas in areas where volcanic material could be located, but the ranges encountered were simply startling. “This anomaly is so large that it cannot be the product of a daily change in the magnetic field,” stated Michael Studinger, one of the researchers involved in the mapping endeavor.
Also significant was the sheer size of the anomaly: 65 by 46 square miles. According to the mission’s geological team, the anomaly’s size and severity pointed to the fact that geological changes had taken place under the lake, suggesting the possibility that it was a place where “the earth’s crust was thinner.”
Ellesmere Island - Northern Canada
"A 1965 paper presented by Canadian geophysicist John M. DeLaurier of the Dominion of Canada Observatory. According to this scientist, there was something strange going on beneath the ground at Ellesmere Island, a barren location mostly covered by glacial icecap and roamed by herds of caribou and musk oxen.
Professor DeLaurier’s paper discussed the existence of a structure so vast that it defied imagination—a quasi-cylindrical loaf of an object measuring 65 miles long by 65 miles thick at a staggering depth of 80 miles. The huge structure had been detected by seismic equipment located at Alert, one of the U.S.-Canadian Distant Early Warning (DEW) stations in the Arctic wilderness. Studies showed that the object, which straddled the earth’s mantle and crust, was the source of some sort of disturbance—similar to the situation encountered at Lake Vostok 30-odd years later—affecting the magnetic field at the Alert facility and “inducing a strong flow of electricity.”
Official sources have not provided much additional information regarding the mysterious Antarctic lake, and the controversy rages on across the Internet, while hundreds of different opinions clash over the nature of the goings-on at this remote location.
In early March 2001, a U.S. channeler known as Lady Kadjina replied to a series of questions regarding the mystery of Lake Vostok. Regarding the nature of the magnetic anomaly, she declared that long before the Antarctic became icebound, the continent had been used as a landing site by extraterrestrials. The ever-benevolent aliens built what we would call an observatory, explained the channeler, equipped with a signalling device capable of broadcasting coded messages. More and more such observatories would be discovered in coming months, and Earth governments would try to seize them. Lady Kadjina added that the observatory contained vast crystals which put forth a certain kind of magnetism, which had been employed as a guidance system so that large spaceships could land at that location.
Research Lake Vostok (Magnetic Anomaly under Ice) as well as Ellesmere Island (Magnetic Anomaly). In one Word - Monoliths of Immense size...
49. Oh I agree but I would offer up this in reply. I surely cannot make anyone believe any Video - Picture - Or Audio Sample but I would say that what the attempt is not to have any One believe anything sacrosanctly - But rather to expand another's Consiousness by showing the possiblilities that are out there.
In most instances - I post Pictures to promote the thought about them - Not to say - This is that or that is this - And I'm sure in many instances You do too. That said though - Pictures I have posted have turned out to be used by Shows such as the History Channel's "Thats Impossible" - And "Ancient Aliens" as well. Why do I have 'em. To be Honest - Many I have found while lurking the lonely halls of the Net while the World Sleeps and others I've been sent by those I've come to Trust as wanting to get the Info out.
That said - As You are going through Our Astronauts and what They have said about this Issue or Issues related - You must be aware that ALOT of Them Craters up there do not fit the Shape that They should have for the Impacts that are visually displayed at Ground Level. I mean some of Them Craters seem to suggest that They're Holes and not Craters using various Imaging Filters.
So - If We see a Moon like Phobos to be something other than a Moon - The Logical next thought is that We must be dealing with at least a Level 2 Civilization in terms of It's Galactic capabilities...
IE - Battlestars and or Planetoid sized Ships for lake of a better descriptor.
50. Your not paranoid friend hehehe. I'm slightly clairvoyant and I can clearly see myself being watched by entities assigned to me, whereas the average person does not realize they are being watched by those that are assigned to them 24/7. They are there when you shower, go to the bathroom, download movies off the net without paying for it etc, hehe.
51. Duplicate of 50.
52. Orthodoxy have you ever considered putting all this material from this thread into a book? Happened to read the Lacerta files on this Thread (do you have the material in another post as well?) and find the material quite fascinating as I am interested in the evolution of mankind our species. I do believe that you are a genius who very few are taking seriously. Keep up the good work.
53. Oxy who were all those men in that pic post 257? Please be more easy on yourself...reading some 100 day challenge posts may help. I was thinking today about a few "evil" souls in the world (e.g.Prince Philip, Henry Kissinger) and finding it awfully difficult to be in a forgiving mood if and when they take the big plunge (Death) thinking only or wondering if they'd only get a "slap on the wrist" on their Journey towards their own Hell. Will the Creator have anything to do with such Souls or does the Creator wash the hands of such an ugly mess.
54. Hi OXY. I've had you on my mind these past few days and was dreaming last night and thinking of you. In the dream I was traveling through a worm hole having a great time.. I reached a place where I saw a fence blocking my way and remembered who I was (sans physical form) and just passed right through it as it was nothing other then a construct, an illusion of something that in essence was nothing unless I chose to make it something by pretending it was real and looking for a way to climb over, walk around, find a gate, etc. Constructs are all illusion unless we choose to give meaning to them. So as I was passing through the fence like a ghost I was laughing enjoying knowing who I really was, a spiritual being with a multidimensional body as are you OXY.
55. Beautiul pictures Oxy. When Raven comes back I let you two go at it and stay out of it. However, porn pics will be deleted. There was feedback from the members who thought you needed some protecting. Given how you keep calling Lucifer into play it seems you have more to work on. Only what you may have overlooked is that Lucifer is here and has changed his path. All that is left are those who are still committed to the path of endarkenment.
56. Did Raven say they were coming back? Did she change her avatar too? I was a little disappointed to see that person go, because I always thought the people here were mature enough to handle any opinion, even if they disagree, even if the person believes in Satanism or Lucifereanism, etc. My reasoning is people that are preaching love and light and oneness, have the perfect opportunity to practice it in real life online, without having to resort to censorship. My ideal vision for the whole New Age Movement, is for it to move in a direction, where people say whatever they want, and even if they don't agree, they just don't say anything negative or hurtful in return, a movement where everything is tolerated, everyone minds their own business, resulting in true authenticity, instead of a PA2 hive feeling. I suppose I find it appalling, and amusing simultaneously, when lightworkers go berserk online. I'm disappointed at them for not practicing what they preach, but not surprised at the same time. heh
57. Oxy - Did you ever read Angels of the Cosmos by Masao Murata. Its little known in the west but there you may find something akin to your namaste constitution. He travelled quite wildely throughout this solar system and documented his findings. Check it out. http://openlibrary.org/books/OL12489925M/Angels_of_the_Cosmos
58. Good stuff, Oxy! btw, always keep in mind that your posts at MoA are much appericiated!
59. A real thanks for the link of this phantastic music ican imagine how it sounds in a big old middleage church continue with your thread you are not the only one confused in this times. All the best - sabina
60. Why is everything important, a great big military secret?
The main reason for this is the problem of religion. That has been articulated fairly clearly. Funny isn't it? All other issues have been dealt with. This one seems impossible to deal with. This is the final reason for the secrecy.
Why is common sense a threat to national security?
Power wants to sustain itself. It has a life of its own.
Until we get rid of the religious baggage we will continue to go down this road. Its, as you suggest...inevitable.
61. All I can say is......
Go GET 'EM! I'll hold your cape!
62. Hey Oxy...this rocks and is just lovely...will this continue? Please...
63. yeah great stuff... i used to love science fiction til it became so 'popular'... the sci-fi channel makes me wanna puke! stargate in particular,always annoyed me because it's so militaristic- and the characters seem shallow... well i never been much of a reader since i was a kid...but i think if they'd use good writers-like you oxy-er-ortho! ...well they might interest me more oh i don't know... but truth being stranger than fiction makes us all potentially good writers,i reckon- i don't know how ready i am for whatever's happening,but i like the way you refuse to condemn even condemnation me-i condemn condemnation...haha...a condom nation...a no-bomination... well it's so lovely to see such bright posters-i feel dimmer than ever...but i reckon all is not yet lost- greetings from cold-XXX michigan- there's warm people here tho... here'n'there.. how many billionaires we got here-just curious! pm me! feel free!
64. imo all this religious figures have the same source they are painted different because of cultural difference in time and space(asia or europe or americas) and as we know after a war the winner religion got intermingeld mixed up with the origin tha`s why we have this salad now. Iwould like to read this secret libary in the vatican even my latin is very rudimentaer but I would like to know ! that`s why we have as humanity this difficulties we don`t know the origin. Ihope some day soon very soon we as humanity will find out for sure what was happened. All the best - Sabina
65. Have to laugh loud about your tranquilizer gun nice said maybe you are right and the truth is as bad as we think, maybe not anyway we have to know it, the truth, otherwise we will not be free! All the best - sabina
66. OXY, I love reading your posts as they often have me laughing as you are so brilliant in how you explore all of this while also maintaining a wicked sense of humor. No wonder your threads are so popular (read by so many members and guests). I dare say you keep them speechless because you cover the topic so throughly there isn't much left to say.
Reading your text is like taking a multi-vitamin aa it has everything in there to think upon. You take us on a journey of self-exploration to a very deep level... and still demonstrate how one can dive down deep into the psyche and pop back up like a cork. It's like watching Jack Horner in the corner pulling out delicious plumbs.
67. Perhaps, perhaps not. I enjoy your process. And you're correct in your assessment that in the beginning there are sooo many questions. I had so many questions my head was constantly spinning for years. My curiousity has me visiting hundreds of sites a day and this has been going on for the past 15 years. I'm still unquenchable. I'm still learning new things and still amazed with what there is to learn. And the best part is that learning is the Neverending Story.
I find myself in a state of fascination and wonder.. or catch mysel thinking, "Well, imagine that." What I love best is science, art, music, architecture, different cultures..nature, gardens, beauty, it's an endless list. Everyday there is something new to learn about. And I do dive down into topics to explore more and love traveling links to see where they'll take me. Each day is a journey of constant discovery.
I think what you see in us is just another aspect of yourself being reflected back.
Years back, I do recall many hours spent in meditation stripping away illusion (it's all maya) until I got down to the bare bones.. which was nothing. But not the nothing where one is bored or thinks of it as a vapid empty pit. The real NO THING is astoundaing because it is pure conscious awareness in a primordial soup of creative potential. What a revelation that experience was.
So.. one does have to travel beyond the monkey mind to get to such an experience and the experience is well worth it.
You will never grow old as long as your maintain your curiousity Oxy.
And if it makes you feel any better, I suspect I'm the eldest member on this forum. I've had a longer time then many to travel these pathways.
68. Oxy, Jesus was and still is royalty. His life on earth by his choice was that of a humble man. He led by example so that the poorest individual he came across would know that Jesus was there for him or her too.
No he was not a wimp. He was a learned man who had great courage and changed mens and womens hearts. His message was that he and god were available to everyone and that all were equal and worthy in Gods eyes who loved Jesus and God.
69. Go to that still quiet place within and there you will find him as he is indwelling once he has been invited into your heart. By the way, the picture o Miller's second coming is hysterical.
70. Maybe humanity is on the cusp of a great opportunity. Humanity, especially in the west, has long since secured its own demise, this probably due to problems with egoic consciousness. Humans have always tried to be the centre of attention at a great big party saying 'look at me, look at me, aren't I wonderful, when the party was all about the Planet Earth.
Is humanity coming apart at the seams? Well it has certainly missed the boat when it comes to respecting each other and the natural kingdoms around us aswell as our Planet in general. We have been literally shitting on our own doorstep for centuries and are now left with a repugnant stench forcing our landord (gaia) to evict us.
If planetary changes do happen (and there are indications that this may be the case) then perhaps it will be on the terms of the planet. Humanity will only be allowed along for the ride if it subscribes to a certain set of criteria for living harmoniously on Planet Earth along with its fellow beings plants, minerals and creatures. Perhaps on other planets in this solar system, this condition of planetary existence has already been reached and maybe it is now Earth's window of opportunity to emulate our celestial brothers and sisters. Clearly, if we continue along our current path it will lead to destruction. There are forces of control manipulating this to be the case but they have little to do with our planet and will ultimately fail one would like to think. We live in interesting times. Maybe humanity has not completely disintergrated Oxy but perhaps there is still scope for a human legacy on this planet, unrecognizeable from its self centred and destructive past.
Nice post by the way.
71. Hey Oxy...you should know that you've been respected exactly for what you are, who you are...and what you do here in this cyber world (and I guess the one who know you personaly, do the same in your real world).
Personaly, I find your work to be very, very "hard core" kind of material to be digested, but despite that fact, I admire your persistence to continue your work on establishing the fundaments of a new constitutional responsible freedom solar system.
I might not agree with you completelly, just for the sake of the fact that I highly feel that no constitutinal nor any other rules are needed in order to live in adjustment with the only real divine rules...but hey, if this is supposed to be a kind of between-stepp, your idea sounds pretty good.
This is what I wanted to let you know.
much respect mall...
72. hmmm, I was wondering why people are mostly sitting in a back in this picture. Ortho, you have an excellent talent writing your thoughts. I enjoy reading. d.
73. Yep - Its called Reflectivity and the Most Ancient of Days as an Aspect of First Source collates and collects It on all of Us in Matter.
With that said - perhaps if One was able to go to the Melchizedek Spheres or had access to the Most Ancient of Days Archives - One would be able to detail that.
-//-
Additionally - Accessing the Ahkashic at a High Vibrational Level would also get One that Info but exclusive of that - A Person will have to wait for the incoming Upgrade to finish (5D Upgrade) or for Translation to the next Sphere/School in the Interlife as Carol calls It.
74. Well - No - Not in any One Book or learning can You find the Information I've posted. What I've posted has been gleaned through many Sources over the Course of My investigations.
That said - Some of the Principle of Reflectivity is presented in the Urantia Book as a concept and is pretty much on track as it regards the mechanism of It. Search the Term "Thought-Adjuster"...
The Ahkashic has ALL Information Past - Present and Future and is essentially the Flow of Reflectivity back to the Seventh Master Spirit through the Most Ancient of Days as It's Collection Point or Collater in this Universe.
As regards the Melchizedeks - I found out some things about Them in the Book of Enoch as well as the Ars Goetia and the Urantia Book...
This is why I have a Problem with a Mortal calling Themselves Melchizedek as the Term Melchizedek essentially means "Teacher" and is a Group of the Descendancy and not of the Ascendancy.
(See Jacob's Ladder)
The only Time there was a Melchizedek in the Flesh on Earth was during the Times of Enoch (Even though Abram is rumored to have been Taught or Guided by a Melchizedek Its My gut instinct that this was just an Anuk - Playacting).
The Dispensation on Earth of the Melchizedek was a Dispensation of Christ Michael (The Sovereign Vice-regent of Our Local System) - As was Jeshua many many Years later...
As far as the Translation goes - Thats crossing over and I am sure none of Us would want You to go quite yet Oxy...
Search out the Terms Oxy. I've given You a great deal to research if You're willing to look for It...
75. At the beginning of this System (Nebadon) the Sovereign placed in charge of It was called Christ Michael - A Creator Son and part of the Descendancy into Matter. He was mated with a Mother Spirit and They took over the Administration of this System as Co-ordinate representations of Prime Creator - In Matter - For Our System.
Now before Christ Michael could be given full Sovereignty over the System of Nebadon - He was required to have Seven Dispensations of Fragmentation so as to come to know through Being - The Lifeforms that He and the Mother Spirit were to nurture in the Ascendancy back to First Source and Center of All Things.
These Dispensations / Fragmentations came in the following Forms...
A Life as an Archangelic > Archangel Michael...
A Life as a Mechizedek > The Melchizedek rumored to have instructed Enoch. These Beings are also the Teachers of the Lanonandeks and the Verondadeks...
A Life as a Morontial (Between Spirit and Matter - 5D & 6D).
A Life as a Mortal - Yeshua Ben Joseph Al Mashayah...
A Life as a Verondadek - A Lifeform in the Descendancy (6D) - Teachers to the Ascended as They move through the Higher Schools or Realms...
A Life as a Lanonandek - Another Lifeform in the Descendancy (6D & 7D). Lucifer and Satan were Two Sons of the Primary Order within this Group of Lifeforms...
And a Life as a Midwayer - Assistant to the Mortal and Nature. This is a Group of Lifeforms that resides between the 4th and 5th Dimensions.
Now once Christ Michael had accomplished all of these Dispensations / Fragmentations / Incarnations - He was then given Vice-Regency and Sovereignty over the System of Nebadon by Prime Creator - Through this Universe's Seventh Master Spirit - The Co-ordinate of Prime Creator as It moves into Matter in this specific Superuniverse...
As Fragmentation is the norm in Co-ordinate Representation - All Beings under Christ Michael are Co-ordinates of Him and the Mother Spirit and conversely - All Creator Sons and Mother Spirits are Co-ordinates of the Seventh Master Spirit - And Hence a Co-odinate Representation of Prime Creator in this particular Superuniverse.
That should get some wheels turning...
76. Merc...did I remember correctly to have read somewhere (I can't find the appropriate file or link now, there are so many memorized on my notebook), that Christ Michael found the fourth dispensation
A Life as a Mortal - Yeshua Ben Joseph Al Mashayah
to be the most difficult one?
It's so long ago I've read this...but I'm sure I read it definitely.
If true...do you know the reasons why he "felt" like that?
respect - Mall...
77. You are correct Mal.
The reason for this is that as any of the other Lifeforms - Overtop Knowledge is available in some form and Assitance in those Realms is easy to find.
That said - As a Mortal - The Task was to come back into Knowing without any of that Overtop Knowledge or Assitance. Now as many of Us can attest to - This is the most difficult way to return to Source - On Our own that is - But with that stated - It is the most Profitable in Terms of Soul growth due to the difficulty of It...
78. Thanks Merc. I remember now that when he announced this dispensation, he told the other that this time, he will "not be present around" as it was the case with the other dispensations.
Back then, I wondered what that might mean that he wont be present there...until I discovered that actually, he was intending to incarnate as human...choose to "cut" hiw awarenes from the higher realms of existence completely (at least the part of it neccesary to)...and walk the path of "forgiveness".
And that yes, this should be the most profitable in terms of his soul growth after he's back.
Thanks for the reminder again
Mal...
79. Not a Prob Mal...
BTW just to finish the thought - When Christ Michael Incarnated as Yeshua - Archangel Gabriel was placed in Charge as Proxy until He'd returned from that Dispensation...
Archangel Gabriel is under and directly Co-ordinate to Christ Michael and the Mother Spirit at the next level towards Us. This is why He was placed in Charge as Proxy during that Dispensation - Being First Son of Christ Michael and the Mother Spirit.
For the most part though when Christ Michael and the Mother Spirit are in normal attendance - Gabriel is then Head of the Angelic Host for Christ Michael and the Mother Spirit in this System of Nebadon (Better known as The Milky Way)...
80. Are you a fan of the Urantia book Merc? I remember the midwayer data to be mostly from Urantia, and George Mathieu Barnard. I always found it to be very strange, because I asked George about the Illuminati when I was 16, a long long time ago. And he said illuminati used to mean "enlightened one" or something like that, so I became very suspicious of Urantia and George after that, and decided not to interact with them anymore. I'm not sure what the heck is going on with the Urantia book material. Maybe, some truth was mixed in with dis-info by different factions, and other parts were mistranslated. Because when I was 16 interacting with George, a red flag got set off with me when he said that. What do you think of it Mercuriel?
81. I have many Flags about the Urantia Material also but the reason why I digested some of It's info is that I found out from a Source of mine that NO Book is the whole Truth and this is the same with the Urantia Book...
What this Source did say to Me was that the Urantia Book was about 85% accurate in terms of Heirarchy and that the other 15% was a Polarized take on the Spiritual Heirarchy for the following Reasons...
There are Three types of Beings in Alignment. They are Negatives - Positives - And the Christ Conscious or Integrated.
As the Positive Heirarchy put out the Urantia Book - It contains the Polarization that We need to fight against the Negatives in order to "Win". Simply put - When You fight You get a defender and vice versa so this is a Polarization but what I was also told was that the way They (The Urantia Book) portrays the Heirarchy is pretty well on the Mark.
There were also Polarizations about the Life of Yeshua as They don't call Him Yeshua but Jesus in the Book so again - There is another Problem with the Info but this can easily be said of It...
How do We know the Adversary ? By knowing what They know and this has come through a lot of Us digesting the Information that They hold Dear or have Guarded.
So with that said - I use the Urantia Info as It is accurate in terms of a Heirarchical description of this Universe but those seeking to go back to Source will have no need of Hierarchy right ?
So with the Urantia Book detailing Heirarchy - It is obvious Its about Heirarchy. Now with that said - To know Their Heirarchy is not in Itself a Negative thing but to layer Oneself back into that Heirarchy - Once one knows It Exists - Is merely a repetition in Matter at another Level.
Another Polarization is the striving of Negative against Positive in that constant Battle and that One can easily see that if We all reach Integration - We all go Home and the Duality / Polarism of the Creation will no longer be needed. So then with that understood - That Integration would see the Players cease Playing and I believe that even the Positives still want to Play if You know what I mean. What does One do when They no longer have a purpose?
The rest of Us ? Well We're getting pretty sick of this Game right?
82. Ah - So You have a Picture of the Avatar that Earthly Lucifer is supposed to be using ATM...
This Man was/is being prepared as a Vessel for a Negative Walk-in (Anti-Christ) but They'll find that when It happens - Its Satan and not the Big Guy...
83. Oyeah - A Cobra can be interesting too Bro - Just don't get too close if You get My Drift...
84. Forgive my intrusion orthodoxymoron but I'm posting because I really feel for your apparent anguish, and can relate to it to a degree. I thought my monkey-mind was out of control, forever wanting to know the ins-and-outs of everything, the whys and wherefores etc. but the entanglement your mind has you enmeshed in seems to be huge! For what it's worth, I'd like to pass on to you what I've learned about the 'who/what/why' trap after having 'researched' it for many long years, hoping something I say might ring true to you and help. Where to start?
OK, looking at it from the mental perspective, I've found trying to find out who is 'right' and who is 'wrong' in any situation, no matter how big the picture, doesn't really achieve anything that serves us personally in the long run (apart from increasing our awareness of course). I've learned that even murderers can 'justify' their behaviour to themselves. And there are always at least two sides to every story. Plus the path and decisions each makes in life comes out of each personality's desire for peace in life. The problem with this is that each personality or party involved only sees 'peace' from their own personal perspective and seeks to 'control' the opposers to their belief and desires to attain it, at worst killing them to do so. I believe that until we are fully enlightened beings, we can't know all the ins and outs of each battle, now or in the past. And I'm sure there's right and wrong on both sides if the full history could be seen. That's where the Law of Karma comes in, to right the wrongs and redress the balance etc etc. Beyond that, all we can really do is stand up for what we believe is 'right' at the time when 'karma'/choices comes to us personally.
Secondly, from my own experience I'd also like to express to you that getting caught up areas of knowledge that causes you any sort of fear or anger or personal stress is probably the work of the 'dark side'. If what forums and 'spiritual knowledge' sites say is true (the ones I've studied anyway) the negative ETs promote this through their channels as they feed off this energy psychically, so they very cleverly ... in the guise of presenting 'the Truth'... promote division, fear and anger in the followers to enable this feeding frenzy. Those involved eventually end up in the 'us against them' mindset, becoming paranoid, aggressive and dictatorial in their views about what is and isn't 'Truth'. Separativeness rules, rather than peace, compassion and open-minded exchange. So not spiritual, loving and caring. But seperativeness is the nature of the analytical mind. Of course the negative ETs also do this generally because the more turmoil and disagreement in the world, the more the fearful will look for a 'saviour' and they are very willing to step in and pretend they are that, just as you've noted. The important thing is not to get trapped in the web they've set up for the seekers of Truth, becoming enmeshed in that 'us vs them' mentality and full of fear, anger and doubt. They promote this to serve their own ends.
Lastly, I'd like to pass on to you what I've come to learn and have to remind myself of over and over again to stop falling into the mind-games and traps that we enquiring minds (and carers) can fall into.
The first is that ENERGY FOLLOWS THOUGHT. If you think about, are intrigued by, the negative aspects of life, you are drawn to those energies to learn what you seek to know. "Ask and ye shall receive" to the max. Of course, it works that way with positive energies as well, and my guess is that a balanced mental outlook... awareness in terms of the 'big picture'... is the desired outcome.
But there is also the emotional component and for that aspect of personality I remind myself that GOD IS LOVE. I believe that, at a personality level, who and what we love decides our path and destiny on this planet. Everything we do revolves around that ultimately, all decisions and choices we make, again looking for peace and joy in life. I personally believe that God being Love defines our karma with others in this reality as well, why we choose to come back here and end up with 'unfinished business'. But what we desire also affects our mind-set, driving the 'energy follows thought' law into action for us. But that's at the personality level of being.
The point of this post being that the time comes when you realize that our personalities only operate within those Universal Laws to keep us tied to this planet and tied up in the games that others appear to have a stranglehold on in this reality, which really has come to appear to me to be a giant food-chain, mentally, emotionally and physically...all constantly re-cycled, even within ourselves (eg many dreams). Those with more 'power' feed on those with less. I find no joy in playing either role.
So, in having come to these views and seeing the limitations of the personality's functioning mechanisms, I, as the personality, am ready and willing to allow the higher aspects of being to take over this vessel I inhabit so it (the higher aspect of 'me') can operate within the Laws at higher, broader levels of expression beyond this reality. So it's meditation for me, my personality focus being on love and light, which I see as the positive path in this reality.
Hopefully I've managed to express all of this in a way that makes sense to you and that what I've learned on my path may help you in some way to get beyond a lot of the anguish you appear to be feeling.
Namaste to you as well orthodoxymoron.
85. Orthodoxymoron: In the portrait of Q. Elizabeath, she is holding a ball, looks like glass? What IS that?
86. You're obviously very happy doing what you're doing and I say good luck to you. Maybe you are one of the Sacred Warriors, obviously a different path to mine. But that's as it should be as we all have our own unique path to tread.
Today I've looked at this thread from the start and read lots of your posts and I can see more clearly now why we are on different wavelengths at some very basic levels.
For instance, you seem to resent death and therefore anyone or anything you see as threatening to inflict this on all of us here on Earth, whether it be aliens, the PTB, or the Universe itself. I have no fear of death other than the pain I might have to go through when it comes to me. Above and beyond that I see it as a natural part of our evolution and accept that the body wears out, even though the spirit that inhabits it is eternal. I'm actually looking forward to the release from all of the body's demands...the freedom from appetites that necessitates us having to feed on other life forms to experience and maintain existence here in 3D, physically in particular. But you seem to be happy here, still enjoy experiencing the bodily appetites from what I've read, and so want to help establish a planet where you and others can do so in an harmonious and just manner without fear. Fair enough.
I believe, rightly or wrongly, that we personalities are an extension, or creation, of our higher selves to explore and to learn the lessons of this particular 3D manifestation. Maybe curiosity caused us to stay too long, enmeshing ourselves too deeply in the lower energies or maybe we were tricked into being stuck here by the neg ETs as some say to become their food source from the beginning. I don't know. All I do know is that as long as I remain attached to the animal urges that this body entains...the satisfaction of any of its lusts for union, be they mental (eg questions being answered), emotional (eg personal love) or physical (eg sex and food) I will be tied to this reality. The one I'm still struggling with, obviously, is the mental one haha.
But on that, I also believe that the Higher Self has all those answers. It Knows. There's no need to be continually seeking for answers when one is once more united with the Higher Self and that just seems so peaceful to me, and a much more useful and responsible manifestation in this or any other reality than little me can provide on my own. I would love to be able to be that and offer that for others...all lifeforms, especially when, as I say, I have no personal interest in playing the competetive games that the 3D reality seems to thrive on. Although I am interested to see and understand how it's all being played out here and do wish to help in whatever way I can. But that's become "Not my will but Thine be done" to really be able to help.
But that's me. You carry on you Warrior you. I truly hope you achieve your goals.
87. I was reading John Milton today, from "Paradise Lost" Book One, and you came to mind.
"Of Man's first disobedience, and the fruit Of that forbidden tree, whose mortal taste Brought death into the world, and all our woe, with loss of Eden, till one greater Man Restore us, and regain the blissful seat, Sing, heavenly music, that on the secret top Of Oreb, or of Sinai, didst Inspire That shepherd who first taught the chosen seed, In the beginning how the heavens and earth Rose out of chaos : or, if Sion hill Belight thee more, and ......"
88. Hmm, However, as things become more visible, they can be cleared once and for all. I am still an optimist.
'Battlestar Galactica: The Plan' is a creepy movie. I hate the frack'n priest. It feels as though humanity is being subjected to torture and destruction for their 'Massive Amount of Sin' - in a manner similar to that which is shown in 'The Plan'. We need to nail down what the 'Original Sin' really was and is. Is the Original Sin also the Unpardonable Sin? We need to really take off the gloves, and deal with this bullshit directly and quickly. It might be a lot later than we think. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PmAEmuwZY5Q&feature=related
I just want truth and justice - regardless of the perks - or lack thereof. I'd like to think I'm on good terms with Jesus - who said, "If you've seen me, you've seen the Father" - and "I and my Father are one". I reverence the Creator God of the Universe - but I continue to have issues with the God of This World. I would, however, like to keep the lines of communication open with both of them. There are just so many unknowns in all of this. I don't wish to be a Rebel Without a Clue - just a Responsible Freedom Fighter.
I want the transition to a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System - to proceed as quickly as possible - which would include righting all wrongs connected with the Monarchy, the Papacy, and the Godship of This World and Solar System. This might involve the so-called 'Second Coming of Christ' - which might be quite different than what a lot of us have been expecting. All of this should occur without any violence. The really bad guys and gals (human and otherwise) should probably be incarcerated and given a fair hearing at a reasonably later date. I just want all of the really dangerous factors and factions to be properly reigned-in. I think this would be in everyone's best interest. No one needs to die - if we handle all of this properly. But once again, I don't know the details regarding what is really going on. I desire justice without violence. Is this unreasonable? I certainly hope that the Japan quake and tsunami weren't deliberately inflicted. Can cooler heads please prevail? Come - let us reason together. Namaste to the Beings of the Solar System. Peace. Be Still.
I'm going to spend a lot of time reviewing this thread and reading books this week. I'll check-in every day - but I feel as though I need to treat all of this in a more academic manner. I'm going to try to increase the self-governance factor - and reduce the thrash-factor. I think a lot of my posts are quite good - but my real-life performance continues to lag. I am also very aware of how bright a lot of people are. I have so much to learn. I continue to invite others to look at this thread as a study-guide. Try to answer the questions I've asked. I think all of this is quite important. I think all of this is much better than most science fiction. I continue to call for an idealistic sci-fi movie or series based upon a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System. There might be some conflict involved - but it should focus upon things working properly - rather than the usual star wars and bad aliens. I think my ideas are incomplete, but that they are on the right track. A team of writers could probably put something together which would be a money-maker - and which would contribute to creating a better solar system civilization. When I speak of human sovereignty - I am mostly trying to avoid "human-abuse" - rather than expressing hostility to races which might be different than the humanity I know. I'm just trying to help create an idealized solar system - to replace the madness which is the norm presently. Some of this madness seems to involve demonic activity and vengeful deities. The human race seems to be in the crosshairs - and I still don't know exactly why. I have theories - and I have heard many of the theories and claims of others - but I don't really know what's what regarding our continuing problem-filled existence. I wish to interact with other races - but I do not wish to be misused and abused by them. Perhaps many other races feel the same way. There are just so many unknowns. I'd still like to be some sort of a Palmer Joss type of participant in solar system governance. I like to listen, watch, and ask questions - rather than dictate or micromanage. To the Secret Government - I don't wish to be a Pain in Uranus. I really don't. To the God and/or Goddess of This World - I don't know if I've been too soft or too harsh in my speculations and comments. I don't know when to go - or when to stop. I don't know how hard to push. Some of my posts are a bit mean and accusatory - but I really am trying to get at the truth. Unfortunately - I keep thinking that I might end up having to take a lot of what I have dished-out. I might not be as reincarnationally pure as I would like to be. I presently have some premonitions and paranoias which are quite upsetting and disorienting to me. This whole area of research seems to be a big, disillusioning guessing game. I wish I could just let it go - but I don't seem to be able to. Thank-you for your understanding and patience. I have much to learn - and even more to unlearn. Namaste to the Beings of the Solar System.
Should Jesus say 'Namaste'? Should Jesus expect worship and praise? How do we deal with devils and demons? What are devils and demons? Does the concept of a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System properly deal with these questions? I feel more 'attacked' than I have ever felt in my life. I could simply be burned-out - but it feels as though it is a lot worse than that. When I have spoken of a 'Solar System Exorcism (Human and Otherwise)' - I mean to include the demonic realm, as well as the regressive extraterrestrials. This might include some incarceration - and attempted reformation - but again, I don't know the whole story, and the nature of the beast. When I have said 'Thou Shalt Have No Gods' I have meant that we should not engage in the mindless theological nonsense of the past few thousand years - wherein those who use God's name in vain are worshipped, praised, and submitted to in an irrational manner. I have stated over and over that I reverence the Creator God of the Universe - but that such a being would not say 'Bow down and worship me' as Satan or the Devil did during the Biblical Temptation of Jesus in the Wilderness. If Jesus were in charge of this solar system - I doubt that they would Lord-It over anyone (other than the really nasty beings, such as are found in the demonic realm. Again, the contents of this thread have been intended as a test and as a study-guide, more than anything else. Is most of the physical and spiritual presence in this solar system really the Orion Group? I just wish for the really evil and destructive elements in this solar system to be completely disempowered and brought to justice in a reasonable and rational manner. Reasonable amnesty for complete disclosure, cooperation, and reasonable restitution, does not imply a blanket pardon for reprehensible and demonic deeds on a reincarnational level - going back thousands, millions, or billions of years. It is mostly regarding the human minions of regressive extraterrestrials and demonic beings. How much detail do I need to go into? I have asked for constructive conversation regarding all of this - but this has not occurred, to any significant degree. The silence has been deafening and troubling. We continue to not be told the whole story regarding our predicament - yet we are expected to make important decisions, which might involve freedom, enslavement, life, and death. The whole thing stinks. This seems to be a most dangerous and idiotic game. I presently wish for a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System - with a Truly Christ-Like Solar System Adminstrator - who would ensure the integrity of the system - and who would serve as an Ultimate Authority of Last Resort. This Solar System Administrator might very well be Michael/Horus/Jesus. But again, how do we know where the deception and manipulation ends - and truly benevolent righteousness, purity, love, and responsible leadership begins. This whole thing continues to seem like a really sick and stupid game - with the universe laughing behind our backs. I'm sick of this whole damn thing. Satan - Get Thee Hence!
The following is taken from the last chapter of 'The Great Controversy' by Ellen White:
At the close of the thousand years, Christ again returns to the earth. He is accompanied by the host of the redeemed and attended by a retinue of angels. As He descends in terrific majesty He bids the wicked dead arise to receive their doom. They come forth, a mighty host, numberless as the sands of the sea. What a contrast to those who were raised at the first resurrection! The righteous were clothed with immortal youth and beauty. The wicked bear the traces of disease and death.
Every eye in that vast multitude is turned to behold the glory of the Son of God. With one voice the wicked hosts exclaim: "Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord!" It is not love to Jesus that inspires this utterance. The force of truth urges the words from unwilling lips. As the wicked went into their graves, so they come forth with the same enmity to Christ and the same spirit of rebellion. They are to have no new probation in which to remedy the defects of their past lives. Nothing would be gained by this. A lifetime of transgression has not softened their hearts. A second probation, were it given them, would be occupied as was the first in evading the requirements of God and exciting rebellion against Him.
Christ descends upon the Mount of Olives, whence, after His resurrection, He ascended, and where angels repeated the promise of His return. Says the prophet: "The Lord my God shall come, and all the saints with Thee." "And His feet shall stand in that day upon the Mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the east, and the Mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof, . . . and there shall be a very great valley." "And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one Lord, and His name one." Zechariah 14:5, 4, 9. As the New Jerusalem, in its dazzling splendor, comes down out of heaven, it rests upon the place purified and made ready to receive it, and Christ, with His people and the angels, enters the Holy City.
Now Satan prepares for a last mighty struggle for the supremacy. While deprived of his power and cut off from his work of deception, the prince of evil was miserable and dejected; but as the wicked dead are raised and he sees the vast multitudes upon his side, his hopes revive, and he determines not to yield the great controversy. He will marshal all the armies of the lost under his banner and through them endeavor to execute his plans. The wicked are Satan's captives. In rejecting Christ they have accepted the rule of the rebel leader. They are ready to receive his suggestions and to do his bidding. Yet, true to his early cunning, he does not acknowledge himself to be Satan. He claims to be the prince who is the rightful owner of the world and whose inheritance has been unlawfully wrested from him. He represents himself to his deluded subjects as a redeemer, assuring them that his power has brought them forth from their graves and that he is about to rescue them from the most cruel tyranny. The presence of Christ having been removed, Satan works wonders to support his claims. He makes the weak strong and inspires all with his own spirit and energy. He proposes to lead them against the camp of the saints and to take possession of the City of God. With fiendish exultation he points to the unnumbered millions who have been raised from the dead and declares that as their leader he is well able to overthrow the city and regain his throne and his kingdom.
In that vast throng are multitudes of the long-lived race that existed before the Flood; men of lofty stature and giant intellect, who, yielding to the control of fallen angels, devoted all their skill and knowledge to the exaltation of themselves; men whose wonderful works of art led the world to idolize their genius, but whose cruelty and evil inventions, defiling the earth and defacing the image of God, caused Him to blot them from the face of His creation. There are kings and generals who conquered nations, valiant men who never lost a battle, proud, ambitious warriors whose approach made kingdoms tremble. In death these experienced no change. As they come up from the grave, they resume the current of their thoughts just where it ceased. They are actuated by the same desire to conquer that ruled them when they fell.
Satan consults with his angels, and then with these kings and conquerors and mighty men. They look upon the strength and numbers on their side, and declare that the army within the city is small in comparison with theirs, and that it can be overcome. They lay their plans to take possession of the riches and glory of the New Jerusalem. All immediately begin to prepare for battle. Skillful artisans construct implements of war. Military leaders, famed for their success, marshal the throngs of warlike men into companies and divisions.
At last the order to advance is given, and the countless host moves on--an army such as was never summoned by earthly conquerors, such as the combined forces of all ages since war began on earth could never equal. Satan, the mightiest of warriors, leads the van, and his angels unite their forces for this final struggle. Kings and warriors are in his train, and the multitudes follow in vast companies, each under its appointed leader. With military precision the serried ranks advance over the earth's broken and uneven surface to the City of God. By command of Jesus, the gates of the New Jerusalem are closed, and the armies of Satan surround the city and make ready for the onset.
Now Christ again appears to the view of His enemies. Far above the city, upon a foundation of burnished gold, is a throne, high and lifted up. Upon this throne sits the Son of God, and around Him are the subjects of His kingdom. The power and majesty of Christ no language can describe, no pen portray. The glory of the Eternal Father is enshrouding His Son. The brightness of His presence fills the City of God, and flows out beyond the gates, flooding the whole earth with its radiance.
Nearest the throne are those who were once zealous in the cause of Satan, but who, plucked as brands from the burning, have followed their Saviour with deep, intense devotion. Next are those who perfected Christian characters in the midst of falsehood and infidelity, those who honored the law of God when the Christian world declared it void, and the millions, of all ages, who were martyred for their faith. And beyond is the "great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, . . . before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands." Revelation 7:9. Their warfare is ended, their victory won. They have run the race and reached the prize. The palm branch in their hands is a symbol of their triumph, the white robe an emblem of the spotless righteousness of Christ which now is theirs.
The redeemed raise a song of praise that echoes and re-echoes through the vaults of heaven: "Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb." Verse 10. And angel and seraph unite their voices in adoration. As the redeemed have beheld the power and malignity of Satan, they have seen, as never before, that no power but that of Christ could have made them conquerors. In all that shining throng there are none to ascribe salvation to themselves, as if they had prevailed by their own power and goodness. Nothing is said of what they have done or suffered; but the burden of every song, the keynote of every anthem, is: Salvation to our God and unto the Lamb.
In the presence of the assembled inhabitants of earth and heaven the final coronation of the Son of God takes place. And now, invested with supreme majesty and power, the King of kings pronounces sentence upon the rebels against His government and executes justice upon those who have transgressed His law and oppressed His people. Says the prophet of God: "I saw a great white throne, and Him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works." Revelation 20:11, 12.
As soon as the books of record are opened, and the eye of Jesus looks upon the wicked, they are conscious of every sin which they have ever committed. They see just where their feet diverged from the path of purity and holiness, just how far pride and rebellion have carried them in the violation of the law of God. The seductive temptations which they encouraged by indulgence in sin, the blessings perverted, the messengers of God despised, the warnings rejected, the waves of mercy beaten back by the stubborn, unrepentant heart--all appear as if written in letters of fire.
Above the throne is revealed the cross; and like a panoramic view appear the scenes of Adam's temptation and fall, and the successive steps in the great plan of redemption. The Saviour's lowly birth; His early life of simplicity and obedience; His baptism in Jordan; the fast and temptation in the wilderness; His public ministry, unfolding to men heaven's most precious blessings; the days crowded with deeds of love and mercy, the nights of prayer and watching in the solitude of the mountains; the plottings of envy, hate, and malice which repaid His benefits; the awful, mysterious agony in Gethsemane beneath the crushing weight of the sins of the whole world; His betrayal into the hands of the murderous mob; the fearful events of that night of horror--the unresisting prisoner, forsaken by His best-loved disciples, rudely hurried through the streets of Jerusalem; the Son of God exultingly displayed before Annas, arraigned in the high priest's palace, in the judgment hall of Pilate, before the cowardly and cruel Herod, mocked, insulted, tortured, and condemned to die--all are vividly portrayed.
And now before the swaying multitude are revealed the final scenes--the patient Sufferer treading the path to Calvary; the Prince of heaven hanging upon the cross; the haughty priests and the jeering rabble deriding His expiring agony; the supernatural darkness; the heaving earth, the rent rocks, the open graves, marking the moment when the world's Redeemer yielded up His life.
The awful spectacle appears just as it was. Satan, his angels, and his subjects have no power to turn from the picture of their own work. Each actor recalls the part which he performed. Herod, who slew the innocent children of Bethlehem that he might destroy the King of Israel; the base Herodias, upon whose guilty soul rests the blood of John the Baptist; the weak, timeserving Pilate; the mocking soldiers; the priests and rulers and the maddened throng who cried, "His blood be on us, and on our children!"--all behold the enormity of their guilt. They vainly seek to hide from the divine majesty of His countenance, outshining the glory of the sun, while the redeemed cast their crowns at the Saviour's feet, exclaiming: "He died for me!"
Amid the ransomed throng are the apostles of Christ, the heroic Paul, the ardent Peter, the loved and loving John, and their truehearted brethren, and with them the vast host of martyrs; while outside the walls, with every vile and abominable thing, are those by whom they were persecuted, imprisoned, and slain. There is Nero, that monster of cruelty and vice, beholding the joy and exaltation of those whom he once tortured, and in whose extremest anguish he found satanic delight. His mother is there to witness the result of her own work; to see how the evil stamp of character transmitted to her son, the passions encouraged and developed by her influence and example, have borne fruit in crimes that caused the world to shudder.
There are papist priests and prelates, who claimed to be Christ's ambassadors, yet employed the rack, the dungeon, and the stake to control the consciences of His people. There are the proud pontiffs who exalted themselves above God and presumed to change the law of the Most High. Those pretended fathers of the church have an account to render to God from which they would fain be excused. Too late they are made to see that the Omniscient One is jealous of His law and that He will in no wise clear the guilty. They learn now that Christ identifies His interest with that of His suffering people; and they feel the force of His own words: "Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these My brethren, ye have done it unto Me." Matthew 25:40.
The whole wicked world stand arraigned at the bar of God on the charge of high treason against the government of heaven. They have none to plead their cause; they are without excuse; and the sentence of eternal death is pronounced against them.
It is now evident to all that the wages of sin is not noble independence and eternal life, but slavery, ruin, and death. The wicked see what they have forfeited by their life of rebellion. The far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory was despised when offered them; but how desirable it now appears. "All this," cries the lost soul, "I might have had; but I chose to put these things far from me. Oh, strange infatuation! I have exchanged peace, happiness, and honor for wretchedness, infamy, and despair." All see that their exclusion from heaven is just. By their lives they have declared: "We will not have this Man [Jesus] to reign over us."
As if entranced, the wicked have looked upon the coronation of the Son of God. They see in His hands the tables of the divine law, the statutes which they have despised and transgressed. They witness the outburst of wonder, rapture, and adoration from the saved; and as the wave of melody sweeps over the multitudes without the city, all with one voice exclaim, "Great and marvelous are Thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are Thy ways, Thou King of saints" (Revelation 15:3); and, falling prostrate, they worship the Prince of life.
Satan seems paralyzed as he beholds the glory and majesty of Christ. He who was once a covering cherub remembers whence he has fallen. A shining seraph, "son of the morning;" how changed, how degraded! From the council where once he was honored, he is forever excluded. He sees another now standing near to the Father, veiling His glory. He has seen the crown placed upon the head of Christ by an angel of lofty stature and majestic presence, and he knows that the exalted position of this angel might have been his.
Memory recalls the home of his innocence and purity, the peace and content that were his until he indulged in murmuring against God, and envy of Christ. His accusations, his rebellion, his deceptions to gain the sympathy and support of the angels, his stubborn persistence in making no effort for self-recovery when God would have granted him forgiveness --all come vividly before him. He reviews his work among men and its results--the enmity of man toward his fellow man, the terrible destruction of life, the rise and fall of kingdoms, the overturning of thrones, the long succession of tumults, conflicts, and revolutions. He recalls his constant efforts to oppose the work of Christ and to sink man lower and lower. He sees that his hellish plots have been powerless to destroy those who have put their trust in Jesus. As Satan looks upon his kingdom, the fruit of his toil, he sees only failure and ruin. He has led the multitudes to believe that the City of God would be an easy prey; but he knows that this is false. Again and again, in the progress of the great controversy, he has been defeated and compelled to yield. He knows too well the power and majesty of the Eternal.
The aim of the great rebel has ever been to justify himself and to prove the divine government responsible for the rebellion. To this end he has bent all the power of his giant intellect. He has worked deliberately and systematically, and with marvelous success, leading vast multitudes to accept his version of the great controversy which has been so long in progress. For thousands of years this chief of conspiracy has palmed off falsehood for truth. But the time has now come when the rebellion is to be finally defeated and the history and character of Satan disclosed. In his last great effort to dethrone Christ, destroy His people, and take possession of the City of God, the archdeceiver has been fully unmasked. Those who have united with him see the total failure of his cause. Christ's followers and the loyal angels behold the full extent of his machinations against the government of God. He is the object of universal abhorrence.
Satan sees that his voluntary rebellion has unfitted him for heaven. He has trained his powers to war against God; the purity, peace, and harmony of heaven would be to him supreme torture. His accusations against the mercy and justice of God are now silenced. The reproach which he has endeavored to cast upon Jehovah rests wholly upon himself. And now Satan bows down and confesses the justice of his sentence.
"Who shall not fear Thee, O Lord, and glorify Thy name? for Thou only art holy: for all nations shall come and worship before Thee; for Thy judgments are made manifest." Verse 4. Every question of truth and error in the long-standing controversy has now been made plain. The results of rebellion, the fruits of setting aside the divine statutes, have been laid open to the view of all created intelligences. The working out of Satan's rule in contrast with the government of God has been presented to the whole universe. Satan's own works have condemned him. God's wisdom, His justice, and His goodness stand fully vindicated. It is seen that all His dealings in the great controversy have been conducted with respect to the eternal good of His people and the good of all the worlds that He has created. "All Thy works shall praise Thee, O Lord; and Thy saints shall bless Thee." Psalm 145:10. The history of sin will stand to all eternity as a witness that with the existence of God's law is bound up the happiness of all the beings He has created. With all the facts of the great controversy in view, the whole universe, both loyal and rebellious, with one accord declare: "Just and true are Thy ways, Thou King of saints."
Before the universe has been clearly presented the great sacrifice made by the Father and the Son in man's behalf. The hour has come when Christ occupies His rightful position and is glorified above principalities and powers and every name that is named. It was for the joy that was set before Him--that He might bring many sons unto glory--that He endured the cross and despised the shame. And inconceivably great as was the sorrow and the shame, yet greater is the joy and the glory. He looks upon the redeemed, renewed in His own image, every heart bearing the perfect impress of the divine, every face reflecting the likeness of their King. He beholds in them the result of the travail of His soul, and He is satisfied. Then, in a voice that reaches the assembled multitudes of the righteous and the wicked, He declares: "Behold the purchase of My blood! For these I suffered, for these I died, that they might dwell in My presence throughout eternal ages." And the song of praise ascends from the white-robed ones about the throne: "Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honor, and glory, and blessing." Revelation 5:12.
Notwithstanding that Satan has been constrained to acknowledge God's justice and to bow to the supremacy of Christ, his character remains unchanged. The spirit of rebellion, like a mighty torrent, again bursts forth. Filled with frenzy, he determines not to yield the great controversy. The time has come for a last desperate struggle against the King of heaven. He rushes into the midst of his subjects and endeavors to inspire them with his own fury and arouse them to instant battle. But of all the countless millions whom he has allured into rebellion, there are none now to acknowledge his supremacy. His power is at an end. The wicked are filled with the same hatred of God that inspires Satan; but they see that their case is hopeless, that they cannot prevail against Jehovah. Their rage is kindled against Satan and those who have been his agents in deception, and with the fury of demons they turn upon them.
Saith the Lord: "Because thou hast set thine heart as the heart of God; behold, therefore I will bring strangers upon thee, the terrible of the nations: and they shall draw their swords against the beauty of thy wisdom, and they shall defile thy brightness. They shall bring thee down to the pit." "I will destroy thee, O covering cherub, from the midst of the stones of fire. . . . I will cast thee to the ground, I will lay thee before kings, that they may behold thee. . . . I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth in the sight of all them that behold thee. . . . Thou shalt be a terror, and never shalt thou be any more." Ezekiel 28:6-8, 16-19.
"Every battle of the warrior is with confused noise, and garments rolled in blood; but this shall be with burning and fuel of fire." "The indignation of the Lord is upon all nations, and His fury upon all their armies: He hath utterly destroyed them, He hath delivered them to the slaughter." "Upon the wicked He shall rain quick burning coals, fire and brimstone and an horrible tempest: this shall be the portion of their cup." Isaiah 9:5; 34:2; Psalm 11:6, margin. Fire comes down from God out of heaven. The earth is broken up. The weapons concealed in its depths are drawn forth. Devouring flames burst from every yawning chasm. The very rocks are on fire. The day has come that shall burn as an oven. The elements melt with fervent heat, the earth also, and the works that are therein are burned up. Malachi 4:1; 2 Peter 3:10. The earth's surface seems one molten mass--a vast, seething lake of fire. It is the time of the judgment and perdition of ungodly men--"the day of the Lord's vengeance, and the year of recompenses for the controversy of Zion." Isaiah 34:8.
The wicked receive their recompense in the earth. Proverbs 11:31. They "shall be stubble: and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts." Malachi 4:1. Some are destroyed as in a moment, while others suffer many days. All are punished "according to their deeds." The sins of the righteous having been transferred to Satan, he is made to suffer not only for his own rebellion, but for all the sins which he has caused God's people to commit. His punishment is to be far greater than that of those whom he has deceived. After all have perished who fell by his deceptions, he is still to live and suffer on. In the cleansing flames the wicked are at last destroyed, root and branch--Satan the root, his followers the branches. The full penalty of the law has been visited; the demands of justice have been met; and heaven and earth, beholding, declare the righteousness of Jehovah.
Satan's work of ruin is forever ended. For six thousand years he has wrought his will, filling the earth with woe and causing grief throughout the universe. The whole creation has groaned and travailed together in pain. Now God's creatures are forever delivered from his presence and temptations. "The whole earth is at rest, and is quiet: they [the righteous] break forth into singing." Isaiah 14:7. And a shout of praise and triumph ascends from the whole loyal universe. "The voice of a great multitude," "as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings," is heard, saying: "Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth." Revelation 19:6.
While the earth was wrapped in the fire of destruction, the righteous abode safely in the Holy City. Upon those that had part in the first resurrection, the second death has no power. While God is to the wicked a consuming fire, He is to His people both a sun and a shield. Revelation 20:6; Psalm 84:11.
"I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away." Revelation 21:1. The fire that consumes the wicked purifies the earth. Every trace of the curse is swept away. No eternally burning hell will keep before the ransomed the fearful consequences of sin.
One reminder alone remains: Our Redeemer will ever bear the marks of His crucifixion. Upon His wounded head, upon His side, His hands and feet, are the only traces of the cruel work that sin has wrought. Says the prophet, beholding Christ in His glory: "He had bright beams coming out of His side: and there was the hiding of His power." Habakkuk 3:4, margin. That pierced side whence flowed the crimson stream that reconciled man to God--there is the Saviour's glory, there "the hiding of His power." "Mighty to save," through the sacrifice of redemption, He was therefore strong to execute justice upon them that despised God's mercy. And the tokens of His humiliation are His highest honor; through the eternal ages the wounds of Calvary will show forth His praise and declare His power.
"O Tower of the flock, the stronghold of the daughter of Zion, unto Thee shall it come, even the first dominion." Micah 4:8. The time has come to which holy men have looked with longing since the flaming sword barred the first pair from Eden, the time for "the redemption of the purchased possession." Ephesians 1:14. The earth originally given to man as his kingdom, betrayed by him into the hands of Satan, and so long held by the mighty foe, has been brought back by the great plan of redemption. All that was lost by sin has been restored. "Thus saith the Lord . . . that formed the earth and made it; He hath established it, He created it not in vain, He formed it to be inhabited." Isaiah 45:18. God's original purpose in the creation of the earth is fulfilled as it is made the eternal abode of the redeemed. "The righteous shall inherit the land, and dwell therein forever." Psalm 37:29.
A fear of making the future inheritance seem too material has led many to spiritualize away the very truths which lead us to look upon it as our home. Christ assured His disciples that He went to prepare mansions for them in the Father's house. Those who accept the teachings of God's word will not be wholly ignorant concerning the heavenly abode. And yet, "eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him." 1 Corinthians 2:9. Human language is inadequate to describe the reward of the righteous. It will be known only to those who behold it. No finite mind can comprehend the glory of the Paradise of God.
In the Bible the inheritance of the saved is called "a country." Hebrews 11:14-16. There the heavenly Shepherd leads His flock to fountains of living waters. The tree of life yields its fruit every month, and the leaves of the tree are for the service of the nations. There are ever-flowing streams, clear as crystal, and beside them waving trees cast their shadows upon the paths prepared for the ransomed of the Lord. There the wide-spreading plains swell into hills of beauty, and the mountains of God rear their lofty summits. On those peaceful plains, beside those living streams, God's people, so long pilgrims and wanderers, shall find a home.
"My people shall dwell in a peaceable habitation, and in sure dwellings, and in quiet resting places." "Violence shall no more be heard in thy land, wasting nor destruction within thy borders; but thou shalt call thy walls Salvation, and thy gates Praise." "They shall build houses, and inhabit them; and they shall plant vineyards, and eat the fruit of them. They shall not build, and another inhabit; they shall not plant, and another eat: . . . Mine elect shall long enjoy the work of their hands." Isaiah 32:18; 60:18; 65:21, 22.
There, "the wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for them; and the desert shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose." "Instead of the thorn shall come up the fir tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree." "The wolf also shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid; . . . and a little child shall lead them." "They shall not hurt nor destroy in all My holy mountain," saith the Lord. Isaiah 35:1; 55:13; 11:6, 9.
Pain cannot exist in the atmosphere of heaven. There will be no more tears, no funeral trains, no badges of mourning. "There shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying: . . . for the former things are passed away." "The inhabitant shall not say, I am sick: the people that dwell therein shall be forgiven their iniquity." Revelation 21:4; Isaiah 33:24.
There is the New Jerusalem, the metropolis of the glorified new earth, "a crown of glory in the hand of the Lord, and a royal diadem in the hand of thy God." "Her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal." "The nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honor into it." Saith the Lord: "I will rejoice in Jerusalem, and joy in My people." "The tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them, and be their God." Isaiah 62:3; Revelation 21:11, 24; Isaiah 65:19; Revelation 21:3.
In the City of God "there shall be no night." None will need or desire repose. There will be no weariness in doing the will of God and offering praise to His name. We shall ever feel the freshness of the morning and shall ever be far from its close. "And they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light." Revelation 22:5. The light of the sun will be superseded by a radiance which is not painfully dazzling, yet which immeasurably surpasses the brightness of our noontide. The glory of God and the Lamb floods the Holy City with unfading light. The redeemed walk in the sunless glory of perpetual day.
"I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it." Revelation 21:22. The people of God are privileged to hold open communion with the Father and the Son. "Now we see through a glass, darkly." 1 Corinthians 13:12. We behold the image of God reflected, as in a mirror, in the works of nature and in His dealings with men; but then we shall see Him face to face, without a dimming veil between. We shall stand in His presence and behold the glory of His countenance.
There the redeemed shall know, even as also they are known. The loves and sympathies which God Himself has planted in the soul shall there find truest and sweetest exercise. The pure communion with holy beings, the harmonious social life with the blessed angels and with the faithful ones of all ages who have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb, the sacred ties that bind together "the whole family in heaven and earth" (Ephesians 3:15)--these help to constitute the happiness of the redeemed.
There, immortal minds will contemplate with never-failing delight the wonders of creative power, the mysteries of redeeming love. There will be no cruel, deceiving foe to tempt to forgetfulness of God. Every faculty will be developed, every capacity increased. The acquirement of knowledge will not weary the mind or exhaust the energies. There the grandest enterprises may be carried forward, the loftiest aspirations reached, the highest ambitions realized; and still there will arise new heights to surmount, new wonders to admire, new truths to comprehend, fresh objects to call forth the powers of mind and soul and body.
All the treasures of the universe will be open to the study of God's redeemed. Unfettered by mortality, they wing their tireless flight to worlds afar--worlds that thrilled with sorrow at the spectacle of human woe and rang with songs of gladness at the tidings of a ransomed soul. With unutterable delight the children of earth enter into the joy and the wisdom of unfallen beings. They share the treasures of knowledge and understanding gained through ages upon ages in contemplation of God's handiwork. With undimmed vision they gaze upon the glory of creation--suns and stars and systems, all in their appointed order circling the throne of Deity. Upon all things, from the least to the greatest, the Creator's name is written, and in all are the riches of His power displayed.
And the years of eternity, as they roll, will bring richer and still more glorious revelations of God and of Christ. As knowledge is progressive, so will love, reverence, and happiness increase. The more men learn of God, the greater will be their admiration of His character. As Jesus opens before them the riches of redemption and the amazing achievements in the great controversy with Satan, the hearts of the ransomed thrill with more fervent devotion, and with more rapturous joy they sweep the harps of gold; and ten thousand times ten thousand and thousands of thousands of voices unite to swell the mighty chorus of praise.
"And every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, heard I saying, Blessing, and honor, and glory, and power, be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever." Revelation 5:13.
The great controversy is ended. Sin and sinners are no more. The entire universe is clean. One pulse of harmony and gladness beats through the vast creation. From Him who created all, flow life and light and gladness, throughout the realms of illimitable space. From the minutest atom to the greatest world, all things, animate and inanimate, in their unshadowed beauty and perfect joy, declare that God is love.
What if Michael/Horus/Jesus invented Male and Female Human Sexuality? If that were the case - and I don't know that it is - then perhaps people should exclaim "Oh Thank-you Jesus!!!" instead of "Oh Yes!!!". https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_zI3OeNsnvI&feature=artistob&playnext=1&list=TL99VTKYJLSOQ What if Jesus turns out to be Supremely Sensual? Should the Christ Image be a Sexy Archangel-Pharaoh - rather than a Crucified Sexually Repressed Weakling? http://www.researchersoftruth.org/SYMBOL-OF-LIFE2.htm Think about it. Jesus of Egypt - King of the Babes? Hmmmmmmm. Notice the Michael/Horus/Jesus allusions (as the Five Doctors?) in Dr. Who.
... When Pharaoh Amenhotep IV (at a service in the temple of Amon Ra, the Sun God) was on the platform, invoking Amon-Ra repeating loudly the Khe-Kau (words of power), a red flame appeared on the right side of the golden image of the sun. A violet flame then appeared on the left side of the gold in image of the sun. In the flames two human looking figures appeared. The Pharaoh lost his consciousness, falling down on the platform. Khor-Amon, [The High Hierophant] took the Pharaoh to the nearby palace in Uast (Thebes) .... Khor-Amon told the Pharaoh that he himself, and all the others had seen the flames and the human-looking figures. Mikh-Ra-Dat (a hierophant who was present) said that the materialized figures were an Archangel of the Order of the Maha-Els (Michaels) and an Archangel of the Order of the Ra-pfa-Els (Raphaels).
Next day, the Pharaoh summoned the Assembly of Hierophants...and announced his decision to abolish the Assembly as a Body and expel from the Institute all Hierophants opposing the new order. The Pharaoh announced to the Assembly that he believed in, and was now worshiping, the One Real god Aton, the Absolute Infinite Beingness, the everlasting Life, the symbol of which is the holy Ankh.
An open war between the Hierophants worshiping the many Gods and the Pharaoh had begun.
... Mikh-Ra-Dat & Khor-Amon prepared a hall [dedicated to the meditation and adoration of Aton - the spiritual sun] in the palace in Apts (Karanak)... and placed the Symbol of Life.
... on one occasion, the Pharaoh had to be standing in front of the Khaut (altar), the two flames - the red flame and the violet flame - appeared on the right and on the left sides of the Khaut. Maha-El (Michael) appeared in the red flame and , stepping out of the fiery red flame, he materialized himself and beckond to Khor-Amon to approach him.
Khor Amon got up and approached the Archangel, who embraced Khor-Amon. Half of the Archangel's body entered in the body of Khor-Amon.
When the ceremony had ended, the Pharaoh, in addressing Khor-Amon, had called him "Khor-Aton". In addressing his wife Nefer-Dhiti (Nefertiti), he had called her "Merit-Aton". He then asked all in the future to call him "Ankh-en-Aton" (AnkhenAton)
Raising both his hands, the Pharaoh AnkhenAton exclaimed:
Aton Neter Ankh tteta en Kheh rekh God Aton, Life everlasting in eternity, I know
Neb En Pet Kha En T-ta Neter En Maat Lord of Heaven and of Earth God of Truth
Rekh A-at Neb Sek-Hem-AA Em utu I know Great Lord I have gained the mastery of what is asked
a-arit er-a ttep t-ta neb en ankh kna en Mer A-atef I-ia nek to be done for me on Earth, Lord of Life and of Love. Divine Father I have come to you.
Now Spirit and matter, the light and the illusion were at war in Khemt (Egypt)....
Has anyone considered a Christocentric, Vatican-Based, Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System? I keep thinking about this possibility as I read the books by Malachi Martin. This is a real long-shot, and it would have to be done properly - but it is quite interesting to think about - for me, anyway - but then I'm a bit different. I keep thinking about a deconsecrated St. Mary's Cathedral in San Francisco - as being the actual physical meeting place of a United States of the Solar System. (For 2,000 of the 10,000 representatives) I have been thinking about the circular seating (as is) - mimicking the solar system. Hopefully there would be no circular reasoning to match the circular seating. The cross on top might be replaced with a holographic projection of the solar system. Imagine a UFO sitting next to the cathedral! I am VERY nervous concerning the close proximity of Church and State - but is the separation more necessary when both church and state are as corrupt as hell? If church and state were minimalist and pure - would the separation be necessary - at least regarding overall solar system governance? Obviously - religious freedom and the freedom of speech would have to be protected to the nth degree. This is really playing with fire - isn't it? Again, this is just a conceptual experiment. I don't have a Cray - so I have to model this sort of thing on the internet. This is the NWO on a budget! I guess I'm sort of a Protestant Catholic New Age Agnostic! That's one reason why I call myself 'orthodoxymoron'! Any church in the solar system would fire me in five minutes - if I lasted that long! I appologize to any Roman Catholics who might be offended by my posting activities. I'm really a lot more mellow in 'real-life' - and I don't talk about any of this with the Catholics I know. They have no idea! The imagination and the internet are wondeful things! One can get their way - without getting their way! I would really like to see my files! The horror. But I don't do FOIA. I'm not that kind of guy! Now I'm going to rewatch 'Angels and Demons'. One more thing. Has the world been subjected to Two-Thousand Years of Sedevacante??? Sedevacantists Unite!!! I'd better stop - and just watch the movie. They have ways to make me stop. Many ways. Should sessions of the United States of the Solar System involve instrumental and choral music? I tend to think so. The whole thing should be extremely refined and elegant - yet quite relaxed and informal - and civil to the nth degree. Are you beginning to view my vision?
I'm going to try to keep this thread going - regardless of what happens to this solar system and it's inhabitants. Even if the editorial slant of this thread were completely implemented - I would try to just keep posting - as I have been. I would not jump up and down - or gloat. This whole solar system drama is a very sad episode - even if things ultimately work out well. Remember the scene in 'Avatar' where Neytiri saves Jake from the wild beasts, by killing many of them. Jake is understandably happy and relieved to be rescued - but Neytiri harshly corrects him, saying 'This is sad!' and 'This did not have to happen!' Even if I get everything I think I want - this is still VERY sad. This did NOT have to happen. A supposed victory - to me might be a bit like a Funeral Celebration - a solemn and reverent transition period of reflection. No weeping, wailing, and gnashing of teeth - but no triumphalistic parading in the streets either. Think long and hard about this. I think this is VERY important. In a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System - I would probably just keep doing what I'm doing right now. I'd just keep researching and posting. Solar System Without End. Amen (or whoever the new guy is). BTW - Neytiri's Father is probably deciding whether to kill me, or not. I wish I were kidding. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i50k46Et0IQ
'V' has been hit and miss. Some of it has been excellent - and some of it has been poor. I appreciate what ABC did - and I suspect that they have been subjected to a lot of crap regarding this series. There is probably a behind the scenes war, which is something to behold - from Hollywood to the Vatican to the Darkside of the Moon to Sirius to M-42 and beyond. I really believe that I know next to nothing about what is really going on. Still, I will continue with this thread, as best as I can - to try to formulate a reasonable alternative point of view. Again, this is really an experiment. I have certain convictions and biases, but I don't know anything for certain. I'd like to see someone do a doctoral dissertation on the contents of this thread - including all of the links and references. I think all of this is in need of further study - to say the least. I'm too close to all of this - and I can't really be objective, at this point. There has been too much confusion - and too much pain. Please help me to sort out the contents of this thread in a reasonable and rational manner. I think I'm on the right track - but I continue to feel like a lost soul. Someone else may really need to take this quest to the next level. I just wish to do the right thing - and I wish for others to do the right thing - whatever that is. When the going gets tough - the tough watch 'Stargate Universe'. I'm going to watch the 'Deliverance' episode now. Even though I keep saying that I want to stop dealing with all of this - I will do my best to just keep doing what I'm doing - until the Greys come to take me away. Hey! Hey! Be gentle down there! Haven't you idiots ever heard of Vaseline??? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UMarOunalow
Should Reforming Solar System Government be a never-ending task? I think so. I keep attempting to reform my concept of a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System - even though it doesn't yet exist. If it ever becomes a reality - we should probably keep trying to reform it - no matter how good it gets. The infowar should probably never end - but it should be kinder and gentler than it is presently. I continue to be deeply saddened that my little infowar tempest in a teapot - has to be my little solitary vice...
I just had a very strange thought. Actually, I have thought about it a lot. What might it be like to converse with Anna, Adria, Katesh, Ra, et al - in a temple, spaceship, etc. - if they truly embraced a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System? Imagine someone with a 200-500 IQ who never had to sleep - with full reincarnational recall - promoting a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System. Is this sort of thing what it's really going to take to make this concept become a reality? Should I emulate the best aspects of these characters - or would this defeat the spirit and letter of that which I espouse? Should I buy sun-disk and horns headgear - and try to play the part - from a completely benevolent perspective? This sounds absurd, doesn't it? But would this be fighting fire with fire - or sun-disks with sun-disks? The Solar System Minions (SSM) probably wouldn't know how to relate to anything else - would they? What would Amen Ra say? Consider this thread. http://www.themistsofavalon.net/t2141-hecate#39430 Just another piece of supporting evidence. Little by little - an unpleasant picture is emerging - in my mind, anyway.
Was Michael/Horus/Jesus a writer/musician/architect/scientist in Heaven(Orion)? Did Michael/Horus/Jesus create Male and Female Human Beings 600,000 years ago - by combining mammalian and reptilian physicality with interdimensional reptilian souls (On Earth aka The Garden of Eden)? Did Michael/Horus/Jesus convince 33.33% of the interdimensional reptilian souls to inhabit male and female human bodies in the New Jerusalem via Stargate? Was this the Original and Unpardonable Sin which resulted in a 600,000 year human v reptilian War in Heaven? Was this the Fall (into male and female human physicality)? Are the souls of human beings considered to be 'fallen angels'? Did Michael and Lucifer fight side by side in this horrible war - at some point, at least? At some point did Michael and Lucifer become bitter enemies? At some point did Lucifer overthrow Michael - and proceed to rule Humanity - right up to the present? Has this been sort of a 'Cold War'? Has Gabriel been the hardline prosecuting, torturing, and exterminating Angel in all of this? Did Michael/Horus/Jesus design many of the ancient temples and cathedrals? Did Michael/Horus/Jesus compose much sacred classical music? Did Michael/Horus/Jesus write much sacred literature? Did Michael/Horus/Jesus reincarnate repeatedly as various Pharaohs - under the control of various incarnations of Isis/Ra/Lucifer/Gabriel? Did Jesus Christ - as the Last Pharaoh - gain a spiritual victory on the one hand - but then get completely removed from any participation in Solar System Governance (even as a front-man)? Have Emperors, Popes, Kings, and Queens - been ruling in place of Christ (anti-Christ) - under the control of the Queen of Heaven / God of This World for 2,000 years? Is Michael/Horus/Jesus the rightful leader of the Human Race? Will the Second Coming of Christ be a monumental disappointment to just about everyone - especially to the Queen, the Pope, Christians, and the Queen of Heaven / God of This World? Might they fake a Second Coming of Christ - to prevent a genuine Second Coming of Christ? Is Michael/Horus/Jesus already here? Is Michael/Horus/Jesus a commoner in this incarnation? Was/Is Jesus as much of a rebel as Lucifer - but in very different ways? Will the male and female human race be completely exterminated in the near future? Will this be called 'a Genetic Upgrade and Ascension from 3D Male/Female Human Physicality into a 5D Completely Reptilian Existence as Dragonized Hermaphrodite Star Children'? Damned if I know. I mean no harm - but I think we have a REALLY screwed-up version of the "Old, Old Story of Jesus and His Love." https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PEC7d5jbAbo
If a Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom United States of the Solar System ever becomes a reality - beware of corruption, infiltration, and subversion - right from the beginning. Scuttling in Absensia might be highly likely. I seriously doubt a smooth religio-political paradigm-shift and changing of the guard. I am very, very, very worried about deliberately inflicted 'earth-changes' and 'accidental' uses of weapons of planetary destruction. I call upon all concerned (human and otherwise) to seek non-violent solutions. Namaste to the Beings of the Universe. Now I'm going to watch another episode of 'Stargate Universe'. At this point - I don't think life will ever be problem-free. 'Heaven' is a relative term. Problems will replace solutions will replace problems will replace solutions. Managing 'Paradise' might be a real handful - indefinitely. What if little can be done to us that we don't do to ourselves? Just a thought. Is anyone taking any of this seriously? Is anyone thinking anything similar to what I'm thinking - anywhere in the universe? Anyone? Seriously. I just can't resist reposting this nasty little comment of mine!
The 'Law of Confusion' is a descriptive and appropriate term...but I tend to eschew obfuscation...and to espouse elucidation. A Christocentric eschatological theological approach to scriptural studies which utilizes the concept of comprehensive concentration...which assumes the red-letter teachings of Jesus as being fundamental...with the remaining portions of the biblical canon as being merely contextual...cross-referencing utilizing a Strong's Concordance...and applying the accepted norms of grammatical-historical hermeneutics...is supremely beneficial regarding definitively and devotionally ascertaining the Christ Conscious Aspects of the First Source and Center of All Things...to fully experience Jesus as Lord in modernity...being careful to exegete...rather than eisegetically twisting and corrupting the sacred texts to conform to canon law (there is no substantial body of evidence which substantiates transubstantiation)...so as not to become a reprehensible and reprobate hermeneutic whore...a cursed Judas Iscariot in dire need of prostrate penetance, confession, repentance, and reconciliation...and in grave danger of burning for all eternity as a sinner in the hands of an angry God. World Without End. Amen. Sorry for the rant! PLEASE. PLEASE. PLEASE. THINK THIS POST THROUGH - IN GREAT DETAIL - AND TELL ME WHAT YOU THINK.
it is sad that people do not understand the meaning of Namaste. It is a very special word, meaning and sad to see here so unresponsibly destroyed. question is why...
devakas wrote:it is sad that people do not understand the meaning of Namaste. It is a very special word, meaning and sad to see here so unresponsibly destroyed. question is why...
Thank-you for your concern, devakas. I have NO idea why. Incidentally, I met someone a couple of weeks ago, who reminded me of you. Please explain your sadness. I will correct all errors within this thread. I have previously offered to start a thread, devoted to correcting all of my errors (which are probably legion). I didn't sense 'Namaste' in your post. Perhaps I should've skipped the word completely -- so as to not get it wrong -- as I apparently have. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mMs7e9dD324 I have merely provided study suggestions within this thread -- which includes researching various key-words, such as 'Namaste'. I have attempted to be open and honest -- as I have ventured into unexplored (for me) territory. This involves dealing with various cultures and religions -- and stepping on toes (including my own). I started out with 'Constitutional Responsible Freedom' -- and later added 'Namaste' to form 'Namaste Constitutional Responsible Freedom'. I intended to portray a mutual respect and reverence between the 'Rulers' and the 'Ruled' in the pursuit of Responsible-Freedom -- based upon a Constitution with a Proven Track-Record. You know, there's a valid reason why I wish to be a 'Seen and Not Heard' Insider-Observer. Anything one says -- can (and will) be used against them. The Miranda-Rule and the Fifth-Amendment are wise words indeed. BTW -- has anyone explored the relationship between Dr. Albert Schweitzer's 'Reverence for Life' -- Jesus Christ's 'Golden Rule' -- and 'Namaste'??? THAT might be a VERY interesting Doctoral Dissertation Topic!!! Anyway, here are several definitions and interpretations of 'Namaste'. Namaste and Have a Nice Day!!!
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NamasteNamaste (/ˈnɑːməsteɪ/ NAH-məs-tay; Hindi: [nəməsteː] ( listen); Devanagari: नमस्ते; formal: Namaskar/Namaskaram) is a common spoken valediction or salutation originating from the Hindus and Buddhists in the Indian Subcontinent and also in Japan. It is a customary greeting when individuals meet, and a valediction upon their parting. A non-contact form of salutation is traditionally preferred in India and Nepal; Namaste is the most common form of such a salutation.
When spoken to another person, it is commonly accompanied by a slight bow made with hands pressed together, palms touching and fingers pointed upwards, in front of the chest. This gesture, called Añjali Mudrā or Pranamasana,[1] can also be performed wordlessly and carries the same meaning.
Etymology
Namaste is derived from Sanskrit and is a combination of two words, "Namaḥ" and "te." Namaḥ means 'bow,' 'obeisance,' 'reverential salutation' or 'adoration'[2] and te means 'to you' (dative case of 'you'). Therefore, Namaste literally means "salutations to you."[citation needed] 'Namaskar' is derived from Sanskrit and is a combination of the two words, "Namaḥ" and "kaar." As noted above, "Namaḥ" is a salutation. "Kaar" means 'form' or 'shape' and refers to the phenomenon that the other entity (person) presents. Thus, the older salutation essentially means "I salute [your] form," which implies an understanding that all beings in this existence are part of the surface phenomenology of Maya and that beyond the surface, so to say, all beings are part of Brahman, or the One ultimate essence that underlies, and is, all. In the same light, 'Namah' originates from a benevolent unselfishness or admission ("salutation") of unity in One essence, and, therefore, 'Namaste' can also be interpreted (roughly) as a way of saying "Not-myself to you" (a benevolent expression of both respect and impersonality).
Uses
The gesture is widely used throughout Asia and beyond. It first appears c. 4 000 years ago on the clay seals of the Indus Valley Civilization.[3]Poor source
In India, Namaste is a friendly greeting in written communication, or generally between people when they meet. When used at funerals to greet the guests, the verbal part is usually omitted. When the hand position is higher, it usually means reverence for worship. Thus, The expression with hands placed on top of one's head is usually the sign of utmost reverence or respect.
The aayubowan (meaning: wish you a long life) gesture is also a cultural symbol of Sri Lanka and Sri Lankan hospitality.[citation needed]
In Nepalese culture, namaste is performed when a younger family member meets older relatives.[citation needed] It also varies depending upon social status and prestige. The person with lower status or prestige performs namaste first to show respect for the higher station the other person has achieved.[citation needed]It is also performed for praying and worshiping god.
In Sikh scripture, Namaste, Namastung or Namastvung is referenced as salutation to the Primal being, the One God.[citation needed] The salutation is followed by an attribute respecting a quality of the creator of all religions, Akal.[citation needed] Sikhs also fold their hand as in Namaste, but their greeting is Sat Sri Akal.
In Sindh, today Pakistan, the añjali mudra, though extremely rare, is still maintained even Sindhi Muslims.[citation needed]
In Telugu culture, the gesture is known as "Namaskaramulu" or simply "Namaskaram," which are derived from Sanskrit.
In Tamil culture, the gesture is known as Kumpiṭu (கும்பிடு),[4] which is composed of two words Kumpu (கும்பு) meaning 'to coup hands' and Iṭu இடு meaning 'to do';[5] while an equivalent of the salutation would be வணக்கம் (vaṇakkam) which is roughly translated as 'greetings.'
In Kannada culture, the gesture is Namaskara in South Karnataka and Sharanu in North Karnataka. Namaskara is derived from Sanskrit.
The brahmins of Tamil Nadu (India) use the Sanskrit word Namaskaram (नमस्कारम्) for the gesture.[6] The usage of the same is also found across other Brahmin people in southern India.
In Japan, the Namaste hand gesture is used in prayer and healing sessions and is called Gasshō.[7]
In Thai Culture, the greeting is alternately known as the Wai.
In Buddhism, Namaste is used as a greeting to approach ordained monks and nuns, since it is considered inappropriate for ordained members to touch skin. In Chinese Buddhism, especially in the Pure Land traditions, Namaste is accompanied with the greeting "Namo Amitofo" (Homage to Amitabha Buddha) to signify the meaning "May the Buddha be with you." This is also a form of thanking the ordained for services rendered. Namaste does not necessarily have to be performed with both hands. For example, if one is carrying an object in one hand, one may perform a half-namaste with one hand. A Namaste, Namaskaar or Namaskaaram greeting is never offered without the gesture. It is considered impolite, especially in South Indian Culture to use the greeting without the gesture.
The American comedian and musician Reggie Watts says "Namaste" on stage as both a salutation and a valediction in some of his performances.
Meanings and interpretation
Pressing hands together with a smile to greet Namaste is a common cultural practice in India. As it is most commonly used, namaste is roughly equivalent to "greetings" or "good day," in English, implicitly with the connotation "to be well". As opposed to shaking hands, kissing or embracing each other in other cultures, Namaste is a non-contact form of respectful greeting and can be used universally while meeting a person of different gender, age or social status.
The gesture Namaste represents the belief that there is a Divine spark within each of us that is located in the heart chakra.[8] The gesture is an acknowledgment of the soul in one by the soul in another.[citation needed] In Sanskrit the word is namah + te = namaste (Devnagari/Hindi: नमः + ते = नमस्ते) which means “I bow to you” – my greetings, salutations or prostration to you.[9]
Namaskār (Devnagari/Hindi: नमस्कार) literally means "I bow to [your] form".
See also Pranāma Naman Gassho Sampeah Wai
References
1.^ Chatterjee, Gautam (2001), Sacred Hindu Symbols, Google books, pp. 47–48. 2.^ "Cologne Digital Sanskrit Lexicon", Cologne Digital Sanskrit Dictionaries (search results), University of Cologne, retrieved March 24, 2012. 3.^ "Mysterious Nagas", Khandro. 4.^ Korean studies 8. University Press of Hawaii. 1984. p. 44. 5.^ Civattampi, Kārttikēcu (1995). Sri Lankan Tamil society and politics. New Century. p. 25. 6.^ Civacaṅkari, Knit India Through Literature: The South, Eastwest. 7.^ Deacon, James (2003), Gassho: Placing the Two Palms Together, AETW. 8.^ "Basics", Yoga Journal. 9.^ "What is Namaste", Hinduism, About.
http://www.yogajournal.com/basics/822 What does "Namaste" mean? My yoga teacher says it every week after our practice and I've always wanted to know. —Rita Geno
Aadil Palkhivala's reply:
The gesture Namaste represents the belief that there is a Divine spark within each of us that is located in the heart chakra. The gesture is an acknowledgment of the soul in one by the soul in another. Nama means bow, as means I, and te means you. Therefore, namaste literally means "bow me you" or "I bow to you."
To perform Namaste, we place the hands together at the heart charka, close the eyes, and bow the head. It can also be done by placing the hands together in front of the third eye, bowing the head, and then bringing the hands down to the heart. This is an especially deep form of respect. Although in the West the word "namaste" is usually spoken in conjunction with the gesture, in India, it is understood that the gesture itself signifies Namaste, and therefore, it is unnecessary to say the word while bowing.
We bring the hands together at the heart chakra to increase the flow of Divine love. Bowing the head and closing the eyes helps the mind surrender to the Divine in the heart. One can do Namaste to oneself as a meditation technique to go deeper inside the heart chakra; when done with someone else, it is also a beautiful, albeit quick, meditation.
For a teacher and student, Namaste allows two individuals to come together energetically to a place of connection and timelessness, free from the bonds of ego-connection. If it is done with deep feeling in the heart and with the mind surrendered, a deep union of spirits can blossom.
Ideally, Namaste should be done both at the beginning and at the end of class. Usually, it is done at the end of class because the mind is less active and the energy in the room is more peaceful. The teacher initiates Namaste as a symbol of gratitude and respect toward her students and her own teachers and in return invites the students to connect with their lineage, thereby allowing the truth to flow—the truth that we are all one when we live from the heart.
Aadil Palkhivala began studying yoga at the age of seven with B.K.S. Iyengar and was introduced to Sri Aurobindo's yoga three years later. He received the Advanced Yoga Teacher's Certificate at the age of 22 and is the founder-director of the Alive and Shine Center in Bellevue, Washington and The College of Purna Yoga. Aadil is also a Naturopath, a certified Ayurvedic Health Science Practitioner, a clinical hypnotherapist, a certified Shiatsu and Swedish bodywork therapist, a lawyer, and an internationally sponsored public speaker on the mind-body-energy connection.
http://healing.about.com/od/cultures/a/namaste.htm The word Namaste is a combination of the two Sanskrit words: nama, and te. Basically, nama means "to bow" and te means "you." The Namaste salutation was transmitted from ancient India to the countries of South-east Asia, and has now traveled virtually all over the globe. In Japan the Namaste hand gesture is called Gassho and is used in prayer and healing sessions. Interpretation: The God/Goddess Spirit within me recognizes and honors the God/Goddess Spirit within you. (Readers define "Namaste")
Mudra of Namaste: Hands are held together at the palms in front of the heart or brow chakra. Head is bowed slightly downward. Eyes are sometimes closed. A Yogic Thank You: Yoga students often repeat "Namaste" at the end of each class as a thank you, honoring their instructor. Equalizer: Namaste is significant because it is a humbling gesture. Namaste is done as a recognition that we are all on equal standings, all of us are children of divinity. We are one. Who Can Namaste? Namaste can be used as a greeting for all ages, all genders, all races. Namaste greetings can be given to friends, family members, and also strangers. Written Notation: The word "Namaste" is often used as a closing notation (without the accompanying prayerful hand and bowing head gestures) in written communications similar to "sincerely," "best regards" or "love."
http://hinduism.about.com/od/artculture/p/namaste.htm ‘Namaste’ or ‘namaskar’ is the Indian way of greeting each other. Wherever they are – on the street, in the house, in public transport, on vacation or on the phone – when Hindus meet people they know or strangers with whom they want to initiate a conversation, namaste is the customary courtesy greeting to begin with and often to end with. It is not a superficial gesture or a mere word, and is for all people - young and old, friends and strangers.
Namaste According to the Scriptures:
Namaste and its common variants ‘namaskar,’ ‘namaskaara’ or ‘namaskaram’, is one of the five forms of formal traditional greeting mentioned in the Vedas. This is normally understood as prostration but it actually refers to paying homage or showing respect to one another, as is the practice today, when we greet each other.
The Meaning of Namaste:
In Sanskrit the word is namah + te = namaste which means “I bow to you” - my greetings, salutations or prostration to you. The word ‘namaha’ can also be literally interpreted as "na ma" (not mine). It has a spiritual significance of negating or reducing one's ego in the presence of another.
How to Namaste:
Bend the arms from the elbow upwards and face the two palms of the hands. Place the two palms together and keep the folded palms in front of the chest. Utter the word namaste and while saying the word bow the head slightly.
Why Namaste:
Namaste could be just a casual or formal greeting, a cultural convention or an act of worship. However, there is much more to it than meets the eye. The real meeting between people is the meeting of their minds. When we greet one another with namaste, it means, ‘may our minds meet’, indicated by the folded palms placed before the chest. The bowing down of the head is a gracious form of extending friendship in love, respect and humility.
Spiritual Significance of Namaste:
The reason why we do namaste has a deeper spiritual significance. It recognizes the belief that the life force, the divinity, the Self or the God in me is the same in all. Acknowledging this oneness with the meeting of the palms, we honor the god in the person we meet.
Namaste in Prayers:
During prayers, Hindus not only do namaste but also bow and close their eyes, as it were, to look into the inner spirit. This physical gesture is sometimes accompanied by names of gods like ‘Ram Ram’, ‘Jai Shri Krishna’, ‘Namo Narayana’, ‘Jai Siya Ram’ or just ‘Om Shanti’ – the common refrain in Hindu chants. This is also quite common when two devout Hindus meet - indicating the recognition of the divinity within ourselves and extending a warm welcome to each other.
How would you like to have "The Thirty-Four Chapters" instead of "The Ten Commandments"??? But really, don't 'The Thirty-Four Chapters' tell us what the Ten Commands Meant?? This is EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. Does accepting 'The Ten Commandments' mean that we accept 'The Thirty-Four Chapters'?? Notice how King David treated the Law in the Psalms. Notice how Jesus treated the Law in the Gospels. Notice how Paul treated the Law in the Epistles. Notice how the Revelator treated the Law in the Revelation. This is EXTREMELY IMPORTANT.
Deuteronomy Chapter 1 (King James Version)
1 These be the words which Moses spake unto all Israel on this side Jordan in the wilderness, in the plain over against the Red sea, between Paran, and Tophel, and Laban, and Hazeroth, and Dizahab. 2 (There are eleven days' journey from Horeb by the way of mount Seir unto Kadeshbarnea.) 3 And it came to pass in the fortieth year, in the eleventh month, on the first day of the month, that Moses spake unto the children of Israel, according unto all that the LORD had given him in commandment unto them; 4 After he had slain Sihon the king of the Amorites, which dwelt in Heshbon, and Og the king of Bashan, which dwelt at Astaroth in Edrei: 5 On this side Jordan, in the land of Moab, began Moses to declare this law, saying, 6 The LORD our God spake unto us in Horeb, saying , Ye have dwelt long enough in this mount:7Turn you, and take your journey , and go to the mount of the Amorites, and unto all the places nigh thereunto, in the plain, in the hills, and in the vale, and in the south, and by the sea side, to the land of the Canaanites, and unto Lebanon, unto the great river, the river Euphrates. 8 Behold, I have set the land before you: go in and possess the land which the LORD sware unto your fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, to give unto them and to their seed after them. 9 And I spake unto you at that time, saying, I am not able to bear you myself alone: 10 The LORD your God hath multiplied you, and, behold, ye are this day as the stars of heaven for multitude.11 (The LORD God of your fathers make you a thousand times so many more as ye are, and bless you, as he hath promised you!) 12How can I myself alone bear your cumbrance, and your burden, and your strife? 13 Take you wise men, and understanding , and known among your tribes, and I will make them rulers over you. 14 And ye answered me, and said , The thing which thou hast spoken is good for us to do . 15 So I took the chief of your tribes, wise men, and known, and made them heads over you, captains over thousands, and captains over hundreds, and captains over fifties, and captains over tens, and officers among your tribes. 16 And I charged your judges at that time, saying , Hear the causes between your brethren, and judgerighteously between every man and his brother, and the stranger that is with him. 17 Ye shall not respect persons in judgment; but ye shall hear the small as well as the great; ye shall not be afraid of the face of man; for the judgment is God's: and the cause that is too hard for you, bring it unto me, and I will hear it. 18 And I commanded you at that time all the things which ye should do . 19 And when we departed from Horeb, we went through all that great and terrible wilderness, which ye saw by the way of the mountain of the Amorites, as the LORD our God commanded us; and we came to Kadeshbarnea.20 And I said unto you, Ye are come unto the mountain of the Amorites, which the LORD our God doth give unto us. 21Behold, the LORD thy God hath set the land before thee: go up and possess it, as the LORD God of thy fathers hath said unto thee; fear not, neither be discouraged . 22 And ye came near unto me every one of you, and said, We will sendmen before us, and they shall search us out the land, and bring us word again by what way we must go up , and into what cities we shall come . 23 And the saying pleased me well: and I tooktwelve men of you, one of a tribe : 24 And they turned and went up into the mountain, and came unto the valley of Eshcol, and searched it out . 25 And they took of the fruit of the land in their hands, and brought it down unto us, and brought us word again , and said , It is a good land which the LORD our God doth give us. 26 Notwithstanding ye would not go up , but rebelled against the commandment of the LORD your God:27 And ye murmured in your tents, and said , Because the LORD hated us, he hath brought us forth out of the land of Egypt, to deliver us into the hand of the Amorites, to destroy us. 28 Whither shall we go up ? our brethren have discouraged our heart, saying , The people is greater and taller than we; the cities are great and walled up to heaven; and moreover we have seen the sons of the Anakims there. 29 Then I said unto you, Dread not, neither be afraid of them. 30 The LORD your God which goeth before you, he shall fight for you, according to all that he did for you in Egypt before your eyes;31 And in the wilderness, where thou hast seen how that the LORD thy God bare thee, as a man doth bear his son, in all the way that ye went , until ye came into this place.32 Yet in this thing ye did not believe the LORD your God,33 Who went in the way before you, to search you out a place to pitch your tents in, in fire by night, to shew you by what way ye should go , and in a cloud by day.34 And the LORD heard the voice of your words, and was wroth , and sware , saying , 35 Surely there shall not one of these men of this evil generation see that good land, which I sware to give unto your fathers, 36Save Caleb the son of Jephunneh; he shall see it, and to him will I give the land that he hath trodden upon , and to his children, because he hath whollyfollowed the LORD.37 Also the LORD was angry with me for your sakes, saying , Thou also shalt not go in thither.38 But Joshua the son of Nun, which standeth before thee, he shall go in thither: encourage him: for he shall cause Israel to inherit it. 39 Moreover your little ones, which ye said should be a prey, and your children, which in that day had no knowledge between good and evil, they shall go in thither, and unto them will I give it, and they shall possess it. 40 But as for you, turn you, and take your journey into the wilderness by the way of the Red Sea.41 Then ye answered and said unto me, We have sinned against the LORD, we will go up and fight , according to all that the LORD our God commanded us. And when ye had girded on every man his weapons of war, ye were ready to go up into the hill.42 And the LORD said unto me, Say unto them, Go not up , neither fight ; for I am not among you; lest ye be smittenbefore your enemies . 43 So I spake unto you; and ye would not hear , but rebelled against the commandment of the LORD, and went presumptuously up into the hill.44 And the Amorites, which dwelt in that mountain, came out against you, and chased you, as bees do , and destroyed you in Seir, even unto Hormah.45 And ye returned and wept before the LORD; but the LORD would not hearken to your voice, nor give ear unto you. 46 So ye abode in Kadesh many days, according unto the days that ye abode there.
Deuteronomy Chapter 2
1 Then we turned , and took our journey into the wilderness by the way of the Red Sea, as the LORD spake unto me: and we compassed Mount Seir many days.2 And the LORD spake unto me, saying , 3 Ye have compassed this mountain long enough: turn you northward.4 And command thou the people, saying , Ye are to pass through the coast of your brethren the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir; and they shall be afraid of you: take ye good heed unto yourselves therefore: 5Meddle not with them; for I will not give you of their land, no, not so much as a foot breadth ; because I have given Mount Seir unto Esau for a possession.6 Ye shall buy meat of them for money, that ye may eat ; and ye shall also buy water of them for money, that ye may drink . 7 For the LORD thy God hath blessed thee in all the works of thy hand: he knoweth thy walking through this great wilderness: these forty years the LORD thy God hath been with thee; thou hast lacked nothing.8 And when we passed by from our brethren the children of Esau, which dwelt in Seir, through the way of the plain from Elath, and from Eziongaber, we turned and passed by the way of the wilderness of Moab.9 And the LORD said unto me, Distress not the Moabites, neither contend with them in battle: for I will not give thee of their land for a possession; because I have given Ar unto the children of Lot for a possession.10 The Emims dwelt therein in times past, a people great, and many, and tall , as the Anakims;11Which also were accounted giants, as the Anakims; but the Moabites call them Emims.12 The Horims also dwelt in Seir before time; but the children of Esau succeeded them, when they had destroyed them from before them, and dwelt in their stead; as Israel did unto the land of his possession, which the LORD gave unto them. 13 Now rise up , said I, and get you over the brook Zered. And we went over the brook Zered.14 And the space in which we came from Kadeshbarnea, until we were come over the brook Zered, was thirty and eight years; until all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the host, as the LORD sware unto them. 15 For indeed the hand of the LORD was against them, to destroy them from among the host, until they were consumed . 16 So it came to pass, when all the men of war were consumed and dead from among the people,17 That the LORD spake unto me, saying , 18 Thou art to pass over through Ar, the coast of Moab, this day:19 And when thou comest nigh over against the children of Ammon, distress them not, nor meddle with them: for I will not give thee of the land of the children of Ammon any possession; because I have given it unto the children of Lot for a possession.20 (That also was accounted a land of giants: giants dwelt therein in old time; and the Ammonites call them Zamzummims;21 A people great, and many, and tall , as the Anakims; but the LORD destroyed them before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead: 22 As he did to the children of Esau, which dwelt in Seir, when he destroyed the Horims from before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead even unto this day:23 And the Avims which dwelt in Hazerim, even unto Azzah, the Caphtorims, which came forth out of Caphtor, destroyed them, and dwelt in their stead.) 24 Rise ye up , take your journey , and pass over the river Arnon: behold , I have given into thine hand Sihon the Amorite, king of Heshbon, and his land: begin to possess it, and contend with him in battle.25 This day will I begin to put the dread of thee and the fear of thee upon the nations that are under the whole heaven, who shall hear report of thee, and shall tremble , and be in anguish because of thee.26 And I sent messengers out of the wilderness of Kedemoth unto Sihon king of Heshbon with words of peace, saying , 27 Let me pass through thy land: I will go along by the high way , I will neither turn unto the right hand nor to the left.28 Thou shalt sell me meat for money, that I may eat ; and give me water for money, that I may drink : only I will pass through on my feet;29 (As the children of Esau which dwell in Seir, and the Moabites which dwell in Ar, did unto me;) until I shall pass over Jordan into the land which the LORD our God giveth us. 30 But Sihon king of Heshbon would not let us pass by him: for the LORD thy God hardened his spirit, and made his heart obstinate , that he might deliver him into thy hand, as appeareth this day.31 And the LORD said unto me, Behold , I have begun to give Sihon and his land before thee: begin to possess , that thou mayest inherit his land.32 Then Sihon came outagainst us, he and all his people, to fight at Jahaz.33 And the LORD our God delivered him before us; and we smote him, and his sons, and all his people.34 And we took all his cities at that time, and utterly destroyed the men, and the women, and the little ones, of every city, we left none to remain:35 Only the cattle we took for a prey unto ourselves, and the spoil of the cities which we took . 36 From Aroer, which is by the brink of the river of Arnon, and from the city that is by the river, even unto Gilead, there was not one city too strong for us: the LORD our God delivered all unto us:37 Only unto the land of the children of Ammon thou camest not, nor unto any place of the river Jabbok, nor unto the cities in the mountains, nor unto whatsoever the LORD our God forbad us.
Deuteronomy Chapter 3
1 Then we turned, and went up the way to Bashan: and Og the king of Bashan came out against us, he and all his people, to battle at Edrei.2 And the LORD said unto me, Fear him not: for I will deliver him, and all his people, and his land, into thy hand; and thou shalt do unto him as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbon.3 So the LORD our God delivered into our hands Og also, the king of Bashan, and all his people: and we smote him until none was left to him remaining.4 And we took all his cities at that time, there was not a city which we took not from them, threescore cities, all the region of Argob, the kingdom of Og in Bashan.5 All these cities were fenced with high walls, gates, and bars; beside unwalled towns a great many . 6 And we utterly destroyed them, as we did unto Sihon king of Heshbon, utterly destroying the men, women, and children, of every city.7 But all the cattle, and the spoil of the cities, we took for a prey to ourselves. 8 And we took at that time out of the hand of the two kings of the Amorites the land that was on this side Jordan, from the river of Arnon unto mount Hermon;9 (Which Hermon the Sidonians callSirion; and the Amorites call it Shenir;) 10 All the cities of the plain, and all Gilead, and all Bashan, unto Salchah and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan.11 For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of giants; behold, his bedstead was a bedstead of iron; is it not in Rabbath of the children of Ammon? nine cubits was the length thereof, and four cubits the breadth of it, after the cubit of a man.12 And this land, which we possessed at that time, from Aroer, which is by the river Arnon, and half mount Gilead, and the cities thereof, gave I unto the Reubenites and to the Gadites.13 And the rest of Gilead, and all Bashan, being the kingdom of Og, gave I unto the half tribe of Manasseh; all the region of Argob, with all Bashan, which was called the land of giants.14Jair the son of Manasseh took all the country of Argob unto the coasts of Geshuri and Maachathi; and called them after his own name, Bashanhavothjair , unto this day.15 And I gave Gilead unto Machir.16 And unto the Reubenites and unto the Gadites I gave from Gilead even unto the river Arnon half the valley, and the border even unto the river Jabbok, which is the border of the children of Ammon;17 The plain also, and Jordan, and the coast thereof, from Chinnereth even unto the sea of the plain, even the salt sea, under Ashdothpisgah eastward.18 And I commanded you at that time, saying , The LORD your God hath given you this land to possess it: ye shall pass over armed before your brethren the children of Israel, all that are meet for the war.19 But your wives, and your little ones, and your cattle, (for I know that ye have much cattle,) shall abide in your cities which I have given you; 20 Until the LORD have given rest unto your brethren, as well as unto you, and until they also possess the land which the LORD your God hath given them beyond Jordan: and then shall ye return every man unto his possession, which I have given you. 21 And I commanded Joshua at that time, saying , Thine eyes have seen all that the LORD your God hath done unto these two kings: so shall the LORD do unto all the kingdoms whither thou passest . 22 Ye shall not fear them: for the LORD your God he shall fight for you. 23 And I besought the LORD at that time, saying , 24 O Lord GOD, thou hast begun to shew thy servant thy greatness, and thy mighty hand: for what God is there in heaven or in earth, that can do according to thy works, and according to thy might?25 I pray thee, let me go over , and see the good land that is beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon.26 But the LORD was wroth with me for your sakes, and would not hear me: and the LORD said unto me, Let it suffice thee; speak no more unto me of this matter.27 Get thee up into the top of Pisgah, and lift up thine eyes westward, and northward, and southward, and eastward, and behold it with thine eyes: for thou shalt not go over this Jordan.28 But charge Joshua, and encourage him, and strengthen him: for he shall go over before this people, and he shall cause them to inherit the land which thou shalt see . 29 So we abode in the valley over against Bethpeor.
Deuteronomy Chapter 4
1 Now therefore hearken , O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do them, that ye may live , and go in and possess the land which the LORD God of your fathers giveth you. 2 Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish ought from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the LORD your God which I command you. 3 Your eyes have seen what the LORD did because of Baalpeor: for all the men that followed Baalpeor, the LORD thy God hath destroyed them from among you. 4 But ye that did cleave unto the LORD your God are alive every one of you this day. 5Behold , I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the LORD my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. 6Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say , Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people.7 For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the LORD our God is in all things that we call upon him for? 8 And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I setbefore you this day?9 Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen , and lest they depart from thy heart all the days of thy life: but teach them thy sons, and thy sons' sons;10 Specially the day that thou stoodest before the LORD thy God in Horeb, when the LORD said unto me, Gather me the people together , and I will make them hear my words, that they may learn to fear me all the days that they shall live upon the earth, and that they may teach their children.11 And ye came near and stood under the mountain; and the mountain burned with fire unto the midst of heaven, with darkness, clouds, and thick darkness.12 And the LORD spake unto you out of the midst of the fire: ye heard the voice of the words, but saw no similitude; only ye heard a voice.13 And he declared unto you his covenant, which he commanded you to perform , even ten commandments; and he wrote them upon two tables of stone.14 And the LORD commanded me at that time to teach you statutes and judgments, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go over to possess it. 15 Take ye therefore good heed unto yourselves; for ye saw no manner of similitude on the day that the LORD spake unto you in Horeb out of the midst of the fire:16 Lest ye corrupt yourselves, and make you a graven image, the similitude of any figure, the likeness of male or female,17 The likeness of any beast that is on the earth, the likeness of any winged fowl that flieth in the air,18 The likeness of any thing that creepeth on the ground, the likeness of any fish that is in the waters beneath the earth:19 And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when thou seest the sun, and the moon, and the stars, even all the host of heaven, shouldest be driven to worship them, and serve them, which the LORD thy God hath divided unto all nations under the whole heaven.20 But the LORD hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the iron furnace, even out of Egypt, to be unto him a people of inheritance, as ye are this day.21 Furthermore the LORD was angry with me for your sakes, and sware that I should not go over Jordan, and that I should not go in unto that good land, which the LORD thy God giveth thee for an inheritance:22 But I must die in this land, I must not go over Jordan: but ye shall go over , and possess that good land.23 Take heed unto yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of the LORD your God, which he made with you, and make you a graven image, or the likeness of any thing, which the LORD thy God hath forbidden thee. 24 For the LORD thy God is a consuming fire, even a jealous God.25 When thou shalt beget children, and children's children, and ye shall have remained long in the land, and shall corrupt yourselves, and make a graven image, or the likeness of any thing, and shall doevil in the sight of the LORD thy God, to provoke him to anger : 26 I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day, that ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go overJordan to possess it; ye shall not prolong your days upon it, but shall utterly be destroyed . 27 And the LORD shall scatter you among the nations, and ye shall be left few in number among the heathen, whither the LORD shall lead you. 28 And there ye shall serve gods, the work of men's hands, wood and stone, which neither see, nor hear, nor eat , nor smell . 29 But if from thence thou shalt seek the LORD thy God, thou shalt find him, if thou seek him with all thy heart and with all thy soul.30 When thou art in tribulation, and all these things are come upon thee, even in the latter days, if thou turn to the LORD thy God, and shalt be obedient unto his voice;31 (For the LORD thy God is a merciful God;) he will not forsake thee, neither destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them. 32 For ask now of the days that are past, which werebefore thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth, and ask from the one side of heaven unto the other, whether there hath been any such thing as this great thing is, or hath been heard like it? 33 Did ever people hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as thou hast heard, and live ? 34 Or hath God assayed to go and take him a nation from the midst of another nation, by temptations, by signs, and by wonders, and by war, and by a mighty hand, and by a stretched outarm, and by great terrors, according to all that the LORD your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes?35 Unto thee it was shewed , that thou mightest know that the LORD he is God; there is none else beside him.36 Out of heaven he made thee to hear his voice, that he might instruct thee: and upon earth he shewed thee his great fire; and thou heardest his words out of the midst of the fire.37 And because he loved thy fathers, therefore he chose their seed after them, and brought thee out in his sight with his mighty power out of Egypt;38 To drive out nations from before thee greater and mightier than thou art, to bring thee in, to give thee their land for an inheritance, as it is this day. 39Know therefore this day, and consider it in thine heart, that the LORD he is God in heaven above, and upon the earth beneath: there is none else. 40 Thou shalt keep therefore his statutes, and his commandments, which I command thee this day, that it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee, and that thou mayest prolong thy days upon the earth, which the LORD thy God giveth thee, for ever. 41 Then Moses severed three cities on this side Jordan toward the sun rising ; 42 That the slayer might flee thither, which should kill his neighbour unawares , and hated him not in times past; and that fleeing unto one of these cities he might live : 43 Namely, Bezer in the wilderness, in the plain country, of the Reubenites; and Ramoth in Gilead, of the Gadites; and Golan in Bashan, of the Manassites. 44 And this is the law which Moses setbefore the children of Israel:45 These are the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which Moses spake unto the children of Israel, after they came forth out of Egypt, 46 On this side Jordan, in the valley over against Bethpeor, in the land of Sihon king of the Amorites, who dwelt at Heshbon, whom Moses and the children of Israel smote, after they were come forth out of Egypt: 47 And they possessed his land, and the land of Og king of Bashan, two kings of the Amorites, which were on this side Jordan toward the sunrising ; 48 From Aroer, which is by the bank of the river Arnon, even unto mount Sion, which is Hermon, 49 And all the plain on this side Jordan eastward, even unto the sea of the plain, under the springs of Pisgah.
Deuteronomy Chapter 5
1 And Moses called all Israel, and said unto them, Hear, O Israel, the statutes and judgments which I speak in your ears this day, that ye may learn them, and keep , and do them. 2 The LORD our God made a covenant with us in Horeb. 3 The LORD made not this covenant with our fathers, but with us, even us, who are all of us here alive this day. 4 The LORD talked with you face to face in the mount out of the midst of the fire, 5 (I stood between the LORD and you at that time, to shew you the word of the LORD: for ye were afraid by reason of the fire, and went not up into the mount;) saying , 6 I am the LORD thy God, which brought thee out of the land of Egypt, from the house of bondage. 7 Thou shalt have none other gods before me. 8 Thou shalt not make thee any graven image, or any likeness of any thing that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the waters beneath the earth:9 Thou shalt not bow down thyself unto them, nor serve them: for I the LORD thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate me, 10 And shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love me and keep my commandments.11 Thou shalt not take the name of the LORD thy God in vain: for the LORD will not hold him guiltless that taketh his name in vain. 12 Keep the sabbath day to sanctify it, as the LORD thy God hath commanded thee. 13 Six days thou shalt labour , and do all thy work: 14 But the seventh day is the sabbath of the LORD thy God: in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, nor thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thine ox, nor thine ass, nor any of thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates; that thy manservant and thy maidservant may rest as well as thou. 15 And remember that thou wast a servant in the land of Egypt, and that the LORD thy God brought thee out thence through a mighty hand and by a stretched outarm: therefore the LORD thy God commanded thee to keep the sabbath day. 16 Honour thy father and thy mother, as the LORD thy God hath commanded thee; that thy days may be prolonged , and that it may go well with thee, in the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee. 17 Thou shalt not kill . 18 Neither shalt thou commit adultery . 19 Neither shalt thou steal . 20 Neither shalt thou bear false witness against thy neighbour.21 Neither shalt thou desire thy neighbour's wife, neither shalt thou covet thy neighbour's house, his field, or his manservant, or his maidservant, his ox, or his ass, or any thing that is thy neighbour's.22 These words the LORD spake unto all your assembly in the mount out of the midst of the fire, of the cloud, and of the thick darkness, with a great voice: and he added no more . And he wrote them in two tables of stone, and delivered them unto me. 23 And it came to pass, when ye heard the voice out of the midst of the darkness, (for the mountain did burn with fire,) that ye came near unto me, even all the heads of your tribes, and your elders;24 And ye said , Behold, the LORD our God hath shewed us his glory and his greatness, and we have heard his voice out of the midst of the fire: we have seen this day that God doth talk with man, and he liveth . 25 Now therefore why should we die ? for this great fire will consume us: if we hear the voice of the LORD our God any more , then we shall die . 26 For who is there of all flesh, that hath heard the voice of the living God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as we have, and lived ? 27 Go thou near , and hear all that the LORD our God shall say : and speak thou unto us all that the LORD our God shall speak unto thee; and we will hear it, and do it. 28 And the LORD heard the voice of your words, when ye spake unto me; and the LORD said unto me, I have heard the voice of the words of this people, which they have spoken unto thee: they have well said all that they have spoken . 29 O that there were such an heart in them , that they would fear me, and keep all my commandments always, that it might be well with them, and with their children for ever! 30 Go say to them, Get you into your tents again. 31 But as for thee, stand thou here by me, and I will speak unto thee all the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments, which thou shalt teach them, that they may do them in the land which I give them to possess it. 32 Ye shall observe to do therefore as the LORD your God hath commanded you: ye shall not turn aside to the right hand or to the left. 33 Ye shall walk in all the ways which the LORD your God hath commanded you, that ye may live, and that it may be well with you, and that ye may prolong your days in the land which ye shall possess.
Deuteronomy Chapter 6
1 Now these are the commandments, the statutes, and the judgments, which the LORD your God commanded to teach you, that ye might do them in the land whither ye go to possess it: 2 That thou mightest fear the LORD thy God, to keep all his statutes and his commandments, which I command thee, thou, and thy son, and thy son's son, all the days of thy life; and that thy days may be prolonged . 3 Hear therefore, O Israel, and observe to do it; that it may be well with thee, and that ye may increasemightily, as the LORD God of thy fathers hath promised thee, in the land that floweth with milk and honey. 4 Hear, O Israel: The LORD our God is one LORD: 5 And thou shalt love the LORD thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy might.6 And these words, which I command thee this day, shall be in thine heart:7 And thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down , and when thou risest up. 8 And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be as frontlets between thine eyes. 9 And thou shalt write them upon the posts of thy house, and on thy gates. 10 And it shall be, when the LORD thy God shall have brought thee into the land which he sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give thee great and goodly cities, which thou buildedst not, 11 And houses full of all good things, which thou filledst not, and wells digged , which thou diggedst not, vineyards and olive trees, which thou plantedst not; when thou shalt have eaten and be full ; 12 Then beware lest thou forget the LORD, which brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, from the house of bondage. 13 Thou shalt fear the LORD thy God, and serve him, and shalt swear by his name. 14 Ye shall not goafter other gods, of the gods of the people which are round about you; 15 (For the LORD thy God is a jealous God among you) lest the anger of the LORD thy God be kindled against thee, and destroy thee from off the face of the earth.16 Ye shall not tempt the LORD your God, as ye tempted him in Massah. 17 Ye shall diligentlykeep the commandments of the LORD your God, and his testimonies, and his statutes, which he hath commanded thee. 18 And thou shalt do that which is right and good in the sight of the LORD: that it may be well with thee, and that thou mayest go in and possess the good land which the LORD sware unto thy fathers,19 To cast out all thine enemies from before thee, as the LORD hath spoken . 20 And when thy son asketh thee in time to come, saying , What mean the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which the LORD our God hath commanded you? 21 Then thou shalt say unto thy son, We were Pharaoh's bondmen in Egypt; and the LORD brought us out of Egypt with a mighty hand:22 And the LORD shewed signs and wonders, great and sore, upon Egypt, upon Pharaoh, and upon all his household, before our eyes:23 And he brought us out from thence, that he might bring us in , to give us the land which he sware unto our fathers.24 And the LORD commanded us to do all these statutes, to fear the LORD our God, for our good always, that he might preserve us alive , as it is at this day. 25 And it shall be our righteousness, if we observe to do all these commandments before the LORD our God, as he hath commanded us.
Deuteronomy Chapter 7
1 When the LORD thy God shall bring thee into the land whither thou goest to possess it, and hath cast outmany nations before thee, the Hittites, and the Girgashites, and the Amorites, and the Canaanites, and the Perizzites, and the Hivites, and the Jebusites, seven nations greater and mightier than thou; 2 And when the LORD thy God shall deliver them before thee; thou shalt smite them, and utterlydestroy them; thou shalt make no covenant with them, nor shew mercy unto them: 3 Neither shalt thou make marriages with them; thy daughter thou shalt not give unto his son, nor his daughter shalt thou take unto thy son. 4 For they will turn away thy son from following me, that they may serve other gods: so will the anger of the LORD be kindled against you, and destroy thee suddenly. 5 But thus shall ye deal with them; ye shall destroy their altars, and break down their images, and cut down their groves, and burn their graven images with fire. 6 For thou art an holy people unto the LORD thy God: the LORD thy God hath chosen thee to be a special people unto himself, above all people that are upon the face of the earth. 7 The LORD did not set his love upon you, nor choose you, because ye were more in number than any people; for ye were the fewest of all people: 8 But because the LORD loved you, and because he would keep the oath which he had sworn unto your fathers, hath the LORD brought you out with a mighty hand, and redeemed you out of the house of bondmen, from the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt. 9 Know therefore that the LORD thy God, he is God, the faithful God, which keepethcovenant and mercy with them that love him and keep his commandments to a thousand generations;10 And repayeth them that hate him to their face, to destroy them: he will not be slack to him that hateth him, he will repay him to his face.11 Thou shalt therefore keep the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments, which I command thee this day, to do them. 12 Wherefore it shall come to pass, if ye hearken to these judgments, and keep , and do them, that the LORD thy God shall keep unto thee the covenant and the mercy which he sware unto thy fathers:13 And he will love thee, and bless thee, and multiply thee: he will also bless the fruit of thy womb, and the fruit of thy land, thy corn, and thy wine, and thine oil, the increase of thy kine, and the flocks of thy sheep, in the land which he sware unto thy fathers to give thee. 14 Thou shalt be blessed above all people: there shall not be male or female barren among you, or among your cattle.15 And the LORD will take away from thee all sickness, and will put none of the evil diseases of Egypt, which thou knowest , upon thee; but will lay them upon all them that hate thee. 16 And thou shalt consume all the people which the LORD thy God shall deliver thee; thine eye shall have no pity upon them: neither shalt thou serve their gods; for that will be a snare unto thee. 17 If thou shalt say in thine heart, These nations are more than I; how can I dispossess them? 18 Thou shalt not be afraid of them: but shalt well remember what the LORD thy God did unto Pharaoh, and unto all Egypt;19 The great temptations which thine eyes saw , and the signs, and the wonders, and the mighty hand, and the stretched outarm, whereby the LORD thy God brought thee out : so shall the LORD thy God do unto all the people of whom thou art afraid . 20 Moreover the LORD thy God will send the hornet among them, until they that are left , and hide themselves from thee, be destroyed . 21 Thou shalt not be affrighted at them: for the LORD thy God is among you, a mighty God and terrible . 22 And the LORD thy God will put out those nations before thee by little and little: thou mayest not consume them at once, lest the beasts of the field increase upon thee. 23 But the LORD thy God shall deliver them unto thee, and shall destroy them with a mighty destruction, until they be destroyed . 24 And he shall deliver their kings into thine hand, and thou shalt destroy their name from under heaven: there shall no man be able to stand before thee, until thou have destroyed them. 25 The graven images of their gods shall ye burn with fire: thou shalt not desire the silver or gold that is on them, nor take it unto thee, lest thou be snared therein: for it is an abomination to the LORD thy God.26 Neither shalt thou bring an abomination into thine house, lest thou be a cursed thing like it: but thou shalt utterly detest it, and thou shalt utterly abhor it; for it is a cursed thing.
Deuteronomy Chapter 8
1 All the commandments which I command thee this day shall ye observe to do , that ye may live , and multiply , and go in and possess the land which the LORD sware unto your fathers.2 And thou shalt remember all the way which the LORD thy God led thee these forty years in the wilderness, to humble thee, and to prove thee, to know what was in thine heart, whether thou wouldest keep his commandments, or no. 3 And he humbled thee, and suffered thee to hunger , and fed thee with manna, which thou knewest not, neither did thy fathers know ; that he might make thee know that man doth not live by bread only, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the LORD doth man live . 4 Thy raiment waxed not old upon thee, neither did thy foot swell , these forty years.5 Thou shalt also consider in thine heart, that, as a man chasteneth his son, so the LORD thy God chasteneth thee. 6 Therefore thou shalt keep the commandments of the LORD thy God, to walk in his ways, and to fear him. 7 For the LORD thy God bringeth thee into a good land, a land of brooks of water, of fountains and depths that spring out of valleys and hills;8 A land of wheat, and barley, and vines, and fig trees, and pomegranates; a land of oil olive, and honey;9 A land wherein thou shalt eat bread without scarceness, thou shalt not lack any thing in it; a land whose stones are iron, and out of whose hills thou mayest digbrass.10 When thou hast eaten and art full , then thou shalt bless the LORD thy God for the good land which he hath given thee. 11Beware that thou forget not the LORD thy God, in not keeping his commandments, and his judgments, and his statutes, which I command thee this day:12 Lest when thou hast eaten and art full , and hast built goodly houses, and dwelt therein; 13 And when thy herds and thy flocks multiply , and thy silver and thy gold is multiplied , and all that thou hast is multiplied ; 14 Then thine heart be lifted up , and thou forget the LORD thy God, which brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, from the house of bondage;15 Who led thee through that great and terrible wilderness, wherein were fiery serpents, and scorpions, and drought, where there was no water; who brought thee forth water out of the rock of flint;16 Who fed thee in the wilderness with manna, which thy fathers knew not, that he might humble thee, and that he might prove thee, to do thee good at thy latter end;17 And thou say in thine heart, My power and the might of mine hand hath gotten me this wealth.18 But thou shalt remember the LORD thy God: for it is he that giveth thee power to get wealth, that he may establish his covenant which he sware unto thy fathers, as it is this day.19 And it shall be, if thou do at all forget the LORD thy God, and walk after other gods, and serve them, and worship them, I testify against you this day that ye shall surely perish . 20 As the nations which the LORD destroyeth before your face, so shall ye perish ; because ye would not be obedient unto the voice of the LORD your God.
Deuteronomy Chapter 9
1Hear, O Israel: Thou art to pass over Jordan this day, to go in to possess nations greater and mightier than thyself, cities great and fenced up to heaven,2 A people great and tall , the children of the Anakims, whom thou knowest , and of whom thou hast heard say, Who can stand before the children of Anak!3Understand therefore this day, that the LORD thy God is he which goeth overbefore thee; as a consuming fire he shall destroy them, and he shall bring them down before thy face: so shalt thou drive them out , and destroy them quickly, as the LORD hath said unto thee. 4Speak not thou in thine heart, after that the LORD thy God hath cast them out from before thee, saying , For my righteousness the LORD hath brought me in to possess this land: but for the wickedness of these nations the LORD doth drive them out from before thee. 5 Not for thy righteousness, or for the uprightness of thine heart, dost thou go to possess their land: but for the wickedness of these nations the LORD thy God doth drive them out from before thee, and that he may perform the word which the LORD sware unto thy fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.6Understand therefore, that the LORD thy God giveth thee not this good land to possess it for thy righteousness; for thou art a stiffnecked people.7Remember , and forget not, how thou provokedst the LORD thy God to wrath in the wilderness: from the day that thou didst depart out of the land of Egypt, until ye came unto this place, ye have been rebellious against the LORD.8 Also in Horeb ye provoked the LORD to wrath , so that the LORD was angry with you to have destroyed you. 9 When I was gone up into the mount to receive the tables of stone, even the tables of the covenant which the LORD made with you, then I abode in the mount forty days and forty nights, I neither did eat bread nor drinkwater:10 And the LORD delivered unto me two tables of stone written with the finger of God; and on them was written according to all the words, which the LORD spake with you in the mount out of the midst of the fire in the day of the assembly.11 And it came to pass at the end of forty days and forty nights, that the LORD gave me the two tables of stone, even the tables of the covenant.12 And the LORD said unto me, Arise , get thee down quickly from hence; for thy people which thou hast brought forth out of Egypt have corrupted themselves; they are quickly turned aside out of the way which I commanded them; they have made them a molten image.13 Furthermore the LORD spake unto me, saying , I have seen this people, and, behold, it is a stiffnecked people:14 Let me alone , that I may destroy them, and blot out their name from under heaven: and I will makeof thee a nation mightier and greater than they. 15 So I turned and came down from the mount, and the mount burned with fire: and the two tables of the covenant were in my two hands.16 And I looked , and, behold, ye had sinned against the LORD your God, and had made you a molten calf: ye had turned aside quickly out of the way which the LORD had commanded you. 17 And I took the two tables, and cast them out of my two hands, and brake them before your eyes.18 And I fell downbefore the LORD, as at the first, forty days and forty nights: I did neither eat bread, nor drink water, because of all your sins which ye sinned , in doing wickedly in the sight of the LORD, to provoke him to anger. 19 For I was afraid of the anger and hot displeasure, wherewith the LORD was wroth against you to destroy you. But the LORD hearkened unto me at that time also. 20 And the LORD was very angry with Aaron to have destroyed him: and I prayed for Aaron also the same time. 21 And I took your sin, the calf which ye had made , and burnt it with fire, and stamped it, and ground it very small , even until it was as small as dust: and I cast the dust thereof into the brook that descended out of the mount.22 And at Taberah, and at Massah, and at Kibrothhattaavah, ye provoked the LORD to wrath . 23 Likewise when the LORD sent you from Kadeshbarnea, saying , Go up and possess the land which I have given you; then ye rebelled against the commandment of the LORD your God, and ye believed him not, nor hearkened to his voice.24 Ye have been rebellious against the LORD from the day that I knew you. 25 Thus I fell downbefore the LORD forty days and forty nights, as I fell down at the first; because the LORD had said he would destroy you. 26 I prayed therefore unto the LORD, and said , O Lord GOD, destroy not thy people and thine inheritance, which thou hast redeemed through thy greatness, which thou hast brought forth out of Egypt with a mighty hand.27Remember thy servants, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; look not unto the stubbornness of this people, nor to their wickedness, nor to their sin:28 Lest the land whence thou broughtest us outsay , Because the LORD was not able to bring them into the land which he promised them, and because he hated them, he hath brought them out to slay them in the wilderness.29 Yet they are thy people and thine inheritance, which thou broughtest out by thy mighty power and by thy stretched outarm.
Deuteronomy Chapter 10
1 At that time the LORD said unto me, Hew thee two tables of stone like unto the first, and come up unto me into the mount, and make thee an ark of wood.2 And I will write on the tables the words that were in the first tables which thou brakest , and thou shalt put them in the ark.3 And I made an ark of shittim wood, and hewed two tables of stone like unto the first, and went up into the mount, having the two tables in mine hand.4 And he wrote on the tables, according to the first writing, the ten commandments, which the LORD spake unto you in the mount out of the midst of the fire in the day of the assembly: and the LORD gave them unto me. 5 And I turned myself and came down from the mount, and put the tables in the ark which I had made; and there they be, as the LORD commanded me. 6 And the children of Israel took their journey from Beeroth of the children of Jaakan to Mosera: there Aaron died , and there he was buried ; and Eleazar his son ministered in the priest's office in his stead. 7 From thence they journeyed unto Gudgodah; and from Gudgodah to Jotbath, a land of rivers of waters.8 At that time the LORD separated the tribe of Levi, to bear the ark of the covenant of the LORD, to stand before the LORD to minister unto him, and to bless in his name, unto this day.9 Wherefore Levi hath no part nor inheritance with his brethren; the LORD is his inheritance, according as the LORD thy God promised him. 10 And I stayed in the mount, according to the first time, forty days and forty nights; and the LORD hearkened unto me at that time also, and the LORD would not destroy thee. 11 And the LORD said unto me, Arise , take thy journey before the people, that they may go in and possess the land, which I sware unto their fathers to give unto them. 12 And now, Israel, what doth the LORD thy God require of thee, but to fear the LORD thy God, to walk in all his ways, and to love him, and to serve the LORD thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul,13 To keep the commandments of the LORD, and his statutes, which I command thee this day for thy good?14 Behold, the heaven and the heaven of heavens is the LORD'S thy God, the earth also, with all that therein is. 15 Only the LORD had a delight in thy fathers to love them, and he chose their seed after them, even you above all people, as it is this day.16Circumcise therefore the foreskin of your heart, and be no more stiffnecked . 17 For the LORD your God is God of gods, and Lord of lords, a great God, a mighty, and a terrible , which regardeth not persons, nor takethreward:18 He doth execute the judgment of the fatherless and widow, and loveth the stranger, in giving him food and raiment. 19 Love ye therefore the stranger: for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt.20 Thou shalt fear the LORD thy God; him shalt thou serve , and to him shalt thou cleave , and swear by his name.21 He is thy praise, and he is thy God, that hath done for thee these great and terrible things , which thine eyes have seen . 22 Thy fathers went down into Egypt with threescore and ten persons; and now the LORD thy God hath made thee as the stars of heaven for multitude.
Deuteronomy Chapter 11
1 Therefore thou shalt love the LORD thy God, and keep his charge, and his statutes, and his judgments, and his commandments, alway.2 And know ye this day: for I speak not with your children which have not known , and which have not seen the chastisement of the LORD your God, his greatness, his mighty hand, and his stretched outarm,3 And his miracles, and his acts, which he did in the midst of Egypt unto Pharaoh the king of Egypt, and unto all his land;4 And what he did unto the army of Egypt, unto their horses, and to their chariots; how he made the water of the Red sea to overflow them as they pursued after you, and how the LORD hath destroyed them unto this day;5 And what he did unto you in the wilderness, until ye came into this place; 6 And what he did unto Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab, the son of Reuben: how the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up , and their households, and their tents, and all the substance that was in their possession, in the midst of all Israel:7 But your eyes have seen all the great acts of the LORD which he did. 8 Therefore shall ye keep all the commandments which I command you this day, that ye may be strong, and go in and possess the land, whither ye go to possess it; 9 And that ye may prolong your days in the land, which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give unto them and to their seed, a land that floweth with milk and honey.10 For the land, whither thou goest in to possess it, is not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out , where thou sowedst thy seed, and wateredst it with thy foot, as a garden of herbs: 11 But the land, whither ye go to possess it, is a land of hills and valleys, and drinkethwater of the rain of heaven: 12 A land which the LORD thy God careth for : the eyes of the LORD thy God are always upon it, from the beginning of the year even unto the end of the year.13 And it shall come to pass, if ye shall hearken diligently unto my commandments which I command you this day, to love the LORD your God, and to serve him with all your heart and with all your soul,14 That I will give you the rain of your land in his due season, the first rain and the latter rain, that thou mayest gather in thy corn, and thy wine, and thine oil.15 And I will sendgrass in thy fields for thy cattle, that thou mayest eat and be full . 16 Take heed to yourselves, that your heart be not deceived , and ye turn aside , and serveother gods, and worship them; 17 And then the LORD'S wrath be kindled against you, and he shut up the heaven, that there be no rain, and that the land yield not her fruit; and lest ye perish quickly from off the good land which the LORD giveth you. 18 Therefore shall ye lay up these my words in your heart and in your soul, and bind them for a sign upon your hand, that they may be as frontlets between your eyes.19 And ye shall teach them your children, speaking of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, when thou liest down, and when thou risest up . 20 And thou shalt write them upon the door posts of thine house, and upon thy gates:21 That your days may be multiplied , and the days of your children, in the land which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give them, as the days of heaven upon the earth.22 For if ye shall diligentlykeep all these commandments which I command you, to do them, to love the LORD your God, to walk in all his ways, and to cleave unto him; 23 Then will the LORD drive out all these nations from before you, and ye shall possess greater nations and mightier than yourselves. 24 Every place whereon the soles of your feet shall tread shall be yours: from the wilderness and Lebanon, from the river, the river Euphrates, even unto the uttermost sea shall your coast be. 25 There shall no man be able to standbefore you: for the LORD your God shall lay the fear of you and the dread of you upon all the land that ye shall tread upon, as he hath said unto you. 26Behold , I set before you this day a blessing and a curse;27 A blessing, if ye obey the commandments of the LORD your God, which I command you this day:28 And a curse, if ye will not obey the commandments of the LORD your God, but turn aside out of the way which I command you this day, to goafter other gods, which ye have not known . 29 And it shall come to pass, when the LORD thy God hath brought thee in unto the land whither thou goest to possess it, that thou shalt put the blessing upon mount Gerizim, and the curse upon mount Ebal.30 Are they not on the other side Jordan, by the way where the sun goeth down, in the land of the Canaanites, which dwell in the campaign over against Gilgal, beside the plains of Moreh?31 For ye shall pass over Jordan to go in to possess the land which the LORD your God giveth you, and ye shall possess it, and dwell therein. 32 And ye shall observe to do all the statutes and judgments which I set before you this day.
Deuteronomy Chapter 12
1 These are the statutes and judgments, which ye shall observe to do in the land, which the LORD God of thy fathers giveth thee to possess it, all the days that ye live upon the earth.2 Ye shall utterlydestroy all the places, wherein the nations which ye shall possess served their gods, upon the high mountains, and upon the hills, and under every green tree:3 And ye shall overthrow their altars, and break their pillars, and burn their groves with fire; and ye shall hew down the graven images of their gods, and destroy the names of them out of that place.4 Ye shall not do so unto the LORD your God.5 But unto the place which the LORD your God shall choose out of all your tribes to put his name there, even unto his habitation shall ye seek , and thither thou shalt come : 6 And thither ye shall bring your burnt offerings, and your sacrifices, and your tithes, and heave offerings of your hand, and your vows, and your freewill offerings, and the firstlings of your herds and of your flocks:7 And there ye shall eatbefore the LORD your God, and ye shall rejoice in all that ye put your hand unto, ye and your households, wherein the LORD thy God hath blessed thee. 8 Ye shall not do after all the things that we do here this day, every man whatsoever is right in his own eyes.9 For ye are not as yet come to the rest and to the inheritance, which the LORD your God giveth you. 10 But when ye go overJordan, and dwell in the land which the LORD your God giveth you to inherit , and when he giveth you rest from all your enemies round about, so that ye dwell in safety;11 Then there shall be a place which the LORD your God shall choose to cause his name to dwell there; thither shall ye bring all that I command you; your burnt offerings, and your sacrifices, your tithes, and the heave offering of your hand, and all your choice vows which ye vow unto the LORD:12 And ye shall rejoice before the LORD your God, ye, and your sons, and your daughters, and your menservants, and your maidservants, and the Levite that is within your gates; forasmuch as he hath no part nor inheritance with you. 13 Take heed to thyself that thou offer not thy burnt offerings in every place that thou seest : 14 But in the place which the LORD shall choose in one of thy tribes, there thou shalt offer thy burnt offerings, and there thou shalt do all that I command thee. 15 Notwithstanding thou mayest kill and eatflesh in all thy gates, whatsoever thy soul lusteth after, according to the blessing of the LORD thy God which he hath given thee: the unclean and the clean may eat thereof, as of the roebuck, and as of the hart.16 Only ye shall not eat the blood; ye shall pour it upon the earth as water.17 Thou mayest not eat within thy gates the tithe of thy corn, or of thy wine, or of thy oil, or the firstlings of thy herds or of thy flock, nor any of thy vows which thou vowest , nor thy freewill offerings, or heave offering of thine hand:18 But thou must eat them before the LORD thy God in the place which the LORD thy God shall choose , thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, and thy manservant, and thy maidservant, and the Levite that is within thy gates: and thou shalt rejoicebefore the LORD thy God in all that thou puttest thine hands unto. 19 Take heed to thyself that thou forsake not the Levite as long as thou livest upon the earth.20 When the LORD thy God shall enlarge thy border, as he hath promised thee, and thou shalt say , I will eatflesh, because thy soul longeth to eatflesh; thou mayest eatflesh, whatsoever thy soul lusteth after.21 If the place which the LORD thy God hath chosen to put his name there be too far from thee, then thou shalt kill of thy herd and of thy flock, which the LORD hath given thee, as I have commanded thee, and thou shalt eat in thy gates whatsoever thy soul lusteth after.22 Even as the roebuck and the hart is eaten , so thou shalt eat them: the unclean and the clean shall eat of them alike.23 Only be sure that thou eat not the blood: for the blood is the life; and thou mayest not eat the life with the flesh.24 Thou shalt not eat it; thou shalt pour it upon the earth as water.25 Thou shalt not eat it; that it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee, when thou shalt do that which is right in the sight of the LORD.26 Only thy holy things which thou hast, and thy vows, thou shalt take , and go unto the place which the LORD shall choose : 27 And thou shalt offer thy burnt offerings, the flesh and the blood, upon the altar of the LORD thy God: and the blood of thy sacrifices shall be poured out upon the altar of the LORD thy God, and thou shalt eat the flesh. 28 Observe and hear all these words which I command thee, that it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee for ever, when thou doest that which is good and right in the sight of the LORD thy God.29 When the LORD thy God shall cut off the nations from before thee, whither thou goest to possess them, and thou succeedest them, and dwellest in their land;30 Take heed to thyself that thou be not snared by following them, after that they be destroyed from before thee; and that thou enquire not after their gods, saying, How did these nations serve their gods? even so will I do likewise.31 Thou shalt not do so unto the LORD thy God: for every abomination to the LORD, which he hateth, have they done unto their gods; for even their sons and their daughters they have burnt in the fire to their gods.32 What thing soever I command you, observe to do it: thou shalt not add thereto, nor diminish from it.
Deuteronomy Chapter 13
1 If there arise among you a prophet, or a dreamer of dreams, and giveth thee a sign or a wonder,2 And the sign or the wonder come to pass, whereof he spake unto thee, saying , Let us go after other gods, which thou hast not known , and let us serve them; 3 Thou shalt not hearken unto the words of that prophet, or that dreamer of dreams: for the LORD your God proveth you, to know whether ye love the LORD your God with all your heart and with all your soul.4 Ye shall walk after the LORD your God, and fear him, and keep his commandments, and obey his voice, and ye shall serve him, and cleave unto him. 5 And that prophet, or that dreamer of dreams, shall be put to death ; because he hath spoken to turn you away from the LORD your God, which brought you out of the land of Egypt, and redeemed you out of the house of bondage, to thrust thee out of the way which the LORD thy God commanded thee to walk in . So shalt thou put the evil away from the midst of thee. 6 If thy brother, the son of thy mother, or thy son, or thy daughter, or the wife of thy bosom, or thy friend, which is as thine own soul, entice thee secretly, saying , Let us go and serveother gods, which thou hast not known , thou, nor thy fathers;7 Namely, of the gods of the people which are round about you, nigh unto thee, or far off from thee, from the one end of the earth even unto the other end of the earth;8 Thou shalt not consent unto him, nor hearken unto him; neither shall thine eye pity him, neither shalt thou spare , neither shalt thou conceal him: 9 But thou shalt surely kill him; thine hand shall be first upon him to put him to death , and afterwards the hand of all the people.10 And thou shalt stone him with stones, that he die ; because he hath sought to thrust thee away from the LORD thy God, which brought thee out of the land of Egypt, from the house of bondage.11 And all Israel shall hear , and fear , and shall do no moreany such wickedness as this is among you. 12 If thou shalt hear say in one of thy cities, which the LORD thy God hath given thee to dwell there, saying , 13 Certain men, the children of Belial, are gone out from among you, and have withdrawn the inhabitants of their city, saying , Let us go and serveother gods, which ye have not known; 14 Then shalt thou enquire, and make search , and ask diligently; and, behold, if it be truth, and the thing certain, that such abomination is wrought among you; 15 Thou shalt surely smite the inhabitants of that city with the edge of the sword, destroying it utterly, and all that is therein, and the cattle thereof, with the edge of the sword.16 And thou shalt gather all the spoil of it into the midst of the street thereof, and shalt burn with fire the city, and all the spoil thereof every whit, for the LORD thy God: and it shall be an heap for ever; it shall not be built again. 17 And there shall cleavenought of the cursed thing to thine hand: that the LORD may turn from the fierceness of his anger, and shew thee mercy, and have compassion upon thee, and multiply thee, as he hath sworn unto thy fathers; 18 When thou shalt hearken to the voice of the LORD thy God, to keep all his commandments which I command thee this day, to do that which is right in the eyes of the LORD thy God.
Last edited by orthodoxymoron on Tue Nov 19, 2013 3:37 pm; edited 1 time in total
1 Ye are the children of the LORD your God: ye shall not cut yourselves, nor make any baldness between your eyes for the dead . 2 For thou art an holy people unto the LORD thy God, and the LORD hath chosen thee to be a peculiar people unto himself, above all the nations that are upon the earth.3 Thou shalt not eat any abominable thing.4 These are the beasts which ye shall eat : the ox, the sheep , and the goat,5 The hart, and the roebuck, and the fallow deer, and the wild goat, and the pygarg, and the wild ox, and the chamois.6 And every beast that parteth the hoof, and cleaveth the cleft into two claws, and cheweth the cud among the beasts, that ye shall eat . 7 Nevertheless these ye shall not eat of them that chew the cud, or of them that divide the clovenhoof; as the camel, and the hare, and the coney: for they chew the cud, but divide not the hoof; therefore they are unclean unto you. 8 And the swine, because it divideth the hoof, yet cheweth not the cud, it is unclean unto you: ye shall not eat of their flesh, nor touch their dead carcase.9 These ye shall eat of all that are in the waters: all that have fins and scales shall ye eat : 10 And whatsoever hath not fins and scales ye may not eat ; it is unclean unto you. 11 Of all clean birds ye shall eat . 12 But these are they of which ye shall not eat : the eagle, and the ossifrage, and the ospray,13 And the glede, and the kite, and the vulture after his kind,14 And every raven after his kind,15 And the owl , and the night hawk, and the cuckow, and the hawk after his kind,16 The little owl, and the great owl, and the swan,17 And the pelican, and the gier eagle, and the cormorant,18 And the stork, and the heron after her kind, and the lapwing, and the bat.19 And every creeping thing that flieth is unclean unto you: they shall not be eaten . 20 But of all clean fowls ye may eat . 21 Ye shall not eat of any thing that dieth of itself: thou shalt give it unto the stranger that is in thy gates, that he may eat it; or thou mayest sell it unto an alien: for thou art an holy people unto the LORD thy God. Thou shalt not seethe a kid in his mother's milk.22 Thou shalt trulytithe all the increase of thy seed, that the field bringeth forthyear by year.23 And thou shalt eatbefore the LORD thy God, in the place which he shall choose to place his name there, the tithe of thy corn, of thy wine, and of thine oil, and the firstlings of thy herds and of thy flocks; that thou mayest learn to fear the LORD thy God always.24 And if the way be too long for thee, so that thou art not able to carry it; or if the place be too far from thee, which the LORD thy God shall choose to set his name there, when the LORD thy God hath blessed thee: 25 Then shalt thou turn it into money, and bind up the money in thine hand, and shalt go unto the place which the LORD thy God shall choose : 26 And thou shalt bestow that money for whatsoever thy soul lusteth after , for oxen, or for sheep, or for wine, or for strong drink, or for whatsoever thy soul desireth : and thou shalt eat there before the LORD thy God, and thou shalt rejoice , thou, and thine household,27 And the Levite that is within thy gates; thou shalt not forsake him; for he hath no part nor inheritance with thee. 28 At the end of three years thou shalt bring forth all the tithe of thine increase the same year, and shalt lay it up within thy gates:29 And the Levite, (because he hath no part nor inheritance with thee,) and the stranger, and the fatherless, and the widow, which are within thy gates, shall come , and shall eat and be satisfied ; that the LORD thy God may bless thee in all the work of thine hand which thou doest .
Deuteronomy Chapter 15
1 At the end of every seven years thou shalt make a release.2 And this is the manner of the release: Every creditor that lendeth ought unto his neighbour shall release it; he shall not exact it of his neighbour, or of his brother; because it is called the LORD'S release.3 Of a foreigner thou mayest exact it again: but that which is thine with thy brother thine hand shall release ; 4Save when there shall be no poor among you; for the LORD shall greatlybless thee in the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee for an inheritance to possess it: 5 Only if thou carefullyhearken unto the voice of the LORD thy God, to observe to do all these commandments which I command thee this day.6 For the LORD thy God blesseth thee, as he promised thee: and thou shalt lend unto many nations, but thou shalt not borrow ; and thou shalt reign over many nations, but they shall not reign over thee. 7 If there be among you a poor man of one of thy brethren within any of thy gates in thy land which the LORD thy God giveth thee, thou shalt not harden thine heart, nor shut thine hand from thy poor brother:8 But thou shalt open thine hand wide unto him, and shalt surelylend him sufficient for his need, in that which he wanteth . 9Beware that there be not a thought in thy wicked heart, saying , The seventh year, the year of release, is at hand ; and thine eye be evil against thy poor brother, and thou givest him nought; and he cry unto the LORD against thee, and it be sin unto thee. 10 Thou shalt surelygive him, and thine heart shall not be grieved when thou givest unto him: because that for this thing the LORD thy God shall bless thee in all thy works, and in all that thou puttest thine hand unto. 11 For the poor shall never cease out of the land: therefore I command thee, saying , Thou shalt open thine hand wide unto thy brother, to thy poor, and to thy needy, in thy land.12 And if thy brother, an Hebrew man, or an Hebrew woman, be sold unto thee, and serve thee six years; then in the seventh year thou shalt let him gofree from thee. 13 And when thou sendest him out free from thee, thou shalt not let him go awayempty:14 Thou shalt furnish him liberally out of thy flock, and out of thy floor, and out of thy winepress: of that wherewith the LORD thy God hath blessed thee thou shalt give unto him. 15 And thou shalt remember that thou wast a bondman in the land of Egypt, and the LORD thy God redeemed thee: therefore I command thee this thing to day.16 And it shall be, if he say unto thee, I will not go away from thee; because he loveth thee and thine house, because he is well with thee; 17 Then thou shalt take an aul, and thrust it through his ear unto the door, and he shall be thy servant for ever. And also unto thy maidservant thou shalt do likewise. 18 It shall not seem hard unto thee, when thou sendest him awayfree from thee; for he hath been worth a double hired servant to thee, in serving thee six years: and the LORD thy God shall bless thee in all that thou doest . 19 All the firstling males that come of thy herd and of thy flock thou shalt sanctify unto the LORD thy God: thou shalt do no work with the firstling of thy bullock, nor shear the firstling of thy sheep.20 Thou shalt eat it before the LORD thy God year by year in the place which the LORD shall choose , thou and thy household.21 And if there be any blemish therein, as if it be lame, or blind, or have any ill blemish, thou shalt not sacrifice it unto the LORD thy God.22 Thou shalt eat it within thy gates: the unclean and the clean person shall eat it alike, as the roebuck, and as the hart.23 Only thou shalt not eat the blood thereof; thou shalt pour it upon the ground as water.
Deuteronomy Chapter 16
1Observe the month of Abib, and keep the passover unto the LORD thy God: for in the month of Abib the LORD thy God brought thee forth out of Egypt by night.2 Thou shalt therefore sacrifice the passover unto the LORD thy God, of the flock and the herd, in the place which the LORD shall choose to place his name there. 3 Thou shalt eat no leavened bread with it; seven days shalt thou eat unleavened bread therewith, even the bread of affliction; for thou camest forth out of the land of Egypt in haste: that thou mayest remember the day when thou camest forth out of the land of Egypt all the days of thy life.4 And there shall be no leavened bread seen with thee in all thy coast seven days; neither shall there any thing of the flesh, which thou sacrificedst the first day at even, remain all night until the morning.5 Thou mayest not sacrifice the passover within any of thy gates, which the LORD thy God giveth thee: 6 But at the place which the LORD thy God shall choose to place his name in, there thou shalt sacrifice the passover at even, at the going down of the sun, at the season that thou camest forth out of Egypt.7 And thou shalt roast and eat it in the place which the LORD thy God shall choose : and thou shalt turn in the morning, and go unto thy tents.8Six days thou shalt eat unleavened bread: and on the seventh day shall be a solemn assembly to the LORD thy God: thou shalt do no work therein. 9Seven weeks shalt thou number unto thee: begin to number the seven weeks from such time as thou beginnest to put the sickle to the corn.10 And thou shalt keep the feast of weeks unto the LORD thy God with a tribute of a freewill offering of thine hand, which thou shalt give unto the LORD thy God, according as the LORD thy God hath blessed thee: 11 And thou shalt rejoicebefore the LORD thy God, thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, and thy manservant, and thy maidservant, and the Levite that is within thy gates, and the stranger, and the fatherless, and the widow, that are among you, in the place which the LORD thy God hath chosen to place his name there. 12 And thou shalt remember that thou wast a bondman in Egypt: and thou shalt observe and do these statutes.13 Thou shalt observe the feast of tabernacles seven days, after that thou hast gathered in thy corn and thy wine:14 And thou shalt rejoice in thy feast, thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, and thy manservant, and thy maidservant, and the Levite, the stranger, and the fatherless, and the widow, that are within thy gates.15Seven days shalt thou keep a solemn feast unto the LORD thy God in the place which the LORD shall choose : because the LORD thy God shall bless thee in all thine increase, and in all the works of thine hands, therefore thou shalt surely rejoice.16Three times in a year shall all thy males appearbefore the LORD thy God in the place which he shall choose ; in the feast of unleavened bread, and in the feast of weeks, and in the feast of tabernacles: and they shall not appearbefore the LORD empty:17 Every man shall give as he is able , according to the blessing of the LORD thy God which he hath given thee. 18Judges and officers shalt thou make thee in all thy gates, which the LORD thy God giveth thee, throughout thy tribes: and they shall judge the people with just judgment.19 Thou shalt not wrestjudgment; thou shalt not respectpersons, neither take a gift: for a gift doth blind the eyes of the wise, and pervert the words of the righteous.20 That which is altogether just shalt thou follow , that thou mayest live , and inherit the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee. 21 Thou shalt not plant thee a grove of any trees near unto the altar of the LORD thy God, which thou shalt make thee. 22 Neither shalt thou set thee up any image; which the LORD thy God hateth .
Deuteronomy Chapter 17
1 Thou shalt not sacrifice unto the LORD thy God any bullock, or sheep, wherein is blemish, or any evilfavouredness : for that is an abomination unto the LORD thy God.2 If there be foundamong you, within any of thy gates which the LORD thy God giveth thee, man or woman, that hath wroughtwickedness in the sight of the LORD thy God, in transgressing his covenant,3 And hath gone and servedother gods, and worshipped them, either the sun, or moon, or any of the host of heaven, which I have not commanded ; 4 And it be told thee, and thou hast heard of it, and enquireddiligently , and, behold, it be true, and the thing certain , that such abomination is wrought in Israel:5 Then shalt thou bring forth that man or that woman, which have committed that wicked thing, unto thy gates, even that man or that woman, and shalt stone them with stones, till they die . 6 At the mouth of two witnesses, or three witnesses, shall he that is worthy of death be put to death ; but at the mouth of one witness he shall not be put to death . 7 The hands of the witnesses shall be first upon him to put him to death , and afterward the hands of all the people. So thou shalt put the evil away from among you. 8 If there arise a matter too hard for thee in judgment, between blood and blood, between plea and plea, and between stroke and stroke, being matters of controversy within thy gates: then shalt thou arise , and get thee up into the place which the LORD thy God shall choose ; 9 And thou shalt come unto the priests the Levites, and unto the judge that shall be in those days, and enquire ; and they shall shew thee the sentence of judgment:10 And thou shalt do according to the sentence , which they of that place which the LORD shall choose shall shew thee; and thou shalt observe to do according to all that they inform thee: 11 According to the sentence of the law which they shall teach thee, and according to the judgment which they shall tell thee, thou shalt do : thou shalt not decline from the sentence which they shall shew thee, to the right hand, nor to the left.12 And the man that will dopresumptuously, and will not hearken unto the priest that standeth to minister there before the LORD thy God, or unto the judge , even that man shall die : and thou shalt put away the evil from Israel.13 And all the people shall hear , and fear , and do no more presumptuously . 14 When thou art come unto the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee, and shalt possess it, and shalt dwell therein, and shalt say , I will set a king over me, like as all the nations that are about me; 15 Thou shalt in any wiseset him king over thee, whom the LORD thy God shall choose : one from among thy brethren shalt thou setking over thee: thou mayest not set a stranger over thee, which is not thy brother.16 But he shall not multiplyhorses to himself, nor cause the people to return to Egypt, to the end that he should multiplyhorses: forasmuch as the LORD hath said unto you, Ye shall henceforthreturn no more that way.17 Neither shall he multiplywives to himself, that his heart turn not away: neither shall he greatly multiply to himself silver and gold.18 And it shall be, when he sitteth upon the throne of his kingdom, that he shall write him a copy of this law in a book out of that which is before the priests the Levites:19 And it shall be with him, and he shall read therein all the days of his life: that he may learn to fear the LORD his God, to keep all the words of this law and these statutes, to do them: 20 That his heart be not lifted up above his brethren, and that he turn not aside from the commandment, to the right hand, or to the left: to the end that he may prolong his days in his kingdom, he, and his children, in the midst of Israel.
Deuteronomy Chapter 18
1 The priests the Levites, and all the tribe of Levi, shall have no part nor inheritance with Israel: they shall eat the offerings of the LORD made by fire, and his inheritance.2 Therefore shall they have no inheritance among their brethren: the LORD is their inheritance, as he hath said unto them. 3 And this shall be the priest's due from the people, from them that offer a sacrifice, whether it be ox or sheep; and they shall give unto the priest the shoulder, and the two cheeks, and the maw.4 The firstfruit also of thy corn, of thy wine, and of thine oil, and the first of the fleece of thy sheep, shalt thou give him. 5 For the LORD thy God hath chosen him out of all thy tribes, to stand to minister in the name of the LORD, him and his sons for ever.6 And if a Levite come from any of thy gates out of all Israel, where he sojourned , and come with all the desire of his mind unto the place which the LORD shall choose ; 7 Then he shall minister in the name of the LORD his God, as all his brethren the Levites do, which stand there before the LORD.8 They shall have like portions to eat , beside that which cometh of the sale of his patrimony.9 When thou art come into the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee, thou shalt not learn to do after the abominations of those nations.10 There shall not be found among you any one that maketh his son or his daughter to pass through the fire, or that usethdivination, or an observer of times , or an enchanter , or a witch , 11 Or a charmer , or a consulter with familiar spirits, or a wizard, or a necromancer . 12 For all that do these things are an abomination unto the LORD: and because of these abominations the LORD thy God doth drive them out from before thee. 13 Thou shalt be perfect with the LORD thy God.14 For these nations, which thou shalt possess , hearkened unto observers of times , and unto diviners : but as for thee, the LORD thy God hath not suffered thee so to do. 15 The LORD thy God will raise up unto thee a Prophet from the midst of thee, of thy brethren, like unto me; unto him ye shall hearken ; 16 According to all that thou desiredst of the LORD thy God in Horeb in the day of the assembly, saying , Let me not hearagain the voice of the LORD my God, neither let me see this great fire any more, that I die not. 17 And the LORD said unto me, They have well spoken that which they have spoken . 18 I will raise them up a Prophet from among their brethren, like unto thee, and will put my words in his mouth; and he shall speak unto them all that I shall command him. 19 And it shall come to pass, that whosoever will not hearken unto my words which he shall speak in my name, I will require it of him. 20 But the prophet, which shall presume to speak a word in my name, which I have not commanded him to speak , or that shall speak in the name of other gods, even that prophet shall die . 21 And if thou say in thine heart, How shall we know the word which the LORD hath not spoken ? 22 When a prophet speaketh in the name of the LORD, if the thing follow not, nor come to pass , that is the thing which the LORD hath not spoken , but the prophet hath spoken it presumptuously: thou shalt not be afraid of him.
Deuteronomy Chapter 19
1 When the LORD thy God hath cut off the nations, whose land the LORD thy God giveth thee, and thou succeedest them, and dwellest in their cities, and in their houses;2 Thou shalt separatethree cities for thee in the midst of thy land, which the LORD thy God giveth thee to possess it. 3 Thou shalt prepare thee a way, and divide the coasts of thy land, which the LORD thy God giveth thee to inherit , into three parts , that every slayer may flee thither. 4 And this is the case of the slayer , which shall flee thither, that he may live : Whoso killeth his neighbour ignorantly , whom he hated not in time past;5 As when a man goeth into the wood with his neighbour to hewwood, and his hand fetcheth a stroke with the axe to cut down the tree, and the head slippeth from the helve, and lighteth upon his neighbour, that he die ; he shall flee unto one of those cities, and live : 6 Lest the avenger of the bloodpursue the slayer , while his heart is hot , and overtake him, because the way is long , and slayhim; whereas he was not worthy of death, inasmuch as he hated him not in time past.7 Wherefore I command thee, saying , Thou shalt separatethree cities for thee. 8 And if the LORD thy God enlarge thy coast, as he hath sworn unto thy fathers, and give thee all the land which he promised to give unto thy fathers;9 If thou shalt keep all these commandments to do them, which I command thee this day, to love the LORD thy God, and to walkever in his ways; then shalt thou addthree cities more for thee, beside these three:10 That innocent blood be not shedin thy land, which the LORD thy God giveth thee for an inheritance, and so blood be upon thee. 11 But if any man hate his neighbour, and lie in wait for him, and rise up against him, and smite him mortally that he die , and fleeth into one of these cities:12 Then the elders of his city shall send and fetch him thence, and deliver him into the hand of the avenger of blood, that he may die . 13 Thine eye shall not pity him, but thou shalt put away the guilt of innocent blood from Israel, that it may go well with thee. 14 Thou shalt not remove thy neighbour's landmark, which they of old time have set in thine inheritance, which thou shalt inherit in the land that the LORD thy God giveth thee to possess it. 15One witness shall not rise up against a man for any iniquity, or for any sin, in any sin that he sinneth : at the mouth of two witnesses, or at the mouth of three witnesses, shall the matter be established . 16 If a false witness rise up against any man to testify against him that which is wrong;17 Then both the men, between whom the controversy is, shall standbefore the LORD, before the priests and the judges , which shall be in those days;18 And the judges shall make diligentinquisition : and, behold, if the witness be a false witness, and hath testifiedfalsely against his brother;19 Then shall ye do unto him, as he had thought to have done unto his brother: so shalt thou put the evil away from among you. 20 And those which remain shall hear , and fear , and shall henceforthcommit no more any such evil among you. 21 And thine eye shall not pity ; but life shall go for life, eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.
Deuteronomy Chapter 20
1 When thou goest out to battle against thine enemies , and seesthorses, and chariots, and a people more than thou, be not afraid of them: for the LORD thy God is with thee, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt.2 And it shall be, when ye are come nigh unto the battle, that the priest shall approach and speak unto the people,3 And shall say unto them, Hear , O Israel, ye approach this day unto battle against your enemies : let not your hearts faint , fear not, and do not tremble , neither be ye terrifiedbecause of them; 4 For the LORD your God is he that goeth with you, to fight for you against your enemies , to save you. 5 And the officers shall speak unto the people, saying , What man is there that hath built a new house, and hath not dedicated it? let him go and return to his house, lest he die in the battle, and another man dedicate it. 6 And what man is he that hath planted a vineyard, and hath not yet eaten of it? let him also go and return unto his house, lest he die in the battle, and another man eat of it. 7 And what man is there that hath betrothed a wife, and hath not taken her? let him go and return unto his house, lest he die in the battle, and another man take her. 8 And the officers shall speakfurther unto the people, and they shall say , What man is there that is fearful and fainthearted ? let him go and return unto his house, lest his brethren's heart faint as well as his heart.9 And it shall be, when the officers have made an end of speaking unto the people, that they shall makecaptains of the armies to lead the people.10 When thou comest nigh unto a city to fight against it, then proclaimpeace unto it. 11 And it shall be, if it make thee answer of peace, and open unto thee, then it shall be, that all the people that is found therein shall be tributaries unto thee, and they shall serve thee. 12 And if it will make no peace with thee, but will makewar against thee, then thou shalt besiege it: 13 And when the LORD thy God hath delivered it into thine hands, thou shalt smite every male thereof with the edge of the sword:14 But the women, and the little ones, and the cattle, and all that is in the city, even all the spoil thereof, shalt thou take unto thyself; and thou shalt eat the spoil of thine enemies , which the LORD thy God hath given thee. 15 Thus shalt thou do unto all the cities which are very far off from thee, which are not of the cities of these nations.16 But of the cities of these people, which the LORD thy God doth give thee for an inheritance, thou shalt save alive nothing that breatheth:17 But thou shalt utterlydestroy them; namely, the Hittites, and the Amorites, the Canaanites, and the Perizzites, the Hivites, and the Jebusites; as the LORD thy God hath commanded thee: 18 That they teach you not to do after all their abominations, which they have done unto their gods; so should ye sin against the LORD your God.19 When thou shalt besiege a city a long time, in making war against it to take it, thou shalt not destroy the trees thereof by forcing an axe against them: for thou mayest eat of them, and thou shalt not cut them down (for the tree of the field is man's life) to employ them in the siege : 20 Only the trees which thou knowest that they be not trees for meat, thou shalt destroy and cut them down ; and thou shalt buildbulwarks against the city that makethwar with thee, until it be subdued .
Deuteronomy Chapter 21
1 If one be foundslain in the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee to possess it, lying in the field, and it be not known who hath slain him: 2 Then thy elders and thy judges shall come forth , and they shall measure unto the cities which are round about him that is slain:3 And it shall be, that the city which is next unto the slain man, even the elders of that city shall take an heifer , which hath not been wrought with , and which hath not drawn in the yoke;4 And the elders of that city shall bring down the heifer unto a rough valley, which is neither eared nor sown , and shall strike off the heifer's neck there in the valley:5 And the priests the sons of Levi shall come near ; for them the LORD thy God hath chosen to minister unto him, and to bless in the name of the LORD; and by their word shall every controversy and every stroke be tried: 6 And all the elders of that city, that are next unto the slain man, shall wash their hands over the heifer that is beheaded in the valley:7 And they shall answer and say , Our hands have not shed this blood, neither have our eyes seen it. 8 Be merciful , O LORD, unto thy people Israel, whom thou hast redeemed , and lay not innocent blood unto thy people of Israel's charge. And the blood shall be forgiven them. 9 So shalt thou put away the guilt of innocent blood from among you, when thou shalt do that which is right in the sight of the LORD.10 When thou goest forth to war against thine enemies , and the LORD thy God hath delivered them into thine hands, and thou hast taken them captive,11 And seest among the captives a beautiful woman, and hast a desire unto her, that thou wouldest have her to thy wife;12 Then thou shalt bring her home to thine house; and she shall shave her head, and pare her nails;13 And she shall put the raiment of her captivity from off her, and shall remain in thine house, and bewail her father and her mother a full month: and after that thou shalt go in unto her, and be her husband , and she shall be thy wife.14 And it shall be, if thou have no delight in her, then thou shalt let her go whither she will; but thou shalt not sell her at all for money, thou shalt not make merchandise of her, because thou hast humbled her. 15 If a man have two wives, one beloved , and another hated , and they have born him children, both the beloved and the hated ; and if the firstborn son be hers that was hated:16 Then it shall be, when he maketh his sons to inherit that which he hath, that he may not make the son of the belovedfirstbornbefore the son of the hated , which is indeed the firstborn:17 But he shall acknowledge the son of the hated for the firstborn, by giving him a double portion of all that he hath : for he is the beginning of his strength; the right of the firstborn is his. 18 If a man have a stubborn and rebelliousson, which will not obey the voice of his father, or the voice of his mother, and that, when they have chastened him, will not hearken unto them: 19 Then shall his father and his mother lay hold on him, and bring him out unto the elders of his city, and unto the gate of his place;20 And they shall say unto the elders of his city, This our son is stubborn and rebellious , he will not obey our voice; he is a glutton , and a drunkard . 21 And all the men of his city shall stone him with stones, that he die : so shalt thou putevil away from among you; and all Israel shall hear , and fear . 22 And if a man have committed a sin worthy of death, and he be to be put to death , and thou hang him on a tree:23 His body shall not remain all night upon the tree, but thou shalt in any wisebury him that day; (for he that is hanged is accursed of God;) that thy land be not defiled , which the LORD thy God giveth thee for an inheritance.
Deuteronomy Chapter 22
1 Thou shalt not see thy brother's ox or his sheep go astray , and hide thyself from them: thou shalt in any case bring them again unto thy brother.2 And if thy brother be not nigh unto thee, or if thou know him not, then thou shalt bring it unto thine own house, and it shall be with thee until thy brother seek after it, and thou shalt restore it to him again . 3 In like manner shalt thou do with his ass; and so shalt thou do with his raiment; and with all lost thing of thy brother's, which he hath lost , and thou hast found , shalt thou do likewise: thou mayest not hide thyself. 4 Thou shalt not see thy brother's ass or his ox fall down by the way, and hide thyself from them: thou shalt surely help him to lift them up again . 5 The woman shall not wear that which pertaineth unto a man, neither shall a man put on a woman's garment: for all that doso are abomination unto the LORD thy God.6 If a bird's nest chance to be before thee in the way in any tree, or on the ground, whether they be young ones, or eggs, and the dam sitting upon the young, or upon the eggs, thou shalt not take the dam with the young:7 But thou shalt in any wise let the dam go , and take the young to thee; that it may be well with thee, and that thou mayest prolong thy days.8 When thou buildest a new house, then thou shalt make a battlement for thy roof, that thou bring not blood upon thine house, if any manfall from thence. 9 Thou shalt not sow thy vineyard with divers seeds: lest the fruit of thy seed which thou hast sown , and the fruit of thy vineyard, be defiled . 10 Thou shalt not plow with an ox and an ass together.11 Thou shalt not wear a garment of divers sorts, as of woollen and linen together.12 Thou shalt make thee fringes upon the four quarters of thy vesture, wherewith thou coverest thyself. 13 If any man take a wife, and go in unto her, and hate her, 14 And giveoccasions of speech against her, and bring up an evil name upon her, and say , I took this woman, and when I came to her, I found her not a maid:15 Then shall the father of the damsel, and her mother, take and bring forth the tokens of the damsel's virginity unto the elders of the city in the gate:16 And the damsel's father shall say unto the elders, I gave my daughter unto this man to wife, and he hateth her; 17 And, lo, he hath givenoccasions of speech against her, saying , I found not thy daughter a maid; and yet these are the tokens of my daughter's virginity. And they shall spread the cloth before the elders of the city.18 And the elders of that city shall take that man and chastise him; 19 And they shall amerce him in an hundred shekels of silver, and give them unto the father of the damsel, because he hath brought up an evil name upon a virgin of Israel: and she shall be his wife; he may not put her away all his days.20 But if this thing be true, and the tokens of virginity be not found for the damsel:21 Then they shall bring out the damsel to the door of her father's house, and the men of her city shall stone her with stones that she die : because she hath wroughtfolly in Israel, to play the whore in her father's house: so shalt thou putevil away from among you. 22 If a man be foundlying with a woman married to an husband, then they shall both of them die , both the man that lay with the woman, and the woman: so shalt thou put awayevil from Israel.23 If a damsel that is a virgin be betrothed unto an husband, and a man find her in the city, and lie with her; 24 Then ye shall bring them both out unto the gate of that city, and ye shall stone them with stones that they die ; the damsel, because she cried not, being in the city; and the man, because he hath humbled his neighbour's wife: so thou shalt put awayevil from among you. 25 But if a man find a betrotheddamsel in the field, and the man force her, and lie with her: then the man only that lay with her shall die : 26 But unto the damsel thou shalt donothing; there is in the damsel no sin worthy of death: for as when a man riseth against his neighbour, and slayeth him, even so is this matter:27 For he found her in the field, and the betrotheddamsel cried , and there was none to save her. 28 If a man find a damsel that is a virgin, which is not betrothed , and lay hold on her, and lie with her, and they be found ; 29 Then the man that lay with her shall give unto the damsel's father fifty shekels of silver, and she shall be his wife; because he hath humbled her, he may not put her away all his days.30 A man shall not take his father's wife, nor discover his father's skirt.
Deuteronomy Chapter 23
1 He that is wounded in the stones , or hath his privy member cut off , shall not enter into the congregation of the LORD.2 A bastard shall not enter into the congregation of the LORD; even to his tenth generation shall he not enter into the congregation of the LORD.3 An Ammonite or Moabite shall not enter into the congregation of the LORD; even to their tenth generation shall they not enter into the congregation of the LORD for ever:4Because they met you not with bread and with water in the way, when ye came forth out of Egypt; and because they hired against thee Balaam the son of Beor of Pethor of Mesopotamia, to curse thee. 5 Nevertheless the LORD thy God would not hearken unto Balaam; but the LORD thy God turned the curse into a blessing unto thee, because the LORD thy God loved thee. 6 Thou shalt not seek their peace nor their prosperity all thy days for ever.7 Thou shalt not abhor an Edomite; for he is thy brother: thou shalt not abhor an Egyptian; because thou wast a stranger in his land.8 The children that are begotten of them shall enter into the congregation of the LORD in their third generation.9 When the host goeth forth against thine enemies , then keep thee from every wicked thing.10 If there be among you any man, that is not clean by reason of uncleanness that chanceth him by night, then shall he goabroad out of the camp, he shall not comewithin the camp:11 But it shall be, when evening cometh on , he shall wash himself with water: and when the sun is down , he shall comeinto the camp again. 12 Thou shalt have a place also without the camp, whither thou shalt go forthabroad:13 And thou shalt have a paddle upon thy weapon; and it shall be, when thou wilt ease thyself abroad, thou shalt dig therewith, and shalt turn back and cover that which cometh from thee: 14 For the LORD thy God walketh in the midst of thy camp, to deliver thee, and to give up thine enemiesbefore thee; therefore shall thy camp be holy: that he see no unclean thing in thee, and turn away from thee.15 Thou shalt not deliver unto his master the servant which is escaped from his master unto thee: 16 He shall dwell with thee, even among you, in that place which he shall choose in one of thy gates, where it liketh him best: thou shalt not oppress him. 17 There shall be no whore of the daughters of Israel, nor a sodomite of the sons of Israel.18 Thou shalt not bring the hire of a whore , or the price of a dog, into the house of the LORD thy God for any vow: for even both these are abomination unto the LORD thy God.19 Thou shalt not lend upon usury to thy brother; usury of money, usury of victuals, usury of any thing that is lent upon usury : 20 Unto a stranger thou mayest lend upon usury ; but unto thy brother thou shalt not lend upon usury : that the LORD thy God may bless thee in all that thou settest thine hand to in the land whither thou goest to possess it. 21 When thou shalt vow a vow unto the LORD thy God, thou shalt not slack to pay it: for the LORD thy God will surelyrequire it of thee; and it would be sin in thee. 22 But if thou shalt forbear to vow , it shall be no sin in thee. 23 That which is gone out of thy lips thou shalt keep and perform ; even a freewill offering, according as thou hast vowed unto the LORD thy God, which thou hast promised with thy mouth.24 When thou comest into thy neighbour's vineyard, then thou mayest eatgrapes thy fill at thine own pleasure; but thou shalt not put any in thy vessel.25 When thou comest into the standing corn of thy neighbour, then thou mayest pluck the ears with thine hand; but thou shalt not move a sickle unto thy neighbour's standing corn.
Deuteronomy Chapter 24
1 When a man hath taken a wife, and married her, and it come to pass that she find no favour in his eyes, because he hath foundsome uncleanness in her: then let him write her a bill of divorcement, and give it in her hand, and send her out of his house.2 And when she is departed out of his house, she may go and be another man's wife. 3 And if the latter husband hate her, and write her a bill of divorcement, and giveth it in her hand, and sendeth her out of his house; or if the latter husband die , which took her to be his wife;4 Her former husband, which sent her away , may not take her again to be his wife, after that she is defiled ; for that is abomination before the LORD: and thou shalt not cause the land to sin , which the LORD thy God giveth thee for an inheritance.5 When a man hath taken a new wife, he shall not go out to war, neither shall he be charged with any business: but he shall be free at home one year, and shall cheer up his wife which he hath taken . 6 No man shall take the nether or the upper millstone to pledge : for he taketh a man's life to pledge . 7 If a man be foundstealingany of his brethren of the children of Israel, and maketh merchandise of him, or selleth him; then that thief shall die ; and thou shalt putevil away from among you. 8 Take heed in the plague of leprosy, that thou observediligently, and do according to all that the priests the Levites shall teach you: as I commanded them, so ye shall observe to do . 9Remember what the LORD thy God did unto Miriam by the way, after that ye were come forth out of Egypt.10 When thou dost lend thy brother any thing, thou shalt not go into his house to fetch his pledge.11 Thou shalt standabroad, and the man to whom thou dost lend shall bring out the pledge abroad unto thee. 12 And if the man be poor, thou shalt not sleep with his pledge:13 In any case thou shalt deliver him the pledge again when the sun goeth down , that he may sleep in his own raiment, and bless thee: and it shall be righteousness unto thee before the LORD thy God.14 Thou shalt not oppress an hired servant that is poor and needy, whether he be of thy brethren, or of thy strangers that are in thy land within thy gates:15 At his day thou shalt give him his hire, neither shall the sun go down upon it; for he is poor, and setteth his heart upon it: lest he cry against thee unto the LORD, and it be sin unto thee. 16 The fathers shall not be put to death for the children, neither shall the children be put to death for the fathers: every man shall be put to death for his own sin.17 Thou shalt not pervert the judgment of the stranger, nor of the fatherless; nor take a widow's raiment to pledge : 18 But thou shalt remember that thou wast a bondman in Egypt, and the LORD thy God redeemed thee thence: therefore I command thee to do this thing.19 When thou cuttest down thine harvest in thy field, and hast forgot a sheaf in the field, thou shalt not go again to fetch it: it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow: that the LORD thy God may bless thee in all the work of thine hands.20 When thou beatest thine olive tree, thou shalt not go over the boughsagain: it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow.21 When thou gatherest the grapes of thy vineyard, thou shalt not glean it afterward: it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow.22 And thou shalt remember that thou wast a bondman in the land of Egypt: therefore I command thee to do this thing.
Deuteronomy Chapter 25
1 If there be a controversy between men, and they come unto judgment, that the judges may judge them; then they shall justify the righteous, and condemn the wicked.2 And it shall be, if the wicked man be worthy to be beaten , that the judge shall cause him to lie down , and to be beaten before his face, according to his fault, by a certain number.3Forty stripes he may give him, and not exceed : lest, if he should exceed , and beat him above these with many stripes, then thy brother should seem vile unto thee. 4 Thou shalt not muzzle the ox when he treadeth out the corn. 5 If brethren dwelltogether, and one of them die , and have no child, the wife of the dead shall not marry without unto a stranger : her husband's brother shall go in unto her, and take her to him to wife, and perform the duty of an husband's brother unto her. 6 And it shall be, that the firstborn which she beareth shall succeed in the name of his brother which is dead , that his name be not put out of Israel.7 And if the man like not to take his brother's wife, then let his brother's wife go up to the gate unto the elders, and say , My husband's brother refuseth to raise up unto his brother a name in Israel, he will not perform the duty of my husband's brother . 8 Then the elders of his city shall call him, and speak unto him: and if he stand to it, and say , I like not to take her; 9 Then shall his brother's wife come unto him in the presence of the elders, and loose his shoe from off his foot, and spit in his face, and shall answer and say , So shall it be done unto that man that will not build up his brother's house.10 And his name shall be called in Israel, The house of him that hath his shoe loosed . 11 When men strivetogether one with another , and the wife of the one draweth near for to deliver her husband out of the hand of him that smiteth him, and putteth forth her hand, and taketh him by the secrets:12 Then thou shalt cut off her hand, thine eye shall not pity her. 13 Thou shalt not have in thy bag divers weights , a great and a small.14 Thou shalt not have in thine house divers measures , a great and a small.15 But thou shalt have a perfect and just weight, a perfect and just measure shalt thou have: that thy days may be lengthened in the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee. 16 For all that do such things, and all that dounrighteously, are an abomination unto the LORD thy God.17Remember what Amalek did unto thee by the way, when ye were come forth out of Egypt;18 How he met thee by the way, and smote the hindmost of thee, even all that were feeblebehind thee, when thou wast faint and weary; and he feared not God.19 Therefore it shall be, when the LORD thy God hath given thee rest from all thine enemies round about, in the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee for an inheritance to possess it, that thou shalt blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under heaven; thou shalt not forget it.
Deuteronomy Chapter 26
1 And it shall be, when thou art come in unto the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee for an inheritance, and possessest it, and dwellest therein; 2 That thou shalt take of the first of all the fruit of the earth, which thou shalt bring of thy land that the LORD thy God giveth thee, and shalt put it in a basket, and shalt go unto the place which the LORD thy God shall choose to place his name there. 3 And thou shalt go unto the priest that shall be in those days, and say unto him, I profess this day unto the LORD thy God, that I am come unto the country which the LORD sware unto our fathers for to give us. 4 And the priest shall take the basket out of thine hand, and set it downbefore the altar of the LORD thy God.5 And thou shalt speak and saybefore the LORD thy God, A Syrian ready to perish was my father, and he went down into Egypt, and sojourned there with a few, and became there a nation, great, mighty, and populous:6 And the Egyptians evil entreated us, and afflicted us, and laid upon us hard bondage:7 And when we cried unto the LORD God of our fathers, the LORD heard our voice, and looked on our affliction, and our labour, and our oppression:8 And the LORD brought us forth out of Egypt with a mighty hand, and with an outstretchedarm, and with great terribleness, and with signs, and with wonders:9 And he hath brought us into this place, and hath given us this land, even a land that floweth with milk and honey.10 And now, behold, I have brought the firstfruits of the land, which thou, O LORD, hast given me. And thou shalt set it before the LORD thy God, and worshipbefore the LORD thy God:11 And thou shalt rejoice in every good thing which the LORD thy God hath given unto thee, and unto thine house, thou, and the Levite, and the stranger that is among you. 12 When thou hast made an end of tithing all the tithes of thine increase the third year, which is the year of tithing, and hast given it unto the Levite, the stranger, the fatherless, and the widow, that they may eat within thy gates, and be filled ; 13 Then thou shalt saybefore the LORD thy God, I have brought away the hallowed things out of mine house, and also have given them unto the Levite, and unto the stranger, to the fatherless, and to the widow, according to all thy commandments which thou hast commanded me: I have not transgressed thy commandments, neither have I forgotten them: 14 I have not eaten thereof in my mourning, neither have I taken away ought thereof for any unclean use, nor given ought thereof for the dead : but I have hearkened to the voice of the LORD my God, and have done according to all that thou hast commanded me. 15 Look down from thy holy habitation, from heaven, and bless thy people Israel, and the land which thou hast given us, as thou swarest unto our fathers, a land that floweth with milk and honey.16 This day the LORD thy God hath commanded thee to do these statutes and judgments: thou shalt therefore keep and do them with all thine heart, and with all thy soul.17 Thou hast avouched the LORD this day to be thy God, and to walk in his ways, and to keep his statutes, and his commandments, and his judgments, and to hearken unto his voice:18 And the LORD hath avouched thee this day to be his peculiar people, as he hath promised thee, and that thou shouldest keep all his commandments;19 And to make thee high above all nations which he hath made , in praise, and in name, and in honour; and that thou mayest be an holy people unto the LORD thy God, as he hath spoken .
Deuteronomy Chapter 27
1 And Moses with the elders of Israel commanded the people, saying , Keep all the commandments which I command you this day.2 And it shall be on the day when ye shall pass overJordan unto the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee, that thou shalt set thee upgreat stones, and plaister them with plaister:3 And thou shalt write upon them all the words of this law, when thou art passed over , that thou mayest go in unto the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee, a land that floweth with milk and honey; as the LORD God of thy fathers hath promised thee. 4 Therefore it shall be when ye be gone overJordan, that ye shall set up these stones, which I command you this day, in mount Ebal, and thou shalt plaister them with plaister . 5 And there shalt thou build an altar unto the LORD thy God, an altar of stones: thou shalt not lift up any iron tool upon them. 6 Thou shalt build the altar of the LORD thy God of whole stones: and thou shalt offer burnt offerings thereon unto the LORD thy God:7 And thou shalt offer peace offerings, and shalt eat there, and rejoicebefore the LORD thy God.8 And thou shalt write upon the stones all the words of this law veryplainly . 9 And Moses and the priests the Levites spake unto all Israel, saying , Take heed , and hearken , O Israel; this day thou art become the people of the LORD thy God.10 Thou shalt therefore obey the voice of the LORD thy God, and do his commandments and his statutes, which I command thee this day.11 And Moses charged the people the same day, saying , 12 These shall stand upon mount Gerizim to bless the people, when ye are come overJordan; Simeon, and Levi, and Judah, and Issachar, and Joseph, and Benjamin:13 And these shall stand upon mount Ebal to curse; Reuben, Gad, and Asher, and Zebulun, Dan, and Naphtali.14 And the Levites shall speak , and say unto all the men of Israel with a loudvoice,15Cursed be the man that maketh any graven or molten image, an abomination unto the LORD, the work of the hands of the craftsman, and putteth it in a secret place. And all the people shall answer and say , Amen.16Cursed be he that setteth light by his father or his mother. And all the people shall say , Amen.17Cursed be he that removeth his neighbour's landmark. And all the people shall say , Amen.18Cursed be he that maketh the blind to wander out of the way. And all the people shall say , Amen.19Cursed be he that perverteth the judgment of the stranger, fatherless, and widow. And all the people shall say , Amen.20Cursed be he that lieth with his father's wife; because he uncovereth his father's skirt. And all the people shall say , Amen.21Cursed be he that lieth with any manner of beast. And all the people shall say , Amen.22Cursed be he that lieth with his sister, the daughter of his father, or the daughter of his mother. And all the people shall say , Amen.23Cursed be he that lieth with his mother in law . And all the people shall say , Amen.24Cursed be he that smiteth his neighbour secretly. And all the people shall say , Amen.25Cursed be he that takethreward to slay an innocent person . And all the people shall say , Amen.26Cursed be he that confirmeth not all the words of this law to do them. And all the people shall say , Amen.
1 And it shall come to pass, if thou shalt hearkendiligently unto the voice of the LORD thy God, to observe and to do all his commandments which I command thee this day, that the LORD thy God will set thee on high above all nations of the earth:2 And all these blessings shall come on thee, and overtake thee, if thou shalt hearken unto the voice of the LORD thy God.3Blessed shalt thou be in the city, and blessed shalt thou be in the field.4Blessed shall be the fruit of thy body, and the fruit of thy ground, and the fruit of thy cattle, the increase of thy kine, and the flocks of thy sheep.5Blessed shall be thy basket and thy store.6Blessed shalt thou be when thou comest in , and blessed shalt thou be when thou goest out . 7 The LORD shall cause thine enemies that rise up against thee to be smitten before thy face: they shall come out against thee one way, and fleebefore thee seven ways.8 The LORD shall command the blessing upon thee in thy storehouses, and in all that thou settest thine hand unto; and he shall bless thee in the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee. 9 The LORD shall establish thee an holy people unto himself, as he hath sworn unto thee, if thou shalt keep the commandments of the LORD thy God, and walk in his ways.10 And all people of the earth shall see that thou art called by the name of the LORD; and they shall be afraid of thee. 11 And the LORD shall make thee plenteous in goods, in the fruit of thy body, and in the fruit of thy cattle, and in the fruit of thy ground, in the land which the LORD sware unto thy fathers to give thee. 12 The LORD shall open unto thee his good treasure, the heaven to give the rain unto thy land in his season, and to bless all the work of thine hand: and thou shalt lend unto many nations, and thou shalt not borrow . 13 And the LORD shall make thee the head, and not the tail; and thou shalt be above only, and thou shalt not be beneath; if that thou hearken unto the commandments of the LORD thy God, which I command thee this day, to observe and to do them: 14 And thou shalt not go aside from any of the words which I command thee this day, to the right hand, or to the left, to goafter other gods to serve them. 15 But it shall come to pass, if thou wilt not hearken unto the voice of the LORD thy God, to observe to do all his commandments and his statutes which I command thee this day; that all these curses shall come upon thee, and overtake thee: 16Cursed shalt thou be in the city, and cursed shalt thou be in the field.17Cursed shall be thy basket and thy store.18Cursed shall be the fruit of thy body, and the fruit of thy land, the increase of thy kine, and the flocks of thy sheep.19Cursed shalt thou be when thou comest in , and cursed shalt thou be when thou goest out . 20 The LORD shall send upon thee cursing, vexation, and rebuke, in all that thou settest thine hand unto for to do , until thou be destroyed , and until thou perishquickly; because of the wickedness of thy doings, whereby thou hast forsaken me. 21 The LORD shall make the pestilence cleave unto thee, until he have consumed thee from off the land, whither thou goest to possess it. 22 The LORD shall smite thee with a consumption, and with a fever, and with an inflammation, and with an extreme burning, and with the sword, and with blasting, and with mildew; and they shall pursue thee until thou perish . 23 And thy heaven that is over thy head shall be brass, and the earth that is under thee shall be iron.24 The LORD shall make the rain of thy land powder and dust: from heaven shall it come down upon thee, until thou be destroyed . 25 The LORD shall cause thee to be smittenbefore thine enemies : thou shalt go outone way against them, and fleeseven ways before them: and shalt be removed into all the kingdoms of the earth.26 And thy carcase shall be meat unto all fowls of the air, and unto the beasts of the earth, and no man shall fray them away . 27 The LORD will smite thee with the botch of Egypt, and with the emerods , and with the scab, and with the itch, whereof thou canst not be healed . 28 The LORD shall smite thee with madness, and blindness, and astonishment of heart:29 And thou shalt grope at noonday, as the blind gropeth in darkness, and thou shalt not prosper in thy ways: and thou shalt be only oppressed and spoiledevermore, and no man shall save thee. 30 Thou shalt betroth a wife, and another man shall lie with her: thou shalt build an house, and thou shalt not dwell therein: thou shalt plant a vineyard, and shalt not gather the grapes thereof. 31 Thine ox shall be slain before thine eyes, and thou shalt not eat thereof: thine ass shall be violently taken away from before thy face, and shall not be restored to thee: thy sheep shall be given unto thine enemies , and thou shalt have none to rescue them. 32 Thy sons and thy daughters shall be given unto another people, and thine eyes shall look , and fail with longing for them all the day long: and there shall be no might in thine hand.33 The fruit of thy land, and all thy labours, shall a nation which thou knowest not eat up ; and thou shalt be only oppressed and crushedalway:34 So that thou shalt be mad for the sight of thine eyes which thou shalt see . 35 The LORD shall smite thee in the knees, and in the legs, with a sore botch that cannot be healed , from the sole of thy foot unto the top of thy head.36 The LORD shall bring thee, and thy king which thou shalt set over thee, unto a nation which neither thou nor thy fathers have known ; and there shalt thou serveother gods, wood and stone.37 And thou shalt become an astonishment, a proverb, and a byword, among all nations whither the LORD shall lead thee. 38 Thou shalt carrymuch seed out into the field, and shalt gather but little in ; for the locust shall consume it. 39 Thou shalt plantvineyards, and dress them, but shalt neither drink of the wine, nor gather the grapes; for the worms shall eat them. 40 Thou shalt have olive trees throughout all thy coasts, but thou shalt not anoint thyself with the oil; for thine olive shall cast his fruit. 41 Thou shalt begetsons and daughters, but thou shalt not enjoy them; for they shall go into captivity.42 All thy trees and fruit of thy land shall the locust consume .43 The stranger that is within thee shall get up above thee very high; and thou shalt come downvery low.44 He shall lend to thee, and thou shalt not lend to him: he shall be the head, and thou shalt be the tail.45 Moreover all these curses shall come upon thee, and shall pursue thee, and overtake thee, till thou be destroyed ; because thou hearkenedst not unto the voice of the LORD thy God, to keep his commandments and his statutes which he commanded thee: 46 And they shall be upon thee for a sign and for a wonder, and upon thy seed for ever.47 Because thou servedst not the LORD thy God with joyfulness, and with gladness of heart, for the abundance of all things; 48 Therefore shalt thou serve thine enemies which the LORD shall send against thee, in hunger, and in thirst, and in nakedness, and in want of all things: and he shall put a yoke of iron upon thy neck, until he have destroyed thee. 49 The LORD shall bring a nation against thee from far, from the end of the earth, as swift as the eagle flieth ; a nation whose tongue thou shalt not understand ;50 A nation of fierce countenance, which shall not regard the person of the old, nor shew favour to the young:51 And he shall eat the fruit of thy cattle, and the fruit of thy land, until thou be destroyed : which also shall not leave thee either corn, wine, or oil, or the increase of thy kine, or flocks of thy sheep, until he have destroyed thee. 52 And he shall besiege thee in all thy gates, until thy high and fencedwalls come down , wherein thou trustedst , throughout all thy land: and he shall besiege thee in all thy gates throughout all thy land, which the LORD thy God hath given thee. 53 And thou shalt eat the fruit of thine own body, the flesh of thy sons and of thy daughters, which the LORD thy God hath given thee, in the siege, and in the straitness, wherewith thine enemies shall distress thee: 54 So that the man that is tender among you, and very delicate, his eye shall be evil toward his brother, and toward the wife of his bosom, and toward the remnant of his children which he shall leave : 55 So that he will not give to any of them of the flesh of his children whom he shall eat : because he hath nothing left him in the siege, and in the straitness, wherewith thine enemies shall distress thee in all thy gates.56 The tender and delicate woman among you, which would not adventure to set the sole of her foot upon the ground for delicateness and tenderness, her eye shall be evil toward the husband of her bosom, and toward her son, and toward her daughter,57 And toward her young one that cometh out from between her feet, and toward her children which she shall bear : for she shall eat them for want of all things secretly in the siege and straitness, wherewith thine enemy shall distress thee in thy gates.58 If thou wilt not observe to do all the words of this law that are written in this book, that thou mayest fear this glorious and fearfulname, THE LORD THY GOD;59 Then the LORD will make thy plagues wonderful , and the plagues of thy seed, even great plagues, and of long continuance , and sore sicknesses, and of long continuance . 60 Moreover he will bring upon thee all the diseases of Egypt, which thou wast afraidof; and they shall cleave unto thee. 61 Also every sickness, and every plague, which is not written in the book of this law, them will the LORD bring upon thee, until thou be destroyed . 62 And ye shall be leftfew in number, whereas ye were as the stars of heaven for multitude; because thou wouldest not obey the voice of the LORD thy God.63 And it shall come to pass, that as the LORD rejoiced over you to do you good , and to multiply you; so the LORD will rejoice over you to destroy you, and to bring you to nought ; and ye shall be plucked from off the land whither thou goest to possess it. 64 And the LORD shall scatter thee among all people, from the one end of the earth even unto the other; and there thou shalt serveother gods, which neither thou nor thy fathers have known , even wood and stone.65 And among these nations shalt thou find no ease , neither shall the sole of thy foot have rest: but the LORD shall give thee there a trembling heart, and failing of eyes, and sorrow of mind:66 And thy life shall hang in doubt before thee; and thou shalt fearday and night, and shalt have none assurance of thy life:67 In the morning thou shalt say , Would God it wereeven! and at even thou shalt say , Would God it weremorning! for the fear of thine heart wherewith thou shalt fear , and for the sight of thine eyes which thou shalt see . 68 And the LORD shall bring thee into Egypt again with ships, by the way whereof I spake unto thee, Thou shalt see it no more again : and there ye shall be sold unto your enemies for bondmen and bondwomen, and no man shall buy you.
Deuteronomy Chapter 29
1 These are the words of the covenant, which the LORD commandedMoses to make with the children of Israel in the land of Moab, beside the covenant which he made with them in Horeb.2 And Moses called unto all Israel, and said unto them, Ye have seen all that the LORD did before your eyes in the land of Egypt unto Pharaoh, and unto all his servants, and unto all his land;3 The great temptations which thine eyes have seen , the signs, and those great miracles:4 Yet the LORD hath not given you an heart to perceive , and eyes to see , and ears to hear , unto this day.5 And I have led you forty years in the wilderness: your clothes are not waxen old upon you, and thy shoe is not waxen old upon thy foot.6 Ye have not eatenbread, neither have ye drunkwine or strong drink: that ye might know that I am the LORD your God.7 And when ye came unto this place, Sihon the king of Heshbon, and Og the king of Bashan, came outagainst us unto battle, and we smote them: 8 And we took their land, and gave it for an inheritance unto the Reubenites, and to the Gadites, and to the half tribe of Manasseh.9Keep therefore the words of this covenant, and do them, that ye may prosper in all that ye do . 10 Ye stand this day all of you before the LORD your God; your captains of your tribes, your elders, and your officers , with all the men of Israel,11 Your little ones, your wives, and thy stranger that is in thy camp, from the hewer of thy wood unto the drawer of thy water:12 That thou shouldest enter into covenant with the LORD thy God, and into his oath, which the LORD thy God maketh with thee this day:13 That he may establish thee to day for a people unto himself, and that he may be unto thee a God, as he hath said unto thee, and as he hath sworn unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob.14 Neither with you only do I make this covenant and this oath;15 But with him that standeth here with us this day before the LORD our God, and also with him that is not here with us this day:16 (For ye know how we have dwelt in the land of Egypt; and how we camethrough the nations which ye passed by ; 17 And ye have seen their abominations, and their idols, wood and stone, silver and gold, which were among them:) 18 Lest there should be among you man, or woman, or family, or tribe, whose heart turneth away this day from the LORD our God, to go and serve the gods of these nations; lest there should be among you a root that bearethgall and wormwood;19 And it come to pass, when he heareth the words of this curse, that he bless himself in his heart, saying , I shall have peace, though I walk in the imagination of mine heart, to adddrunkenness to thirst:20 The LORD will not spare him, but then the anger of the LORD and his jealousy shall smoke against that man, and all the curses that are written in this book shall lie upon him, and the LORD shall blot out his name from under heaven.21 And the LORD shall separate him unto evil out of all the tribes of Israel, according to all the curses of the covenant that are written in this book of the law:22 So that the generation to come of your children that shall rise upafter you, and the stranger that shall come from a far land, shall say , when they see the plagues of that land, and the sicknesses which the LORD hath laid upon it; 23 And that the whole land thereof is brimstone, and salt, and burning, that it is not sown , nor beareth , nor any grass groweth therein, like the overthrow of Sodom, and Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboim, which the LORD overthrew in his anger, and in his wrath:24 Even all nations shall say , Wherefore hath the LORD done thus unto this land? what meaneth the heat of this great anger?25 Then men shall say , Because they have forsaken the covenant of the LORD God of their fathers, which he made with them when he brought them forth out of the land of Egypt:26 For they went and servedother gods, and worshipped them, gods whom they knew not, and whom he had not given unto them: 27 And the anger of the LORD was kindled against this land, to bring upon it all the curses that are written in this book:28 And the LORD rooted them out of their land in anger, and in wrath, and in great indignation, and cast them into another land, as it is this day.29 The secret things belong unto the LORD our God: but those things which are revealed belong unto us and to our children for ever, that we may do all the words of this law.
Deuteronomy Chapter 30
1 And it shall come to pass, when all these things are come upon thee, the blessing and the curse, which I have setbefore thee, and thou shalt call them to mind among all the nations, whither the LORD thy God hath driven thee, 2 And shalt return unto the LORD thy God, and shalt obey his voice according to all that I command thee this day, thou and thy children, with all thine heart, and with all thy soul;3 That then the LORD thy God will turn thy captivity, and have compassion upon thee, and will return and gather thee from all the nations, whither the LORD thy God hath scattered thee. 4 If any of thine be driven out unto the outmost parts of heaven, from thence will the LORD thy God gather thee, and from thence will he fetch thee: 5 And the LORD thy God will bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed , and thou shalt possess it; and he will do thee good , and multiply thee above thy fathers.6 And the LORD thy God will circumcise thine heart, and the heart of thy seed, to love the LORD thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, that thou mayest live.7 And the LORD thy God will put all these curses upon thine enemies , and on them that hate thee, which persecuted thee. 8 And thou shalt return and obey the voice of the LORD, and do all his commandments which I command thee this day.9 And the LORD thy God will make thee plenteous in every work of thine hand, in the fruit of thy body, and in the fruit of thy cattle, and in the fruit of thy land, for good: for the LORD will againrejoice over thee for good, as he rejoiced over thy fathers:10 If thou shalt hearken unto the voice of the LORD thy God, to keep his commandments and his statutes which are written in this book of the law, and if thou turn unto the LORD thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul.11 For this commandment which I command thee this day, it is not hidden from thee, neither is it far off.12 It is not in heaven, that thou shouldest say , Who shall go up for us to heaven, and bring it unto us, that we may hear it, and do it? 13 Neither is it beyond the sea, that thou shouldest say , Who shall goover the sea for us, and bring it unto us, that we may hear it, and do it? 14 But the word is very nigh unto thee, in thy mouth, and in thy heart, that thou mayest do it. 15See , I have setbefore thee this day life and good, and death and evil;16 In that I command thee this day to love the LORD thy God, to walk in his ways, and to keep his commandments and his statutes and his judgments, that thou mayest live and multiply : and the LORD thy God shall bless thee in the land whither thou goest to possess it. 17 But if thine heart turn away , so that thou wilt not hear , but shalt be drawn away , and worshipother gods, and serve them; 18 I denounce unto you this day, that ye shall surelyperish , and that ye shall not prolong your days upon the land, whither thou passest overJordan to go to possess it. 19 I callheaven and earth to record this day against you, that I have setbefore you life and death, blessing and cursing: therefore chooselife, that both thou and thy seed may live : 20 That thou mayest love the LORD thy God, and that thou mayest obey his voice, and that thou mayest cleave unto him: for he is thy life, and the length of thy days: that thou mayest dwell in the land which the LORD sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give them.
Deuteronomy Chapter 31
1 And Moses went and spake these words unto all Israel.2 And he said unto them, I am an hundred and twenty years old this day; I can no more go out and come in : also the LORD hath said unto me, Thou shalt not go over this Jordan.3 The LORD thy God, he will go overbefore thee, and he will destroy these nations from before thee, and thou shalt possess them: and Joshua, he shall go overbefore thee, as the LORD hath said . 4 And the LORD shall do unto them as he did to Sihon and to Og, kings of the Amorites, and unto the land of them, whom he destroyed . 5 And the LORD shall give them up before your face, that ye may do unto them according unto all the commandments which I have commanded you. 6 Be strong and of a good courage , fear not, nor be afraid of them: for the LORD thy God, he it is that doth go with thee; he will not fail thee, nor forsake thee. 7 And Moses called unto Joshua, and said unto him in the sight of all Israel, Be strong and of a good courage : for thou must go with this people unto the land which the LORD hath sworn unto their fathers to give them; and thou shalt cause them to inherit it. 8 And the LORD, he it is that doth gobefore thee; he will be with thee, he will not fail thee, neither forsake thee: fear not, neither be dismayed . 9 And Moses wrote this law, and delivered it unto the priests the sons of Levi, which bare the ark of the covenant of the LORD, and unto all the elders of Israel.10 And Moses commanded them, saying , At the end of every seven years, in the solemnity of the year of release, in the feast of tabernacles,11 When all Israel is come to appearbefore the LORD thy God in the place which he shall choose , thou shalt read this law before all Israel in their hearing.12Gather the people together , men, and women, and children, and thy stranger that is within thy gates, that they may hear , and that they may learn , and fear the LORD your God, and observe to do all the words of this law:13 And that their children, which have not known any thing, may hear , and learn to fear the LORD your God, as long as ye live in the land whither ye go overJordan to possess it. 14 And the LORD said unto Moses, Behold, thy days approach that thou must die : callJoshua, and present yourselves in the tabernacle of the congregation, that I may give him a charge . And Moses and Joshua went , and presented themselves in the tabernacle of the congregation.15 And the LORD appeared in the tabernacle in a pillar of a cloud: and the pillar of the cloud stood over the door of the tabernacle.16 And the LORD said unto Moses, Behold, thou shalt sleep with thy fathers; and this people will rise up , and go a whoringafter the gods of the strangers of the land, whither they go to be among them, and will forsake me, and break my covenant which I have made with them. 17 Then my anger shall be kindled against them in that day, and I will forsake them, and I will hide my face from them, and they shall be devoured , and many evils and troubles shall befall them; so that they will say in that day, Are not these evils come upon us, because our God is not among us? 18 And I will surelyhide my face in that day for all the evils which they shall have wrought , in that they are turned unto other gods.19 Now therefore write ye this song for you, and teach it the children of Israel: put it in their mouths, that this song may be a witness for me against the children of Israel.20 For when I shall have brought them into the land which I sware unto their fathers, that floweth with milk and honey; and they shall have eaten and filled themselves, and waxen fat ; then will they turn unto other gods, and serve them, and provoke me, and break my covenant.21 And it shall come to pass, when many evils and troubles are befallen them, that this song shall testifyagainst them as a witness; for it shall not be forgotten out of the mouths of their seed: for I know their imagination which they go about , even now, before I have brought them into the land which I sware . 22Moses therefore wrote this song the same day, and taught it the children of Israel.23 And he gave Joshua the son of Nun a charge , and said , Be strong and of a good courage : for thou shalt bring the children of Israel into the land which I sware unto them: and I will be with thee. 24 And it came to pass, when Moses had made an end of writing the words of this law in a book, until they were finished , 25 That Moses commanded the Levites, which bare the ark of the covenant of the LORD, saying , 26Take this book of the law, and put it in the side of the ark of the covenant of the LORD your God, that it may be there for a witness against thee. 27 For I know thy rebellion, and thy stiff neck: behold, while I am yet alive with you this day, ye have been rebellious against the LORD; and how much more after my death?28Gather unto me all the elders of your tribes, and your officers , that I may speak these words in their ears, and callheaven and earth to record against them. 29 For I know that after my death ye will utterlycorrupt yourselves, and turn aside from the way which I have commanded you; and evil will befall you in the latter days; because ye will doevil in the sight of the LORD, to provoke him to anger through the work of your hands.30 And Moses spake in the ears of all the congregation of Israel the words of this song, until they were ended .
Deuteronomy Chapter 32
1 Give ear , O ye heavens, and I will speak ; and hear , O earth, the words of my mouth.2 My doctrine shall drop as the rain, my speech shall distil as the dew, as the small rain upon the tender herb, and as the showers upon the grass:3 Because I will publish the name of the LORD: ascribe ye greatness unto our God.4 He is the Rock, his work is perfect: for all his ways are judgment: a God of truth and without iniquity, just and right is he. 5 They have corrupted themselves, their spot is not the spot of his children: they are a perverse and crooked generation.6 Do ye thus requite the LORD, O foolish people and unwise? is not he thy father that hath bought thee? hath he not made thee, and established thee? 7Remember the days of old, consider the years of many generations: ask thy father, and he will shew thee; thy elders, and they will tell thee. 8 When the most High divided to the nations their inheritance , when he separated the sons of Adam, he set the bounds of the people according to the number of the children of Israel.9 For the LORD'S portion is his people; Jacob is the lot of his inheritance.10 He found him in a desert land, and in the waste howling wilderness; he led him about , he instructed him, he kept him as the apple of his eye.11 As an eagle stirreth up her nest, fluttereth over her young, spreadeth abroad her wings, taketh them, beareth them on her wings:12 So the LORD alone did lead him, and there was no strange god with him. 13 He made him ride on the high places of the earth, that he might eat the increase of the fields; and he made him to suckhoney out of the rock, and oil out of the flinty rock;14Butter of kine, and milk of sheep, with fat of lambs, and rams of the breed of Bashan, and goats, with the fat of kidneys of wheat; and thou didst drink the pure blood of the grape.15 But Jeshurun waxed fat , and kicked : thou art waxen fat , thou art grown thick , thou art covered with fatness; then he forsookGod which made him, and lightly esteemed the Rock of his salvation.16 They provoked him to jealousy with strange gods, with abominations provoked they him to anger . 17 They sacrificed unto devils, not to God; to gods whom they knew not, to new gods that camenewly up , whom your fathers feared not. 18 Of the Rock that begat thee thou art unmindful , and hast forgottenGod that formed thee. 19 And when the LORD saw it, he abhorred them, because of the provoking of his sons, and of his daughters.20 And he said , I will hide my face from them, I will see what their end shall be: for they are a very froward generation, children in whom is no faith.21 They have moved me to jealousy with that which is not God; they have provoked me to anger with their vanities: and I will move them to jealousy with those which are not a people; I will provoke them to anger with a foolish nation.22 For a fire is kindled in mine anger, and shall burn unto the lowest hell, and shall consume the earth with her increase, and set on fire the foundations of the mountains.23 I will heapmischiefs upon them; I will spend mine arrows upon them. 24 They shall be burnt with hunger, and devoured with burning heat, and with bitter destruction: I will also send the teeth of beasts upon them, with the poison of serpents of the dust.25 The sword without, and terror within, shall destroy both the young man and the virgin, the suckling also with the man of gray hairs.26 I said , I would scatter them into corners , I would make the remembrance of them to cease from among men:27 Were it not that I feared the wrath of the enemy , lest their adversaries should behave themselves strangely , and lest they should say , Our hand is high , and the LORD hath not done all this. 28 For they are a nation void of counsel, neither is there any understanding in them. 29 O that they were wise , that they understood this, that they would consider their latter end!30 How should one chase a thousand, and two put ten thousand to flight , except their Rock had soldthem, and the LORD had shut them up ? 31 For their rock is not as our Rock, even our enemies themselves being judges.32 For their vine is of the vine of Sodom, and of the fields of Gomorrah: their grapes are grapes of gall, their clusters are bitter:33 Their wine is the poison of dragons, and the cruel venom of asps.34 Is not this laid up in store with me, and sealed up among my treasures?35 To me belongeth vengeance, and recompence; their foot shall slide in due time: for the day of their calamity is at hand, and the things that shall come upon them make haste . 36 For the LORD shall judge his people, and repent himself for his servants, when he seeth that their power is gone , and there is none shut up , or left . 37 And he shall say , Where are their gods, their rock in whom they trusted , 38 Which did eat the fat of their sacrifices, and drank the wine of their drink offerings? let them rise up and help you, and be your protection.39See now that I, even I, am he, and there is no god with me: I kill , and I make alive ; I wound , and I heal : neither is there any that can deliver out of my hand.40 For I lift up my hand to heaven, and say , I live for ever.41 If I whet my glittering sword, and mine hand take hold on judgment; I will rendervengeance to mine enemies, and will reward them that hate me. 42 I will make mine arrows drunk with blood, and my sword shall devourflesh; and that with the blood of the slain and of the captives, from the beginning of revenges upon the enemy . 43Rejoice , O ye nations, with his people: for he will avenge the blood of his servants, and will rendervengeance to his adversaries, and will be merciful unto his land, and to his people.44 And Moses came and spake all the words of this song in the ears of the people, he, and Hoshea the son of Nun.45 And Moses made an end of speaking all these words to all Israel:46 And he said unto them, Set your hearts unto all the words which I testify among you this day, which ye shall command your children to observe to do , all the words of this law.47 For it is not a vain thing for you; because it is your life: and through this thing ye shall prolong your days in the land, whither ye go overJordan to possess it. 48 And the LORD spake unto Moses that selfsame day, saying , 49 Get thee up into this mountain Abarim, unto mount Nebo, which is in the land of Moab, that is over against Jericho; and behold the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel for a possession:50 And die in the mount whither thou goest up , and be gathered unto thy people; as Aaron thy brother died in mount Hor, and was gathered unto his people:51 Because ye trespassed against me among the children of Israel at the waters of Meribah-Kadesh , in the wilderness of Zin; because ye sanctified me not in the midst of the children of Israel.52 Yet thou shalt see the land before thee; but thou shalt not go thither unto the land which I give the children of Israel.
Deuteronomy Chapter 33
1 And this is the blessing, wherewith Moses the man of God blessed the children of Israel before his death.2 And he said , The LORD came from Sinai, and rose up from Seir unto them; he shined forth from mount Paran, and he came with ten thousands of saints: from his right hand went a fiery law for them. 3Yea, he loved the people; all his saints are in thy hand: and they sat down at thy feet; every one shall receive of thy words.4Moses commanded us a law, even the inheritance of the congregation of Jacob.5 And he was king in Jeshurun, when the heads of the people and the tribes of Israel were gatheredtogether.6 Let Reuben live , and not die ; and let not his men be few.7 And this is the blessing of Judah: and he said , Hear , LORD, the voice of Judah, and bring him unto his people: let his hands be sufficient for him; and be thou an help to him from his enemies.8 And of Levi he said , Let thy Thummim and thy Urim be with thy holy one, whom thou didst prove at Massah, and with whom thou didst strive at the waters of Meribah;9 Who said unto his father and to his mother, I have not seen him; neither did he acknowledge his brethren, nor knew his own children: for they have observed thy word, and kept thy covenant.10 They shall teachJacob thy judgments, and Israel thy law: they shall putincense before thee, and whole burnt sacrifice upon thine altar.11Bless , LORD, his substance, and accept the work of his hands: smite through the loins of them that rise against him, and of them that hate him, that they risenot again . 12 And of Benjamin he said , The beloved of the LORD shall dwell in safety by him; and the LORD shall cover him all the day long, and he shall dwell between his shoulders.13 And of Joseph he said , Blessed of the LORD be his land, for the precious things of heaven, for the dew, and for the deep that coucheth beneath , 14 And for the precious fruits brought forth by the sun, and for the precious things put forth by the moon,15 And for the chief things of the ancient mountains, and for the precious things of the lasting hills,16 And for the precious things of the earth and fulness thereof, and for the good will of him that dwelt in the bush: let the blessing come upon the head of Joseph, and upon the top of the head of him that was separated from his brethren.17 His glory is like the firstling of his bullock, and his horns are like the horns of unicorns: with them he shall push the people together to the ends of the earth: and they are the ten thousands of Ephraim, and they are the thousands of Manasseh.18 And of Zebulun he said , Rejoice , Zebulun, in thy going out ; and, Issachar, in thy tents.19 They shall call the people unto the mountain; there they shall offersacrifices of righteousness: for they shall suck of the abundance of the seas, and of treasureshid in the sand.20 And of Gad he said , Blessed be he that enlargethGad: he dwelleth as a lion, and teareth the arm with the crown of the head.21 And he provided the first part for himself, because there, in a portion of the lawgiver , was he seated ; and he came with the heads of the people, he executed the justice of the LORD, and his judgments with Israel.22 And of Dan he said , Dan is a lion's whelp: he shall leap from Bashan.23 And of Naphtali he said , O Naphtali, satisfied with favour, and full with the blessing of the LORD: possess thou the west and the south.24 And of Asher he said , Let Asher be blessed with children; let him be acceptable to his brethren, and let him dip his foot in oil.25 Thy shoes shall be iron and brass; and as thy days, so shall thy strength be. 26 There is none like unto the God of Jeshurun, who rideth upon the heaven in thy help, and in his excellency on the sky.27 The eternal God is thy refuge, and underneath are the everlasting arms: and he shall thrust out the enemy from before thee; and shall say , Destroy them. 28Israel then shall dwell in safety alone: the fountain of Jacob shall be upon a land of corn and wine; also his heavens shall drop downdew.29Happy art thou, O Israel: who is like unto thee, O people saved by the LORD, the shield of thy help, and who is the sword of thy excellency! and thine enemies shall be found liars unto thee; and thou shalt tread upon their high places.
Deuteronomy Chapter 34
1 And Moses went up from the plains of Moab unto the mountain of Nebo, to the top of Pisgah, that is over against Jericho. And the LORD shewed him all the land of Gilead, unto Dan,2 And all Naphtali, and the land of Ephraim, and Manasseh, and all the land of Judah, unto the utmost sea,3 And the south, and the plain of the valley of Jericho, the city of palm trees , unto Zoar.4 And the LORD said unto him, This is the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob, saying , I will give it unto thy seed: I have caused thee to see it with thine eyes, but thou shalt not go over thither. 5 So Moses the servant of the LORD died there in the land of Moab, according to the word of the LORD.6 And he buried him in a valley in the land of Moab, over against Bethpeor: but no man knoweth of his sepulchre unto this day.7 And Moses was an hundred and twenty years old when he died: his eye was not dim , nor his natural force abated . 8 And the children of Israel wept for Moses in the plains of Moab thirty days: so the days of weeping and mourning for Moses were ended . 9 And Joshua the son of Nun was full of the spirit of wisdom; for Moses had laid his hands upon him: and the children of Israel hearkened unto him, and did as the LORD commandedMoses.10 And there arose not a prophet since in Israel like unto Moses, whom the LORD knewface to face,11 In all the signs and the wonders, which the LORD sent him to do in the land of Egypt to Pharaoh, and to all his servants, and to all his land,12 And in all that mighty hand, and in all the great terror which Moses shewed in the sight of all Israel.
For what it's worth, I'd like to pass on to you what I've learned about the 'who/what/why' trap after having 'researched' it for many long years, hoping something I say might ring true to you and help. Where to start?
Namaste and Have a Nice Day! 
.jpg)
.jpg)
